Quarterlytics / Energy / Oil & Gas Equipment & Services / SSE / FY2010 Annual Report

SSE
Annual Report 2010

SSE · LSE Energy
Claim this profile
Ticker SSE
Exchange LSE
Sector Energy
Industry Oil & Gas Equipment & Services
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2010 Annual Report · SSE
Loading PDF…
S
c
o
t
t
i
s
h
a
n
d
S
o
u
t
h
e
r
n
E
n
e
r
g
y
p
l
c

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
1
0

P
R
O
V
I

D

I

N
G

T
H
E

E
N
E
R
G
Y

P
E
O
P
L
E

N
E
E
D

I

N

A

R
E
L
I

A
B
L
E

A
N
D

S
U
S
T
A

I

N
A
B
L
E
W
A
Y

For further information 
about SSE, please contact:

Scottish and Southern Energy plc
Corporate Affairs
Inveralmond House 
200 Dunkeld Road
Perth PH1 3AQ
UK

T: +44 (0)1738 456000
E: info@sse.com
www.sse.com

Follow the latest news 
from SSE on Twitter at:
www.twitter.com/sseplc

Registered in Scotland No. 117119

STOCK CODE 008234

In producing this report we have chosen production methods which 
aim to minimise the impact on our environment. The papers chosen – 
Revive 50:50 Silk and Revive 100 Uncoated – contain 50% and 
100% recovered waste respectively and conform to government 
requirements for recycled paper. They are also certified as FSC 
mixed sources grade. Both the paper mill and printer involved 
in this production are environmentally accredited with ISO 14001. 
The printer is also registered as a Carbon Neutral company.

Scottish and Southern Energy plc
Annual Report 2010 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Introduction to SSE	 
01 
What SSE does 
02 
How SSE provides energy 

Directors’ report 
04 
05 
06 

Key performance indicators 
Principal assets 
Chairman and Chief Executive 
Questions and answers 
Strategic overview 
Financial overview 
Performance indicators 
Business overview 
Corporate governance 
Chairman’s introduction 
The SSE team 
Risk management 
How the Board works 
Audit Committee 
Risk and Trading Committee 
Nomination Committee 
Safety, Health and Environment 
Advisory Committee 
Remuneration Report – Introduction 
Remuneration Report – At a glance 
Remuneration Report – Remuneration 
explained 
Remuneration Report – Remuneration 
in detail 
Other statutory information 

08	 
11	 
16	 
20	 
47	 
47	 
48	 
52	 
56	 
60	 
62	 
63	 
64	 

65	 
66	 
67	 

72	 

75	 

Financial statements 
77 
78 
79 
80 
81 
83 
85 
85 
94 
97 
98 

Independent auditors’ report 
Consolidated income statement 
Statement of comprehensive income 
Balance sheets 
Statement of changes in equity 
Cash flow statements 
Notes on the financial statements 
1.	  Significant accounting policies 
2.	  Segmental information 
3.	  Other operating income and expense 
4.	  Exceptional items and certain 

remeasurements 

99 
100 
101 
102 
103 
104 
108 
109 
110 
113 
115 
117 
117 
118 
118 
118 
119 
119 
123 
124 
125 
125 
129 
133 
146 
148 
149 

5.	  Directors and employees 
6.	  Finance income and costs 
7.	  Taxation 
8.	  Dividends 
9.	  Earnings per share 
10.  Intangible assets 
11.  Property, plant and equipment 
12.  Biological assets 
13.  Investments 
14.  Subsidiary undertakings 
15.  Acquisitions and disposals 
16.  Inventories 
17.  Trade and other receivables 
18.  Cash and cash equivalents 
19.  Trade and other payables 
20.  Current tax liabilities 
21.  Construction contracts 
22.  Loans and other borrowings 
23.  Deferred taxation 
24.  Provisions 
25.  Share capital and reserves 
26.  Retirement benefit obligations 
27.  Employee share-based payments 
28.  Financial instruments and risk 
29.  Related party transactions 
30.  Commitments and contingencies 
31.  Post balance sheet events 

Shareholder information 
150 
151 

Shareholder information 
Glossary 

* Unless otherwise stated, this Annual Report describes adjusted operating profit before exceptional 
items, the impact of IAS 32 and IAS 39 and after the removal of taxation and interest on profits from 
jointly-controlled entities and associates. In addition, it describes adjusted profit before tax before 
exceptional items, the impact of IAS 32 and IAS 39 and after the removal of taxation on profits from 
jointly-controlled entities and associates. It also describes adjusted earnings and earnings per 
share before exceptional items, the impact of IAS 32 and IAS 39 and deferred tax. 

Designed and produced by Tayburn Corporate

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
01 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

What SSE does 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

SSE’s core purpose is to provide the 
energy people need in a reliable 
and sustainable way. 

Its strategy is to deliver sustained 
real growth in the dividend payable 
to shareholders through the efficient 
operation of, and investment in, a 
balanced range of market-based 
and economically-regulated 
businesses in energy production, 
storage, distribution, supply and 
related services, mainly in the UK 
and Ireland. 

This Annual Report sets out what 
SSE achieved in 2009/10 and its 
plans for 2010/11 and beyond. 

Dividend – pence per share 

’10 70.0 

’09 66.0 

’08 60.5 

’07 55.0 

’06 46.5 

’05 42.5 

’04 37.7 

’03 35.0 

’02 32.4 

’01 30.0 

’99 25.7 

’00 27.5 

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
02 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

How SSE provides energy 

Generation 

Supply 

Fuel Production 
and Storage 

Energy 
Services 

Networks

Market based 

Gas-fired power 

Wind power

 Electricity supply 

Gas production

Gas storage

Electricity transmission

Coal-fired power 

Hydro power 

Gas supply 

Utility solutions

Street-lighting

Electricity distribution

Biomass power 

Emerging technologies 

Home services 

Metering

Telecom networks

Gas distribution

 
 
Generation

Supply

Fuel Production

Energy

and Storage

Services

Networks

Market based

03
 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors  report 

’ 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Economically regulated
 

Gas-fired power

Wind power

Electricity supply

Gas production 

Gas storage 

Electricity transmission 

Coal-fired power

Hydro power

Gas supply

Utility solutions 

Street-lighting 

Electricity distribution 

Biomass power

Emerging technologies

Home services

Metering 

Telecom networks 

Gas distribution 

 
 
04 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Key performance indicators
 

Dividend – pence per share 

’08 
60.5 

’07 
55.0 

’06
 
’05  46.5
 

’04  42.5
 

’03  37.7 
35.0 

’02
32.4 

’01 
30.0 

’00 
27.5 

’99 
25.7 

Dividend – composition 

’10 
’09  70.0 
66.0 

Interim 30% (21.0p)
Final 70% (49.0p)

Dividend cover – times 

Adjusted earnings per share* – pence 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

1.57 

1.57 

1.73 

1.68 

1.61 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

110.2 

108.0 

105.6 

92.5 

74.7 

Adjusted profit before tax* – £m 

Operating profit by business – £m 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

1,290.1 

1,253.7 

1,229.2 

1,079.3 

873.9 

Generation and Supply 

Energy networks 

Gas storage 

Telecoms 

Contracting, Connections and Metering 

2008 

2009 

2010 

711.1 

832.0  896.0 

544.4 

584.2  599.5 

50.9 

14.3 

68.7 

42.7 

15.5 

74.8 

41.8 

16.4 

80.2 

Capital expenditure – £m 

Capital expenditure 2009/10 – % 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

810.3 

663.4 

502.1 

1,315.2 

1,279.8 

Thermal generation 11 
Renewable generation 51 
Power systems 25 
Gas storage 4 
Other 9 

Safety, sustainability and teamwork 

Total Recordable Injury Rate – per 100,000 hours worked 

Power station CO2 emissions – grams per kWh 

Reportable environmental incidents 

Number of employees 

2006 

2007 

2008 

2009 

2010 

N/A 

622 

0 

N/A 

555 

0 

N/A 

0.16 

0.14 

496 

491 

494 

1 

1 

2 

12,287  13,427  16,892  18,795  20,177 

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal assets
 

05
 

Introduction to SSE
Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report
Directors’ report 

Financial statements
Financial statements 

Shareholder information
Shareholder information 

Generation capacity – MW 

Generation capacity – composition % 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

11,330 

10,740 

10,530 

10,017 

10,015 

Gas/oil 40
 
Coal/biomass 39
 
Renewable 21
 

Energy customer numbers – millions 

Energy customer numbers – composition % 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

9.35 

9.10 

8.49 

7.75 

6.70 

Household electricity (GB) 55
 
Household gas (GB) 38
 
Business sites (GB) 5
 
Household/business (Ire) 2
 

Networks regulated asset value – £bn 

Networks regulated asset value – % 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

4.9 

4.7 

4.5 

4.2 

4.1 

SHEPD 17
 
SEPD 35
 
SHETL 8
 
SGN (50% share) 40
 

Gas storage capacity – million cubic metres 

Gas storage capacity – composition % 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

400 

325 

325 

325 

325 

Aldbrough 19
 
Hornsea 81
 

Other assets and contracts 

Telecoms network (owned and leased) – km 

Contracting order book – £m 

Out-of-area networks in operation 

Water inset appointments 

2006 

2007 

2008 

2009 

2010
 

7,500  7,500  8,000  10,300  11,200 

87 

19 

95 

24 

N/A 

N/A 

99 

33 

1 

101 

115 

47 

2 

53 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
06 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Chairman and Chief Executive 
Questions and answers 

In SSE, the Chairman (Lord Smith of 
Kelvin, below right) is responsible for 
the operation of the Board, ensuring 
it works effectively. The Chief Executive 
(Ian Marchant, below left) is responsible 
for the management of the business, 
implementing the strategy and policies 
agreed by the Board. Here they answer 
key questions about SSE’s performance 
and plans for the future. 

How would you sum up SSE’s 
performance in 2009/10? 

Robert k It was business as usual, in that 
the Company delivered a 2.9% increase in 
adjusted profit before tax* and the Board 
is recommending a 6.1% increase in the 
full-year dividend. Since it was formed in 
1998, SSE has achieved 11 successive years 
of increasing profits and dividend. That’s 
quite a track record to build on in the future. 

Ian k Solid. As well as turning in a sound 
financial performance, we continued to 
lead the sector in customer service in both 
energy supply and electricity distribution. 
Our power stations and electricity networks 
performed well. Most encouragingly of all, 
our safety performance was the best ever 
in SSE’s history. We want to make it better 
still, and safety will continue to be a big 
priority in 2010/11. 

What was the rationale for the new 
dividend targets for 2010/11 onwards? 

Ian k In the half-year results in November 
2009, we said that our priority in setting 
new dividend targets would be to make 
sure that they are realistic and attainable, 
thereby giving shareholders the fullest 
possible confidence in their achievability. 
That’s what our targets for dividend growth 
are designed to do. We believe that a target 
of annual real dividend growth of at least 
2% in each of the three years to March 2013 
is the right way forward. 

You’ve always said dividend growth 
is supported by investment, and SSE’s 
capital and investment expenditure 
is now well over £1bn a year. Are you 
confident of the Company’s ability to 
manage investment on this scale? 

Robert k Confident, yes; complacent, no. 
The SSE team has managed a wide range 
of capital investment projects over the last 
few years and delivered major new assets. 
That said, some projects have taken 
longer than expected and there have 
been difficulties at others. So we have 
no grounds for complacency. The positive 
thing, however, is that capital investment 
is an area in which SSE has now built up 
significant experience and capability. That’s 
what gives me confidence for the future. 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
07 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

No two years are the same. Do any 
particular risks stand out for 2010/11? 

Robert k Like any responsible Board, 
we take risk management very seriously. 
We have a pretty low appetite for risk and 
would never regard ‘boring’ as a negative 
tag to be shaken off; quite the reverse. 
More specifically as a Board we’ll again 
be keeping a close eye on the investment 
programme because of its scale and 
significance for the future. 

Ian k 2010/11 will obviously be influenced 
by the uncertain economic outlook. 
However, SSE is in the business of 
providing something – energy – that 
people need, rather than want. We also 
set great store by having a balanced 
range of market-based and economically-
regulated businesses. So the economic 
risk is manageable and doesn’t threaten 
our big priorities. 

As we look at things in 2010, much of the 
focus for SSE’s sector is already on 2020 
and the stretching EU and UK targets for 
renewable energy and carbon emissions 
reductions. What part do you think SSE 
can play over the next decade in 
achieving those targets? 

Robert k I take a very hard-headed view 
of this. The world’s natural resources 
are being used up at an unsustainable 
rate. That’s why we have to make rapid 
progress in reducing dependency on 
carbon, and a successful SSE, capable of 
financing and delivering major investment 
programmes over the next decade and 
beyond, should be in a prime position to 
help in the transition towards a lower-
carbon economy. 

Ian k We’ll help customers transform 
the way they consume energy. We’ll also 
invest in low-carbon energy production 
and better ways of distributing energy. 
We are very well-placed, having already 
made significant commitments to, and 
investments in, electricity generation, 
energy networks, supply and services. 
We have a low-carbon vision for SSE, 
and we’re working hard to realise it. 

Ian k The assets we are developing are 
intended to last for decades and any 
short-term difficulties obviously have to 
be seen in that context. We do continually 
evaluate our investment programme and 
have no doubt that the value needed to 
support our new dividend growth targets, 
and sustained real growth over the long 
term, is being created. 

Did the Board review SSE’s strategy in 
2009/10 and, if so, what was the outcome? 

Robert k We did have lengthy discussions 
on strategy, to make sure that sustained 
annual real growth in the dividend, which 
is our first responsibility to shareholders, 
is deliverable. Those discussions 
confirmed that our strategy – operating 
and investing in a range of market-based 
and economically-regulated energy 
businesses – is right for the future. 

Are you confident about the Company’s 
ability to finance investment on the scale 
that’s likely to be necessary over the 
next few years? 

Ian k Yes. SSE is a well-financed company 
with a strong balance sheet, which is 
carefully maintained. We’ve also shown 
that we will move quickly to take the right 
financing options, including bonds, loans 
and, should new investment or acquisition 
opportunities arise, equity. 

Robert k Maintaining a strong balance 
sheet is one of SSE’s key financial 
principles the Board sticks to. Another 
is making sure that investments are 
well-founded. They should be capable of 
earning returns above the cost of capital 
and they should enhance earnings and 
contribute to dividend growth. 

Are dividends being paid and investments 
being financed by keeping household 
energy prices higher than they need to be? 

Ian k No. Unit prices started coming down 
in March last year and we followed that 
up with another package of changes this 
March. Household bills are also coming 
down because all the energy efficiency 
investment we’ve made in recent years is 
now really working, with gas consumption 
falling over the last few years. That is the 
sustainable way forward, in every sense. 

Energy bills are controversial and so is 
Executive remuneration. The Association 
of British Insurers has said that Executive 
Directors’ remuneration should be 
designed to ‘contribute to the creation 
of sustainable long term value’. Do you 
think that is the case at SSE? 

Robert k Yes, without a doubt. SSE’s team 
of Executive Directors are obviously well-
paid but they are certainly not over-paid. 
They have all been with the Company since 
it was formed in 1998, and they are clearly 
delivering sustainable long-term value. 
Under their leadership, SSE has increased 
profits and dividends every year, while 
improving service to customers and 
investing in the country’s energy future. 

Does SSE have strength in depth 
among its employees? 

Ian k As Executive Directors, Colin Hood, 
Gregor Alexander, Alistair Phillips-Davies 
and I all depend on the excellent work 
done by the rest of the management 
team and everyone else throughout SSE. 
I might be the captain, but I’m only one 
member of an experienced, committed 
and talented team and it’s a privilege to 
work with them. This is an organisation 
that is built to last, and I believe we have 
the strength in depth to make sure it will. 

Employee issues, Executive 
remuneration and energy bills would 
often be tagged ‘corporate responsibility’ 
issues. How does SSE handle the 
corporate responsibility agenda? 

Robert k I’ve been involved with many 
companies over the years, and I’ve also 
done some work with the likes of Scottish 
Business in the Community, and I have 
to say I like the SSE approach. There is no 
corporate responsibility division. It’s not 
an add-on. It’s up to the Board and every 
employee to deliver responsible business 
practice every day. This approach is 
supported by a very strong set of core 
values and I think it works well. 

Ian k We’ve taken the integrated approach 
a step further this year, and decided not to 
produce a separate Corporate Responsibility 
Report. There is a lot of information on our 
Company website, but the basic principle 
is that this Report should set out SSE’s 
approach to, and performance in, business 
and should in itself enable people to judge 
whether SSE is a responsible company. 

What are SSE’s big priorities for 2010/11? 

Ian k The same as every other year: 
safe working; excellent customer service; 
well-run power stations and energy 
networks; good progress on major capital 
investment projects; and cost efficiency. 

Robert k I’d just like to add that the fact 
SSE’s priorities are no different this year 
from last is a strength. It’s when they start 
changing that you have to worry! 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
08 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Strategic overview
 

Purpose, strategy and principles 
SSE’s core purpose is to provide the energy 
people need in a reliable and sustainable 
way. In line with this, its strategy is to deliver 
sustained real growth in the dividend 
payable to shareholders through the efficient 
operation of, and investment in, a balanced 
range of market-based and economically-
regulated businesses in energy production, 
storage, distribution, supply and related 
services, mainly in the UK and Ireland. 

Implementation of this strategy continues 
to be founded on SSE’s well-established 
financial principles. These principles are the: 

k  effective management of core 

businesses; 

k  maintenance of a strong balance sheet; 
k  rigorous analysis to ensure 

investments are well-founded and, 
where appropriate, innovative; 
k  deployment of a selective and 

disciplined approach to acquisitions; and 

k  use of purchase in the market of the 

Company’s own shares as the 
benchmark against which financial 
decisions are taken. 

It is the application of these principles 
which supports the fulfilment of SSE’s 
first responsibility to shareholders: the 
delivery of sustained real dividend growth. 

SSE’s strategy provides it with three key 
advantages: 

k  while energy is at their core, SSE 

has a diverse range of businesses; 
k  within those businesses, SSE has 
a diverse range of assets; and 
k  to add to those assets, SSE has a 

diverse range of investment options. 

than do other companies with less 
diversity within their business model. 

Delivery against purpose, strategy 
and principles 
The Board is recommending a final 
dividend of 49p per share, making a 
full-year dividend of 70p, an increase of 
6.1% on the previous year. The full-year 
dividend payment for 2009/10 is covered 
1.57 times by SSE’s adjusted profit after 
tax and is double the dividend per share 
paid seven years ago, in 2002/03. 

The first full-year dividend was paid by 
SSE in 1999, so the recommended full-year 
dividend increase of 6.1% represents the 
eleventh successive above-inflation dividend 
increase since then. SSE is one of just seven 
FTSE 100 companies to have delivered 
better-than-inflation dividend growth every 
year during this period, and ranks fourth 
amongst that group in terms of compound 
annual growth rate over that time. 

This real growth in the dividend, sustained 
since SSE was formed, has been supported 
by growth in SSE’s main business areas, 
achieved as a result of operational efficiency, 
investment and, in some cases, acquisition: 

k  through investment and acquisition, 
the Regulated Asset Value (RAV) of 
SSE’s energy networks businesses has 
doubled in five years, to over £4.9bn; 

k  also through investment and 

acquisition, the capacity of SSE’s 
power stations has almost doubled 
in six years, to 11.3GW; and 
k  as a result of effective operation 

of core businesses, the number of 
customer accounts to which SSE 
supplies energy has doubled in eight 
years, to over 9.3 million. 

SSE is the only energy company listed 
on the London Stock Exchange that owns 
and operates economically-regulated 
businesses, such as electricity networks, 
and market-based businesses, such as 
electricity generation and energy supply, 
in the UK. This means it is able to pursue 
operational, investment or acquisition 
opportunities throughout the electricity 
and gas sector to achieve consistently the 
levels of profitability required to support 
sustained real dividend growth. 

It also means that SSE is able to derive 
stable and more predictable levels of 
profit from some of its activities and 
more variable levels from others (which, 
in turn, have greater potential for growth). 
As a result of this balance, SSE has 
greater resilience to risks associated 
with shorter-term trends or issues 
within its sector or the wider economy 

This, allied to SSE’s expansion in 
contracting, connections, metering, gas 
storage and other businesses makes SSE 
the biggest and broadest-based energy 
company in the UK and the fastest-
growing energy company in Ireland. 

Future environment 
The need to secure energy to heat 
and power homes, organisations and 
businesses, and the need to safeguard 
the environment for future generations, 
means the framework within which energy 
companies operate is, and will remain, a 
major public policy issue in the UK and 
Ireland and in the EU as a whole. 

The context for energy policy in the UK 
and Ireland, SSE’s principal areas of 
operation, is set by the EU 2020 Climate 
and Energy Package, adopted in April 

2009, and the EU Renewable Energy 
Directive, which came into force in May 
2009. The Directive requires Member 
States to deliver on average 20% of their 
final energy consumption by 2020 using 
renewable energy sources. The UK target 
is that 15% of all energy (electricity, 
heat and transport) should come from 
renewables by 2020. This target is the 
most challenging of any EU Member State 
because, to achieve it, around 30% of the 
electricity consumed in the UK will have to 
come from renewable sources, compared 
with just 5.5% at present; for Ireland a 
similar step-change in renewable energy 
output will be necessary. 

In February 2010, the second report of the 
UK Industry Taskforce on Peak Oil & Energy 
Security, of which SSE is a member, was 
published. Called ‘The Oil Crunch’, the 
report said ‘it seems inevitable that global 
demand will move to a point where it 
consistently exceeds supply. The effect 
must be a structural increase in oil prices, 
coupled with the prospects of oil shortages 
and a consequent increase in market 
volatility. The only questions are “how soon 
and by how much?”’. At the same time, 
some analysis suggests that natural gas 
produced from shale could become an 
increasingly important source of energy 
over the next decade. 

In addition, the period to 2020 will see: 

k  the closure of a number of coal- and oil-
fired power stations by 2015, under the 
EU’s Large Combustion Plant Directive; 
k  many nuclear power stations reaching 
the end of their design lives, with 
a number of advanced gas-cooled 
reactor (AGR) stations scheduled 
to close from 2014 onwards; 
k  the age and relative efficiency of 

a number of older gas-fired power 
stations becoming an increasingly 
significant issue; and 

k  the growing use of electricity to meet 
heat and transport needs so that its 
share of total energy demand 
increases significantly. 

In July 2009, Ernst & Young estimated that 
£199bn of investment is needed by 2025 
to meet the UK’s energy goals. In October 
2009, the UK energy regulator, Ofgem, 
published a comprehensive review of 
Britain’s energy supplies which concluded 
that investment of up to £200bn is needed 
to secure energy supplies and meet carbon 
emissions targets (excluding UK Continental 
Shelf gas production). It updated its review 
in February 2010 and stated that ‘the risks 
to gas security of supply remain high in 
the latter half of this decade’. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
09 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Dividend – pence per share 

2010 

2005 

70.0 

42.5 

Networks regulated asset value – £bn 

2010 

2005 

2.5 

4.9 

Power station capacity – GW 

2010 

2005 

11.3 

9.9 

the EU Climate and Energy Package and 
Renewable Energy Directive, the prospect 
of an ‘oil crunch’, the requirement to 
safeguard energy supplies and the 
introduction of smart meters will mean 
the following priorities will feature in its 
business activities: 

k	  Generation: developing new capacity 
to produce electricity in a sustainable 
way that supports the transition to a 
lower-carbon economy; 

k	  Supply: helping to keep electricity and 
gas bills as affordable as possible by 
offering ways to enable and encourage 
customers to be more efficient in their 
use of energy; 

k	  Fuel Production and Storage: securing 
gas supplies to meet future energy 
needs and helping maintain dependable 
supplies by providing more storage 
capacity for the UK, as imports of 
gas rise; 

k	  Networks: ensuring the distribution 
of energy remains reliable through 
investment in networks, as sources and 
use of electricity and gas change; and 

k	  Services: meeting customers’ 

requirements for energy products 
and services that are needed for the 
transition to a lower-carbon economy. 

As the UK becomes increasingly dependent 
on imports of energy, and as the need for 
action to replace its ageing infrastructure 
and to de-carbonise its economy continues 
to intensify, the importance and value of 
efficient electricity generation and energy 
storage, distribution, supply and services will 
all increase. SSE, as the broadest-based 
energy company in the UK and the fastest-

growing energy company in Ireland, is in a 
good position to help provide the services 
and infrastructure that energy customers in 
the UK and Ireland will need and thus secure 
continuing, sustained real dividend growth. 

Outlook for 2010/11 and beyond 
The economic outlook for 2010/11 continues 
to be uncertain. In this context, SSE offers 
three key advantages, enabling it to deliver 
a consistent financial performance: 

k	 

k	 

k	 

its core purpose is to provide energy, 
which is something that people need, 
rather than want; 
its strategy of maintaining a balanced 
range of economically-regulated and 
market-based energy businesses 
reduces the risk associated with any 
particular business activity and 
provides a broad platform from which 
to maintain sustained real dividend 
growth; and 
its over-riding financial goal – sustained 
real dividend growth – is straightforward 
and moderate. 

Taking account of the current and 
future environment and its impact on the 
energy sector in the UK and Ireland, SSE’s 
operational priorities during 2010/11 are to: 

k	  carry out all work in a safe and 

responsible manner, with a lower 
Total Recordable Injury Rate; 

k	  deliver maximum efficiency 

throughout all business activities; 
k	  maintain and build on sector-leading 

performance in all aspects of 
customer service, from energy 
supply to energy networks; 

The coming decade will also see, in Great 
Britain, the installation of smart meters 
in every home, to allow the quantity and 
value of electricity and gas used by the 
customer to be continuously monitored 
and to ensure that information about its 
use and cost is available to the customer 
and exchanged with the supplier through 
two-way electronic communications. 

The new UK government has agreed to 
implement a programme of measures 
to fulfil its ambitions for a ‘low-carbon 
and eco-friendly economy’. It has agreed 
to seek to increase the target for energy 
from renewable sources, subject to the 
advice of the Climate Change Committee. 
It also proposes to establish an emissions 
performance standard that will prevent 
coal-fired power stations being built 
unless they are equipped with sufficient 
carbon capture and storage (CCS) to meet 
an emissions performance standard. SSE 
is confident it will be able to continue to 
work with MPs from all parties to ensure 
UK energy policy can deliver secure, 
affordable and lower-carbon energy. 

Economic development 
Investment on the scale required 
demonstrates how the transition to a low-
carbon economy represents a substantive 
opportunity to create jobs in the UK and 
Ireland. For example, in October 2009, 
SSE selected Glasgow as the location for 
its new Centre of Engineering Excellence 
for Renewable Energy, in partnership with 
the University of Strathclyde. This will 
lead to the creation of around 300 skilled 
professional ‘green’ jobs over the next 
three years. Already, SSE directly employs 
over 800 people in the development or 
operation of projects or programmes 
to reduce the carbon dioxide impact of 
energy production and consumption. 

The Offshore Valuation Group, an informal 
collaboration of government and industry 
organisations, concluded, in May 2010, 
that the rapid development of the UK’s 
offshore resource – using fixed wind, 
floating wind, tidal stream, tidal range and 
wave technologies – could ‘generate the 
electricity equivalent of one billion barrels 
of oil per year, or the same as the average 
annual output of UK North Sea oil and gas 
over the past four decades’. It estimates 
that the supply chain necessary to achieve 
this would have annual revenues of 
over £60bn in 2050 and could employ 
around 145,000 people in manufacturing, 
installation, operations and maintenance. 

Priorities for SSE 
SSE welcomes the focus on sustainability 
and security in energy, and believes that 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 10 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010

Strategic overview (continued)
 

k	 

increase the total number of 
energy supply and home services 
customer accounts across the Great 
Britain and Ireland markets, while 
supporting progress towards 
increased energy efficiency; 
k	  ensure power stations maintain a 

high level of availability to generate 
electricity in response to customers’ 
needs and market conditions; and 
k	  focus on cost control and customer 

relationship management to sustain its 
energy services businesses through the 
current period of economic uncertainty. 

Its investment priorities are to: 

k	  deliver additional assets in renewable 
energy, electricity networks and gas 
storage which contribute to secure 
and lower-carbon supplies of energy; 

k	  meet other key milestones in its 

investment programme in generation, 
electricity networks and gas storage; 
and 

k	  take forward the additional options that 
it has identified for investment from the 
middle of this decade onwards. 

The delivery of a strong operational 
performance and the achievement of its 
investment priorities should enable SSE 
to discharge its first responsibility to 
shareholders: to deliver its full-year 
dividend target. 

Future dividend 
According to Capita Registrars Dividend 
Monitor, published in February 2010, 
dividend payments by UK companies fell by 
15% in 2009, compared with the previous 
year. As Capita said: ‘Dividends matter.’ 

Dividends have always mattered to 
SSE, as the delivery of above-inflation 
increases in every year since it was 
formed demonstrates. In the period to 
2003, dividend growth was supported 
principally by efficient operations: 
securing the synergies arising from 
the original merger of Scottish Hydro 
Electric and Southern Electric in 1998. 

In the subsequent period, it continued 
to be supported by efficient operations, 
some capital investment and principally by 
acquisitions which were successful because 
they were founded on SSE’s key financial 
principle for deal-making: discipline. 

This period culminated in the acquisition 
of Airtricity in February 2008, one of the 
stated objectives of which was to ‘provide 
SSE with a major new range of investment 
opportunities from which to secure 
dividend growth over the next decade’, 

adding to established opportunities in 
renewable energy, thermal generation, 
electricity networks and gas storage. 

Following the general decline in UK dividend 
payments in 2009, SSE remains acutely 
aware of the importance of sustained real 
growth in the dividend. It is also mindful 
of the need to ensure that any future 
dividend targets are realistic, attainable 
and consistent with financing future 
investment in assets which, in turn, 
will provide the additional cash flows 
to support further dividend growth. 

Against this background, and taking 
account of the breadth of operational 
and investment opportunities that exist 
throughout its business, SSE’s new target 
is to deliver annual increases in the 
dividend of at least 2% more than Retail 
Price Index (RPI) inflation in each of the 
three years to March 2013, with sustained 
real growth thereafter. For this purpose, 
inflation is defined as the average annual 
rate across each of the 12 months to 
March. SSE believes that these targets 
can be achieved while maintaining a 
dividend cover consistent with its 
established range. 

Assuming inflation of 2.8% (the average 
rate in the five years to March 2010) 
over each of the next three years, the 
achievement of these above-inflation 
targets will mean SSE’s full-year dividend 
per share in 2013 will reach at least 80p, 
which is more than three times the first 
dividend it paid, in 1999. 

Throughout this three-year period, SSE 
will be undertaking a major programme 
of investment in assets which, in turn, 
will earn revenue to support sustained 
real dividend growth in the period from 
2013 onwards. 

Safety and environment 
While SSE’s first responsibility to 
shareholders is to deliver sustained 
real growth in the dividend, it will only 
be able to achieve this if it exercises a 
wider corporate responsibility to others, 
such as customers and employees, on 
whom its success ultimately depends. 
It seeks to do this by maintaining a 
strong emphasis on its six core values, 
the ‘SSE SET’ of Safety, Service, Efficiency, 
Sustainability, Excellence and Teamwork. 
In particular, SSE believes that the 
effective management of safety issues 
is a barometer of effective management 
of all operational issues. 

In 2009/10, SSE’s safety performance was as 
follows (comparisons with the previous year): 

k	  the Total Recordable Injury Rate, 

which includes lost-time, reportable 
and medical treatment injuries, was 
0.14 per 100,000 hours worked, 
compared with 0.16; 

k	  the Accident Frequency Rate (lost-time 
and reportable injuries) was 0.03 per 
100,000 hours worked, compared with 
0.07; and 

k	  the total working days lost from injury 

was 73, down from 361. 

SSE’s target for any given year is zero 
environmental incidents which result 
in it being served with a formal statutory 
notice by a government environment 
protection agency. There were two such 
incidents in 2009/10: fuel spills at Havant 
and Tummel Bridge. In November 2009, 
SSE was fined £20,000 under the Water 
Environment (Controlled Activities) 
(Scotland) Regulations 2005 and the 
Water Environment and Water Services 
(Scotland) Act 2003 following an 
escape of diesel from a holding tank 
at its Loch Carnan power station on 
Uist in November 2008. 

Risk management 
SSE’s overall business model, and strategy 
and culture, is designed with risk firmly 
in mind. It has: 

k	  a clear and moderate financial goal – 
sustained real growth in the dividend; 
k	  a well-established strategy based on 
a balanced range of economically-
regulated and market-based energy 
businesses; 

k	  a business model which features 
diversity of assets within those 
businesses, thereby limiting the 
value and extent of, and exposure 
to, any single risk; 

k	  a limited appetite for, and tolerance 

of, business risk; 

k	  a commitment to effective 

identification, monitoring and 
management of risks; and 

k	  a clear and transparent decision-

making process. 

On Board decision-making, specific 
findings from the independent review of 
SSE Board effectiveness, carried out in 
the autumn of 2009 by Independent Audit 
Ltd, included ‘a remarkable consensus 
of opinion’ on the following: 

k	  there is ‘an open, informal 

atmosphere which encourages 
everyone to contribute’; 
k	  discussion is ‘rigorous’; and 
k	  the Executive Directors ‘respond 
positively and constructively 

to challenge’.• 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial overview 

11 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Financial results for 2009/10 
These results for the year to 31 March 
2010 are reported under International 
Financial Reporting Standards, as adopted 
by the EU. SSE’s focus has consistently 
been, and remains, on profit before tax 
before exceptional items, the impact of 
International Accounting Standards IAS 32 
and IAS 39, and after the removal of taxation 
on profits from jointly controlled entities 
and associates. 

This ‘adjusted profit before tax*’ was first 
adopted as a key performance indicator 
by SSE in 2005/06, and it has been applied 
consistently since then. It reflects the 
underlying profits of SSE’s business and 
the basis on which it is managed and avoids 
the volatility introduced by IAS 39. The table 
below reconciles SSE’s reported profit 
before tax to its adjusted profit before tax*. 

IAS 39 requires companies to record 
certain forward commodity contracts 
that are deemed to be derivative financial 
instruments at ‘fair value’. At 31 March 
2010, there was a net derivative financial 
liability in SSE’s balance sheet arising from 
IAS 39 of £985.1m, before tax, compared 
with a net liability of £1,423.6m, before tax, 
at 31 March 2009. 

The liability principally relates to some 
forward commodity purchase contracts 
for gas, coal, oil, carbon and wholesale 
electricity that SSE, like all major energy 
suppliers, has to enter into to ensure that 
the future requirements of its customers 
are met. IAS 39 requires SSE to record 
these contracts at their ‘fair value’. This 
involves comparing their contractual price 
against the prevailing forward market price 
at the financial year end. At 31 March 2010 
the average contractual price was higher 
than the market price (in other words, 

’out of the money’), albeit by a smaller 
amount than at the same time last year, 
leading to a smaller liability. 

Thus the movement on derivatives under 
IAS 39 of £399.8m shown in the table 
below and on the face of the income 
statement is primarily due to a reduction 
in the ‘out of the money’ position on 
commodity contracts between 31 March 
2009 and 31 March 2010. SSE sets out 
these movements in fair value separately, 
as remeasurements, as they do not 
reflect the underlying performance of 
the business and the extent of the actual 
profit or loss arising over the life of the 
contracts giving rise to this liability will 
not be determined until they unwind; for 
around 50% of the total energy volume, 
this will be over the next 12 months. 

Adjusted profit before tax* in 2009/10 
Adjusted profit before tax* rose by 2.9%, 
from £1,253.7m to £1,290.1m. This is 
moderate growth, consistent with the 
objective which SSE set out in its Annual 
Report 2009. SSE’s adjusted profit before 
tax reflects four key steps forward in its 
Generation and Supply business in 2009/10, 
compared with the previous year: 

k	  The installation of flue gas 

desulphurisation (FGD) equipment 
in early 2009 meant there were no 
related restrictions on running hours 
at Fiddler’s Ferry and Ferrybridge 
power stations. 

k	  The return to service in June 2009 

of Medway power station, following a 
15-month unplanned outage, meant 
the availability of SSE’s gas-fired 
power stations to generate electricity 
was significantly better. 

k	  There was an increased number 

of customer accounts to which SSE 

Profit before tax 

Reported profit before tax 
Movement on derivatives (IAS 39) 
Exceptional items 
Tax on JVs and Associates 
Interest on convertible debt 

Adjusted profit before tax* 
Adjusted current tax charge 

Adjusted profit after tax*	 

Reported profit after tax	 
Number of shares for basic and 
adjusted EPS (million)	 
Adjusted EPS*	 
Basic EPS	 

March 10 
£m 

1,638.6 
(399.8) 
– 
51.3 
– 

1,290.1 
(274.1) 

1,016.0 

1,235.5 

921.9 
110.2p 
134.0p 

March 09 
£m 

53.3 
1,262.1 
(102.7) 
40.4 
0.6 

1,253.7 
(300.4) 

953.3 

112.3 

883.0 
108.0p 
12.7p 

March 08 
£m 

1,083.8 
162.9 
(32.8) 
10.7 
4.6 

1,229.2
 
(317.2)
 

912.0 

873.2 

863.2 
105.6p 
101.1p 

supplies electricity and gas in the 
Great Britain and Ireland markets 
(600,000 more in April 2009 than 
in April 2008). 

k	  A better balance between the cost 
of energy procured and the cost 
of energy supplied was achieved 
following the energy supply losses 
sustained during the previous financial 
year to protect customers from the 
worst effects of exceptionally high 
wholesale prices. 

At the same time however: 

k	  output of renewable energy was 

much lower than expected because 
of the unusually dry, cold and still 
weather conditions experienced during 
the winter of 2009/10 and the loss 
of output from the Glendoe hydro 
electric scheme; 

k	  the achieved price of electricity 

produced from renewable sources 
was lower; and 

k	  although the output of electricity from 
gas- and coal-fired power stations 
was higher, the difference between the 
cost of the primary fuel and the price 
of the electricity generated from it (the 
‘spark’ and ‘dark’ spread respectively) 
was lower. 

Adjusted profit before tax* for 2010/11 
SSE’s emphasis is on adjusted profit 
before tax* on a full-year, as opposed to 
half-year, basis and since it was formed 
in 1998 it has delivered 11 successive 
increases in adjusted profit before tax*. 

Adjusted profit before tax* is an important 
measure of performance in any given year. 
In SSE’s view, however, adjusted profit 
before tax* is not an end in itself and SSE 
does not have the goal of maximising 
profit in any single year or over any 
particular period. It takes a longer-term 
view and believes that profit is a means 
to an end: sustained real growth in the 
dividend, the delivery of which is its first 
responsibility to shareholders. 

SSE’s adjusted profit before tax* in any 
single year will always be determined 
by issues such as: 

k	  the availability of its gas- and coal-
fired power stations to generate 
electricity; 

k	  the output of renewable energy 
from its hydro electric stations 
and wind farms; 

k	  the impact of the weather on energy 
production and consumption; 
k	  the actual underlying level of 

energy consumption; 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 12 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010

Financial overview (continued)
 

2010 at a glance: 
Investment and 

capital expenditure
 

Thermal generation
 
investment – £m
 

146.2 

2009 – 216.2 

Renewable generation
 
investment – £m
 

666.6
 

2009 – 525.6 

Electricity networks
 
investment – £m
 

334.5
 

2009 – 314.6 

Gas storage
 
investment – £m
 

46.3 

2009 – 55.4 

Total investment and
 
capital expenditure* – £m


 1,315.2
 

2009 – 1,279.8 

Share of SGN capital expenditure/ 
replacement expenditure – £m 

206.4 

2009 – 191.4 

* Including some not specified above. 

k	  the interaction between wholesale 
prices for energy and fuel and the 
prices for the electricity and gas 
charged to customers; and 
k	  the timely commissioning of 

new assets. 

In terms of 2010/11, SSE believes that 
its balanced range of market-based and 
economically-regulated energy businesses, 
and the diversity of opportunities within 
those businesses, will deliver a level of 
adjusted profit before tax* capable of 
supporting the achievement of its new 
full-year dividend target. 

Adjusted earnings per share* 
To monitor financial performance over the 
medium term, SSE continues to focus on 
adjusted earnings per share* because it 
has the straightforward benefit of defining 
the amount of profit after tax that has 
been earned for each Ordinary Share 
and so reflects a clear view of underlying 
financial performance. In 2009/10, SSE’s 
adjusted earnings per share* were 110.2p, 
compared with 108.0p in the previous year. 

Dividend 

Final dividend for 2009/10 
SSE cannot emphasise enough that its first 
responsibility to shareholders is to deliver 
sustained real growth in the dividend. The 
Board is recommending a final dividend 
of 49p per share, compared with 46.2p 
in the previous year, an increase of 6.1%. 
This will make a full-year dividend of 70p, 
which is: 

k	  an increase of 6.1% compared 

with 2008/09; 

k	  a real-terms increase of 5.6%, 

based on the average annual rate of 
inflation in the UK between April 2009 
and March 2010, which exceeds the 
target of 4%; 

k	  the 11th successive real-terms above-
inflation dividend increase since the 
first full-year dividend of 25.7p paid 
by SSE in 1998/99; 

k	  double the dividend paid in 2002/03, 

since when there has been compound 
annual growth of 10.4%; and 

k	  covered 1.57 times by SSE’s adjusted 

profit after tax. 

Dividend target for 2010/11 and beyond 
Its newly-adopted targets mean SSE is 
aiming to deliver an increase in the full-
year dividend of at least 2% more than 
inflation in 2010/11. The same target 
is in place for 2011/12 and 2012/13, with 
sustained real growth thereafter also 
being targeted. 

Scrip Dividend Scheme 
A resolution will be put to shareholders 
at the Annual General Meeting to 
propose the introduction of a Scrip 
Dividend Scheme. The proposed Scrip 
Dividend Scheme is intended to replace 
the current dividend reinvestment plan. 
It will give shareholders the option to 
receive new fully paid Ordinary Shares 
in the Company in place of their cash 
dividend payments. 

Investment and 
capital expenditure 

Introduction 
In March 2008, SSE announced it was 
undertaking a five-year capital investment 
programme for the period to March 2013 
projected to total around £6.7bn – one of 
the biggest currently being undertaken in 
the UK by a FTSE 100 company. In keeping 
with its financial principle that investments 
should be ‘well-founded’, SSE believes that 
projects within the programme will achieve 
returns which are greater than the cost of 
capital, enhance earnings and contribute 
to dividend growth. 

The principal focus of the investment 
programme is renewable energy, the 
requirement for which is underpinned 
by statute at EU and Member State level. 
At the same time, significant investment 
is also taking place in thermal generation, 
electricity networks and in a number 
of other areas, such as gas storage. In 
addition to its core investment programme, 
SSE – through its 50% stake in Scotia 
Gas Networks (SGN) – is also making 
a significant investment in regulated 
gas networks. 

All of this investment is in line with SSE’s 
core purpose: to provide the energy people 
need in a reliable and sustainable way. 
It will support the maintenance and 
development of assets which are of 
strategic significance in the context of the 
energy trends identified in the EU 2020 
Climate and Energy Package and Ofgem’s 
analysis of the UK’s energy supplies 
published in October 2009. SSE’s 
investment programme is, therefore, 
well-founded, in accordance with its 
financial principles, and it will deliver: 

k	  a significantly enhanced asset base 

in key businesses; 

k  additional fuel for electricity 

production in the form of renewable 
sources of energy; and 

k  additional cash flows and profits, which 
will support future dividend growth. 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Capital expenditure – £m 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

810.3 

663.4 

502.1 

1,315.2 

1,279.8 

Capital expenditure 2009/10 – % 

Thermal generation 11
 
Renewable generation 51
 
Power systems 25
 
Gas storage 4
 
Other 9
 

Renewable energy capital 
expenditure – £m 

666.6 

525.6 

2010 

2009 

2008 

132.8 

2007  92.7 

2006 

105.6 

Underlying interest cover – times 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

6.3 

6.5 

11.7 

11.0 

9.2 

Some of SSE’s projects took longer to 
complete than the original (often ambitious) 
timetable suggested and there have been 
difficulties at others, such as the Glendoe 
hydro electric scheme. Understanding 
project risk (including construction), 
implementing best project management 
practice, processes and systems, 
together with a rigorous ‘lessons learned’ 
programme, has helped SSE ensure the 
delivery of current and future projects. 
The development of proven contracting 
strategies and the selection of experienced 
delivery partners all form part of an 

integrated and carefully-governed 
management system, ensuring that value is 
delivered from the investment programme. 

These features are at the heart of the 
way SSE takes forward its investment 
programme, which is managed by an 
experienced team, the members of which 
recognise that it is most important to invest 
sufficient time and resources during the 
development phase of the project. 

SSE remains committed to constructing 
robust assets, capable of generating 

Investment in 2009/10 
2009/10 represented the second year of 
SSE’s five-year investment programme, 
and capital and investment expenditure 
(excluding SGN) totalled £1,315.2m, 
building on the expenditure of £1,279.8m 
in the previous year. During 2009/10: 

k	  the investment of £146.2m in thermal 
generation included SSE’s 50% share of 
the development of the new Combined 
Cycle Gas Turbine (CCGT) power 
station at Marchwood, which became 
operational in December 2009, on time 
and on budget at less than £500/kW; 

k	  the investment of £666.6m in 

renewable generation included SSE’s 
50% share (£244.9m) of the investment 
at Greater Gabbard offshore wind 
farm, and £60m in Walney; 
k	  the investment of £46.3m in gas 

storage included £26.6m invested in 
the new facility at Aldbrough, which 
takes the total invested by SSE in this 
development to £207.9m; and 
k	  the investment of £334.5m in 

electricity networks took the total for 
the 2005-10 Distribution Price Control 
period to £1.29bn. 

A total of £1.1bn has been invested by SSE 
in assets which were still largely under 
construction at 31 March 2010, including 
its share of the cumulative investment 
in Greater Gabbard (£455.5m). 

In addition, SSE’s 50% share of SGN’s 
capital and replacement expenditure was 
£206.4m, compared with £191.4m in the 
previous year. SGN’s total capital investment 
in 2009/10 was £168.1m, taking the amount 
so far for the 2008-13 gas Distribution 
Price Control period to £525.3m. 

Management of investment programme 
SSE’s programme of investment in 
major new assets got under way with the 
development and construction of Hadyard 
Hill which, in 2006, became the first wind 
farm in the UK to generate 100MW of 
electricity. Since then, SSE has developed 
other new assets, such as Marchwood, 
the UK’s first new gas-fired power station 
for five years, and the UK’s first new 
gas storage capacity for four years, at 
Aldbrough. It has also completed the 
installation of flue gas desulphurisation 
equipment at Fiddler’s Ferry and 
Ferrybridge power stations, thereby 
making it possible for electricity generation 
to continue at those locations beyond 2015. 

Nevertheless, the transition from 
efficient operator of energy assets to also 
being a developer of significant energy 
infrastructure has presented challenges. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 14 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010

Financial overview (continued)
 

revenue on a reliable basis and delivering 
value in the long term. The management 
of the project portfolio will not be 
sacrificed in the interests of short-term 
concerns. SSE keeps the economic 
evaluation of its investment programme 
under continuous review and remains 
confident that significant value is being 
created, based on actual project delivery 
and on the most up-to-date project costs 
and schedules. 

Future investment priorities 
in 2010/11 and beyond 
SSE expects its capital and investment 
expenditure will be around £1.7bn during 
2010/11 as significant projects such as the 
Clyde, Griffin and Greater Gabbard wind 
farms and the Aldbrough gas storage 
facility continue to make progress and 
as other major developments, such as 
the replacement of the Beauly-Denny 
transmission line, get under way. 
Around 75% of SSE’s 2008-13 investment 
programme is relatively low risk, involving 
well-established technologies such as 
onshore wind farms, thermal power 
stations and electricity networks. 

SSE constantly monitors its five-year 
investment programme, to make sure 
that it is taking advantage of the best 
opportunities to invest and that the best 
projects are prioritised – and all at the 
optimum time. This was demonstrated 
by its decision to delay projects previously 
included in its 2008-13 programme in order 
to include within it the 367MW Walney 
offshore wind farm, in which it acquired 
a 25.1% stake in December 2009. A 
significant factor in the decision to include 
Walney in the investment programme was 
the phased and performance-related 
nature of the total cash consideration 
and construction costs. 

The main components of risk involved in 
any individual investment decision – market, 
technology and construction – are all very 
carefully considered within the investment 
appraisal process and risk premia are 
applied to the expected rate of return 
where appropriate. The need to maintain 
diversity within the programme is also 
a factor in investment decision-making. 
That part of SSE’s 2008-13 investment 
programme which is deemed to be higher 
risk – around 25% – involves technologies 
such as offshore wind farms and gas 
storage and is generally undertaken 
in partnership with other experienced 
developers in order to mitigate the 
higher risks. This illustrates the care 
with which decisions are taken, to ensure 
they are consistent with SSE’s financial 
principles, targeting returns which are 

risk-adjusted, greater than the cost of 
capital, enhance earnings and contribute 
to dividend growth. 

£5.29bn at 31 March 2010 compared 
with £4.82bn at 31 March 2009. 

Financial management 
and balance sheet 

Treasury policy 
SSE’s operations are generally financed 
by a combination of retained profits, 
bank borrowings, bond issuance and 
commercial paper. As a matter of policy, 
a minimum of 50% of SSE’s debt is subject 
to fixed or inflation-linked rates of interest. 
Within this policy framework, SSE borrows 
as required on different interest bases, with 
derivatives and forward rate agreements 
being used to achieve the desired out-turn 
interest rate profile. At 31 March 2010, 
after taking account of interest rate swaps, 
75.1% of SSE’s borrowings were at fixed 
or inflation-linked rates. 

Borrowings are mainly made in both 
Sterling and Euro to reflect the underlying 
currency denomination of assets and 
cashflows within SSE. All other foreign 
currency borrowings are swapped back 
into Sterling. 

The United Kingdom remains SSE’s main 
area of operation, although business 
activities in the Republic of Ireland are 
also substantial. Transactional foreign 
exchange risk arises in respect of 
procurement contracts, fuel and carbon 
purchasing, commodity hedging and 
energy trading operations, and long-
term service agreements for plant. 

SSE’s policy is to hedge all material 
transactional foreign exchange 
exposures through the use of forward 
currency purchases and/or derivative 
instruments. Indirect foreign exchange 
exposures created by SSE’s gas purchasing 
are similarly hedged on an ongoing basis. 
Translational foreign exchange risk arises 
in respect of overseas investments, and 
hedging in respect of such exposures 
is determined as appropriate to the 
circumstances on a case-by-case basis. 

Net debt and cash flow 
On an unadjusted basis, SSE’s net debt 
was £5.4bn at 31 March 2010, compared 
with £5.1bn at 31 March 2009. There 
were outstanding liquid funds of £109m 
at 31 March 2010 relating to power 
purchase agreements and wholesale 
energy transactions, the majority of which 
was reconciled and settled in April 2010. 
On an adjusted basis, therefore, including 
these liquid funds, SSE’s net debt was 

The adjusted net debt of £5.29bn results 
in a Net Debt/EBITDA ratio of around 
2.9 on 31 March 2010 (excluding SGN). 

Strong cash flow from operations, 
including effective management of working 
capital has helped to keep the increase 
in adjusted net debt to a lower level than 
expected, as have the adjustments to SSE’s 
investment programme following the 
acquisition of a 25.1% stake in the Walney 
offshore wind farm. In summary while 
capital and investment expenditure was 
£1.3bn, the increase in adjusted net debt 
was limited to £470m. 

Borrowings and facilities 
The objective for SSE is to maintain a 
balance between continuity of funding and 
flexibility, with debt maturities staggered 
across a broad range of dates. Its average 
debt maturity as at 31 March 2010 was 
11.0 years, compared with 11.8 years at 
31 March 2009. 

SSE’s debt structure remains strong, with 
around £4.9bn of medium- to long-term 
borrowings in the form of issued bonds, 
European Investment Bank debt and long-
term project finance and other loans. Less 
than £100m of medium- to long-term 
borrowings will mature in the year to 
31 March 2011. The balance of SSE’s 
adjusted net debt is financed with short-
term commercial paper and bank debt. 

Financing investment 
SSE’s investment programme is supported 
by its carefully-maintained balance sheet, 
which remains one of the strongest in the 
utility sector, in line with its established 
financial principles. Its corporate credit 
ratings are now ‘A-’ (Standard & Poors) and 
‘A3’ (Moody’s). In line with the trend across 
the energy and utility sectors, and with the 
revisions to their ratings criteria which the 
agencies chose to make, they were both 
downgraded in 2009, having been on 
‘negative watch’ following the acquisition 
of Airtricity in 2008. Nevertheless, they 
remain consistent with securing funding 
at a reasonable cost. 

SSE’s balance sheet position means it is 
comparatively well-placed to raise finance 
and in a position to pay interest at lower 
rates than would otherwise be the case. 
This is demonstrated by its success in 
securing new funding and facilities totalling 
£4.8bn between July 2008 and March 2010, 
despite the very difficult market conditions 
experienced by all borrowers during that 
time. This included, during 2009/10: 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

k	  new committed bank facilities totalling 
£1bn, which mature in June 2012, to 
replace an existing £650m facility 
which had been due to mature in 
November 2009; 

k	  a nine-year, £500m sterling bond 

with a coupon of 5%, issued by SSE 
in September 2009; and 

k	  a £400m loan facility from the European 
Investment Bank to help finance the 
development of renewable energy 
schemes in the UK and Ireland. 

SSE’s five-year investment programme for 
the period to March 2013 is, therefore, well-
financed. It will, however, move quickly to 
take the right financing options, including 
bonds, loans and, should new investment 
or acquisition opportunities arise, equity. 

Net finance costs 
The table below reconciles reported 
net finance costs to adjusted net finance 
costs, which SSE believes is a more 
meaningful measure. In line with this, 
SSE’s adjusted net finance costs during 
2009/10 were £335.9m, compared with 
£287.7m in the previous year. 

The average interest rate for SSE, 
excluding JCE/Associate interest, during 
the year was 5.35%, compared with 5.25% 
for the previous year. Based on adjusted 
interest costs, underlying interest cover 

for 2009/10 was 6.3 times (excluding 
interest related to SGN), compared with 
6.5 times in 2008/09; including interest 
related to SGN it was 5.6 times. 

Excluding shareholder loans, SGN’s 
net debt at 31 March 2010 was £3.1bn, 
and within the adjusted interest costs of 
£292.4m, the element relating to SGN’s net 
finance costs was £63.0m (compared with 
£86.5m in the previous year), after netting 
loan stock interest payable to SSE. Its 
contribution to SSE’s adjusted profit before 
tax* was, therefore, £120.7m, compared 
with £94.0m in the previous years. 

Convertible bond maturity and 
authority to purchase own shares 
SSE’s 3.75% Convertible Bond, which 
had an initial nominal value of £300m, 
matured on 24 October 2009. 

During 2009/10, SSE did not purchase 
any of its own shares for cancellation. The 
Directors will, however, seek renewal of 
their authority to purchase in the market 
the Company’s own shares at the Annual 
General Meeting on 22 July 2010, and this 
remains a benchmark against which 
financial decisions are taken. 

Pensions 
In line with the IAS 19 treatment of 
pension scheme assets, liabilities 

Finance costs 

Reported net finance costs 
add/(less)
 
Share of JCE*/Associate interest
 
Interest on convertible debt 

Movement on derivatives
 

Adjusted net finance costs 

Return on pension scheme assets 
Interest on pension scheme liabilities 
Finance lease interest 
Notional interest arising on discounted provisions 

Adjusted interest costs** 

March 10 
£m 

265.3 

March 09 
£m 

134.3 

107.1 
– 
(36.5) 

335.9 

100.7 
(127.5) 
(13.2) 
(3.5) 

292.4 

128.2 
(0.6) 
25.8 

287.7 

135.3 
(130.1) 
– 
(5.1) 

287.8 

* Jointly Controlled Entities.  ** Adjusted finance income and costs for interest cover calculation. 

Tax charge 

Reported tax charge/(credit) 
add back: 
Share of JCE/Associate tax 
less: 
Deferred tax 
Tax on exceptional items and certain remeasurements 

Adjusted current tax charge	 

March 10 
£m 

403.1 

51.3 

(69.4) 
(110.9) 

274.1 

March 09 
£m 

(59.0) 

40.4 

(39.5) 
358.5 

300.4 

and costs, pension scheme liabilities 
of £720.3m are recognised in the balance 
sheet at 31 March 2010, gross of deferred 
tax. This represents an increase in net 
liabilities of £446.8m compared with the 
position at March 2009, principally due to 
the reduction in the discount rate applied 
to future liabilities. 

During 2009/10, employer cash 
contributions amounted to: 

k	  £44.2m for the Scottish Hydro Electric 

scheme; and 

k  £66.0m for the Southern Electric 

scheme. 

Employer cash contributions include 
the deficit repair contributions for the 
Scottish Hydro Electric scheme and the 
Southern Electric scheme of £29.5m 
and £38.8m respectively. 

As part of the electricity Distribution 
Price Control for 2005-2010, it was 
agreed that allowances equivalent to the 
regulated business’ share of deficit repair 
contributions in respect of the Southern 
Electric scheme should be included in 
price controlled revenue. The Price Control 
for 2010-2015 maintains this commitment 
to fully fund the regulated business’ 
share of deficit repair contributions for 
both the Southern and now the Scottish 
Hydro Electric pension schemes, with an 
incentive around ongoing pension costs. 

Tax 

To assist the understanding of SSE’s tax 
position, the adjusted current tax charge 
is calculated as shown in the tax charge 
table (left). 

The effective adjusted current tax rate, 
based on adjusted profit before tax*, 
was 21.2%, compared with 24.0% in the 
previous year, on the same basis. The 
impact of SSE’s higher capital expenditure 
programme and the changes introduced 
in Budget 2007 and 2009 have had, and will 
continue to have, a positive impact on the 
effective current tax rate. The reported tax 
charge is £403.1m, compared with a tax 
credit of £59m in the previous year. This 
reflects the deferred tax associated with 
the derivatives mark-to-market position. 

SSE’s contribution to government 
revenues in the UK, including Corporation 
Tax, Employers’ National Insurance 
Contributions and Business Rates totalled 
£474.6m during 2009/10, compared with 
£484.9m in the previous year. The total 

includes joint ventures and associates.• 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 16 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010

Performance indicators 

Financial overview 
SSE’s first responsibility to shareholders is to deliver 
sustained real growth in the dividend. See Financial 
overview on pages 11 to 15. 

Adjusted profit before tax* – £m 
Adjusted earnings per share* – pence 
Dividend per share – pence 
Capital expenditure – £m 
Adjusted net debt – £bn 
Average debt maturity – years 
Underlying interest cover – times 
Dividend cover – times 
Generation and Supply operating profit* – £m 
Power Systems operating profit* – £m 
Southern Electric Power Distribution operating profit* – £m 
Scottish Hydro Electric Power Distribution and Transmission operating profit* – £m 
Scotia Gas Networks operating profit* (SSE share) – £m 
Gas storage operating profit* – £m 
Telecoms operating profit* – £m 
Contracting, Connections and Metering operating profit* – £m 

Generation 
SSE owns 11,330MW of capacity for generating 
electricity in the UK and Ireland and is investing 
around £4bn in capacity between 2008-13. 
See Generation on pages 21 to 30. 

2008 
1,229.2 
105.6 
60.5 
810.3 
3.7 
8.6 
11.7 
1.73 
711.1 
382.9 
232.7 
150.2 
161.5 
50.9 
14.3 
68.7 

2009 

108.0 
66.0 

2010 
1,253.7  1,290.1 
110.2 
70.0 
1,279.8  1,315.2 
5.3 
11.0 
6.3 
1.57 
896.0 
415.8 
256.9 
158.9 
183.7 
41.8 
16.4 
80.2 

4.8 
11.8 
6.5 
1.57 
832.0 
403.7 
243.3 
160.4 
180.5 
42.7 
15.5 
74.8 

Change 
+2.9% 
+2.0% 
+6.1% 
+2.8% 
+10.4% 
-6.8% 
-3.1% 
0.0% 
+7.7% 
+3.0% 
+5.6% 
-0.9% 
+1.8% 
-2.1% 
+5.8% 
+7.2% 

Assets 
Gas- and oil-fired generation capacity – MW 
Coal-fired generation capacity (inc biomass co-firing) – MW 
Total thermal generation capacity – MW 
Total conventional hydro capacity – MW 
Total pumped storage – MW 
Total wind farm capacity – MW 
Total dedicated biomass capacity – MW 
Total renewable (inc pumped storage) generation capacity – MW 
Total electricity generation capacity – MW 
Operations 
Gas-fired power station availability – % 
Gas-fired power station thermal efficiency – % 
Coal-fired power station availability – % 
Coal- and biomass-fired power station thermal efficiency – % 
Power station water consumption – million cubic metres 
Hydro storage – % of maximum water for generation 
Wind farm availability – % 

Positive 

Neutral or Not Applicable 

Negative 

2008 

2009 

2010 

Change 

4,500 
4,000 
8,500 
1,050 
300 
600 
80 
2,030 
10,530 

4,510 
4,010 
8,520 
1,150 
300 
690 
80 
2,220 
10,740 

4,590 
4,370 
8,960 
1,150 
300 
840 
80 
2,370 
11,330 

95 
49 
91 
36 
2.9 
73 
96 

76 
51 
89 
35 
2.9 
73 
96 

94 
49 
92 
35 
2.8 
52 
97 

+1.8% 
+9.0% 
+5.2% 
0.0% 
0.0% 
+21.7% 
0.0% 
+6.8% 
+5.5% 

+23.7% 
-3.9% 
+3.4% 
0.0% 
-3.4% 
-28.8% 
+1.0% 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
17 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

2008 

2009 

2010 

Change 

18.2 
12.0 
30.2 
368 
33 
3,518 
1,702 
389 
110 
4,050 
381 

15.3 
7.8 
23.1 
267 
148 
3,316 
1,656 
953 
765 
5,182 
273 

15.4 
11.5 
26.9 
218 
136 
3,016 
1,456 
1,007 
854 
5,013 
395 

 22.7 
496 
 37,125 
0.903 
 39,643 
0.964 

19.3 
491 
17,318 
0.441 
21,046 
0.536 

23.1 
494 
14,848 
0.323 
27,121 
0.591 

+0.7% 
+47.4% 
+16.4% 
-18.3% 
-8.1% 
-9.0% 
-12.1% 
+5.7% 
+11.6% 
-3.3% 
+51.3% 

+19.7% 
+0.6% 
-14.3% 
-26.8% 
+28.9% 
+10.3% 

246.2 
132.8 

216.2 
525.6 

146.2 
666.6 

-32.4% 
+26.8% 

2008 

2009 

2010 

Change 

4.90 
3.15 
0.40 
8.45 
 40 
8.85 
235 
8.73 

18 
N/A 
N/A 
N/A 
367 
200 
1.86 
N/A 
70 
0.03 
0.22 

5.10 
3.50 
0.45 
9.05 
50 
9.10 
330 
9.43 

22 
N/A 
504 
191 
518 
237 
2.32 
58 
72 
0.02 
0.07 

5.17 
3.54 
0.45 
9.16 
190 
9.35 
410 
9.76 

21 
374 
542 
274 
613 
233 
3.16 
58 
90 
0.02 
0.02 

+1.4% 
+1.1% 
0.0% 
+1.2% 
+280.0% 
+2.7% 
+24.2% 
+3.5% 

-4.5% 
N/A 
+7.5% 
+43.5% 
+18.3% 
-1.7% 
+36.2% 
0.0% 
+25.0% 
0.0% 
-71.4% 

Output 
Gas- and oil-fired output – TWh 
Coal-fired output (inc biomass co-firing) – TWh 
Total output from thermal power stations – TWh 

– including ROC-qualifying co-firing output – GWh 

Dedicated biomass – GWh 
Conventional hydro – GWh 

– including ROC-qualifying hydro output – GWh 

Wind energy (UK) – GWh* 
Wind energy (RoI) – GWh* 
Total output of renewable energy – GWh 
Total output from pumped storage – GWh 
Emissions 
Power station CO2 emissions – million metric tonnes
Power station CO2 emissions – grams per kWh 
Power station SO2 emissions – metric tonnes
Power station SO2 emissions – grams per kWh 
Power station NOx emissions – metric tonnes
Power station NOx emissions – grams per kWh 
Investment 
Thermal generation – £m 
Renewable generation – £m 
* Including output from joint ventures and associates. 

Supply 
SSE supplies electricity and gas to 9.35 million customers 
in the competitive energy supply markets in Great Britain 
and Ireland. See Supply on pages 31 to 35. 

Customer numbers 
Electricity customer accounts (GB domestic) – millions 
Gas customer accounts (GB domestic) – millions 
Energy customers (GB business sites) – millions 
Total GB energy customer accounts – millions 
All-island energy market customers (Ireland) – 000s
Total energy customer accounts – millions 
Home Services customer accounts – 000s 
Total customer accounts (GB and Ireland) – millions 
Operations 
Calls received from customers – millions 
Complaints/referrals to Energy Ombudsman 
Referrals to Consumer Direct 
Homes insulated under the Carbon Emissions Reduction Target – 000s 
Customers registered on Priority Services Register – 000s 
Customers with tailor made payment plans – 000s 
Customers with loyalty plans – millions 
Customers paying by direct debit or standing order – % 
Domestic/small business customer aged debt – £m 
Electricity disconnections – per 1,000 customers 
Gas disconnections – per 1,000 customers 

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 18 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010

Performance indicators (continued) 

Networks 
SSE owns three regional electricity networks and has a 
50% stake in two regional gas networks in Great Britain. 
See Networks on pages 37 to 43. 

Assets 
Electricity networks Regulated Asset Value – £bn 
Gas network Regulated Asset Value (SSE share) – £bn 
Total Regulated Asset Value of energy network assets – £bn 
Southern Electric Power Distribution mains in commission – km 
Scottish Hydro Electric Power Distribution mains in commission – km 
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission mains in commission – km 
Total electricity mains in commission – km 
Scotia Gas Networks mains in commission – km 
Telecoms network – km 
Operations 
Electricity distributed – TWh 
Southern Electric Power Distribution average customer minutes lost 
Southern Electric Power Distribution customer interruptions per 100 customers 
Scottish Hydro Electric Power Distribution average customer minutes lost 
Scottish Hydro Electric Power Distribution customer interruptions per 100 customers 
Gas distributed – TWh 
Uncontrolled gas escapes attended within one hour – % 
Telecoms operational faults fixed within Service Level Agreements – % 
Investment 
Electricity networks capital expenditure – £m 
SGN capital/repair expenditure (SSE share) – £m 

Services 
SSE provides a range of energy-related services to 
industrial, commercial and public sector customers 
in the UK and Ireland. See Services on pages 43 to 46. 

Contracting, connections and metering 
New electrical connections 
New gas connections 
Out-of-area networks in operation 
Contracting order book (year end) – £m 
Meters read once a year – % 
Meters read twice a year – % 
Gas storage 
Net capacity – mcm 
Customer nominations met – % 

Positive 

Neutral or Not Applicable 

Negative 

2008 

2009 

2010 

Change 

2.89 
1.82 
4.71 
76,269 
46,662 
4,913 

2.73 
1.75 
4.48 
75,747 
46,454 
4,913 

2.97 
1.97 
4.94 
77,004 
46,859 
4,913 
127,114  127,844  128,776 
73,799 
73,995 
73,705 
11,200 
10,300 
8,000 

42.9 
67 
66 
72 
69 
169.3 
97.5 
98 

42.9 
66 
64 
75 
76 
173.5 
98.6 
98 

42.1 
65 
61 
74 
76 
163.0 
97.9 
98 

264.4 
189.5 

314.6 
191.4 

334.5 
206.4 

+2.8% 
+8.2% 
+4.9% 
+1.0% 
+0.4% 
0.0% 
+0.7% 
-0.3% 
+8.7% 

-1.9% 
-1.5% 
-4.7% 
-1.3% 
0.0% 
-6.0% 
-0.7% 
0.0% 

+6.3% 
+7.8% 

2008 

2009 

2010 

Change 

42,800 
8,200 
33 
99 
95 
81 

36,000 
7,300 
47 
101 
95 
77 

24,300 
6,700 
53 
115 
95 
79 

-32.5% 
-8.2% 
+12.8% 
+13.9% 
0.0% 
+2.6% 

325 
100 

325 
100 

400 
100 

+23.1% 
0.0% 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
19 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

2008 

2009 

2010 

Change 

N/A 
0.18 
0.35 
0.04 
N/A 

0.16 
0.37 
0.50 
0.07 
361 

0.14 
0.34 
0.31 
0.03 
73 

2 
42,189 
30,299 
8,282 

1 
27,931 
27,120 
6,979 

1 
31,179 
24,070 
5,461 
102,070  105,557  105,234 
5.5 
23 
4 
13,421 
9,542 
473 
13,921 
690 
205.2 
40.7 
150.5 

6.1 
26 
4 
14,931 
9,393 
500 
13,178 
701 
207.8 
37.1 
154.2 

6.7 
21 
4 
14,530 
8,265 
489 
8,285 
496 
181.7 
31.2 
156.5 

16,892 
15,777 
41 
11.9 
6.03 
74/26 
88/12 
0 
38 

18,795 
18,196 
38 
11.5 
5.89 
74/26 
87/13 
0 
38 

20,177 
19,308 
39 
8.7 
5.31 
73/27 
88/12 
0 
42 

906 
873 
1,779 

1,162 
1,001 
2,163 

1,980 
1,410 
3,390 

-12.5% 
-8.1% 
-38.0% 
-57.1% 
-79.8% 

0.0% 
+11.6% 
-11.2% 
-21.7% 
-0.3% 
-9.8% 
-11.5% 
0.0% 
-10.1% 
+1.6% 
-5.4% 
+5.6% 
-1.6% 
-1.2% 
+9.7% 
-2.4% 

+7.3% 
+6.1% 
+2.6% 
-24.3% 
-9.8% 
N/A 
N/A 
0.0% 
+10.5% 

+70.4% 
+40.9% 
+56.7% 

3.7 
60 

4.4 
88 

3.7 
109 

-15.9% 
+23.9% 

1,024 
4,270 

1,037 
4,029 

1,233 
4,438 

+18.9% 
+10.1% 

Safety, sustainability and teamwork 
In addition to service, efficiency and excellence, 
SSE measures its performance against its other 
core values – safety, sustainability and teamwork. 

Safety 
Total Recordable Injury Rate per 100,000 hours worked 
Blameworthy serious/potentially serious road traffic incidents per 100 vehicles 
Total Recordable Injury Rate per 100,000 hours worked (Contractors) 
Accident Frequency Rate HSE reportable/lost time 
Working days lost from injury 
Sustainability 
Power station IPC/IPPC breaches 
Oil leaked – litres 
Waste produced by offices and depots – tonnes 
Waste sent to landfill from offices and depots – tonnes 
Water consumption in principal offices – cubic metres 
Water consumption in principal offices – cubic metres per whole time equivalent 
Energy consumption in principal offices – GWh 
Energy consumption in principal offices – MWh per WTE 
Distance travelled on SSE business – km per WTE 
Business flights 
Business flights per 1,000 employees 
Business rail journeys 
Business rail journeys – per 1,000 employees 
Operational vehicles business travel – million km 
Company cars business travel – million km 
Average emissions from Company and operational vehicles – grams/km 
Teamwork 
Employees – headcount 
Employees – monthly average 
Employees – average age 
Turnover of employees – % 
Absence from work per employee – days 
Gender split – all employees – male/female 
Gender split – Leadership Group – male/female 
Breaches of equal opportunities legislation 
Employees in Share Incentive Plan – % 
Community 
Funds set aside for community benefit – £000s 
Funds set aside for charitable causes – £000s 
Total charitable and community donations – £000s 
Research and development 
Research and development – £m 
Committed investment in clean-tech ventures (cumulative) – £m 
Suppliers 
New suppliers 
Suppliers for more than three years 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Business overview
 

Generation 
and Supply 

Introduction 
SSE owns just over 11,300MW of capacity 
for generating electricity, a net increase 
of 600MW since 1 April 2009. The large 
majority (over 10,850MW) of this capacity 
is in Great Britain in which total capacity 
is around 83,000MW, including the 
capacity to import from France. The 
remainder (450MW) is in Northern Ireland 
and the Republic of Ireland, where there 
is an all-island Single Electricity Market, 
of around 10,000MW, which is separate 
from the market in Great Britain. 

SSE’s total capacity includes its share 
of joint ventures and associates and 
comprises around: 

k  4,590MW of gas- and oil-fired capacity; 
k  4,370MW of coal-fired capacity (with 
biomass co-firing capability); and
 
k  2,370MW of renewable (hydro, wind 

and dedicated biomass) capacity.
 

This balance between coal- and gas-fired 
generation capacity, and the balance 
between fossil fuel and renewable sources 
of energy, avoids dependency on a single 
technology or commodity and gives SSE the 
greatest diversity in fuels for generating 
electricity among UK generators. As a 
result, SSE has significant optionality in 
the management of its power stations. 
It is this diversity and the optionality that 
goes with it which enable SSE to manage 
the risks inevitably associated with 
primary fuel procurement. Management 
of these risks is also assisted by the 
fact that SSE is the largest generator of 
electricity from renewable sources across 
the UK and Ireland. 

SSE’s diverse electricity generation assets 
are balanced by its electricity and gas 
supply customer base. As at 31 March 
2010, SSE supplied energy to 9.16 million 
customer accounts in Great Britain and 
190,000 accounts in Northern Ireland 
and the Republic of Ireland, making it: 

k  the second largest supplier within 

Great Britain’s competitive electricity 
and gas supply market, which has 
around 51 million domestic and 
business accounts in total; and 

k  the fourth largest supplier in the Irish 
all-island energy market, which has 
around 3.1 million accounts in total. 

SSE’s responsibility as supplier to 
customers is to procure the electricity 
and gas they need, arrange for it to be 
distributed to them through the relevant 
networks, provide the associated services 
such as metering and billing and promote 
the efficient use of energy. 

Wholesale gas and wholesale electricity 
are transacted like any other commodity 
in a competitive market. SSE purchases 
the gas and some of the electricity it 
needs to supply customers via bilateral 
contracts of varying lengths and through 
trading in the wholesale markets. To 
ensure customers’ requirements are 
‘hedged’, energy is sourced up to two 
years or more in advance of it actually 
being used. SSE also buys gas, coal, oil 
and biomass to use in the production of 
electricity from its power stations, as well 
as carbon dioxide emissions allowances. 

SSE’s long-term power purchase 
agreements with Barking Power Ltd (in 
which it has a 30.4% stake) and Derwent 
Cogeneration Ltd (in which it has a 49.5% 
stake) are due to expire in September 2010. 
The current contract, under which British 

SSE seeks to maintain a well-balanced 
portfolio of assets, contracts and 
customers, and over recent years its 
growth in power station capacity has 
been similar to its growth in energy 
customer numbers. This balanced, 
integrated business, featuring a diverse 
range of assets, has, therefore, value 
that goes beyond the sum of its parts. 

Energy supplied SSE with 5TWh (terrawatt­
hours) of electricity during 2009/10 and will 
supply 5TWh during 2010/11 (arranged 
as part of SSE’s acquisition of the Swalec 
energy supply business in 2000) ends in 
March 2011. In order to provide continuing 
long-term stability to the energy portfolio, 
further contractual arrangements have 
been agreed. These include the 15-year 
tolling agreement with Marchwood Power 
Ltd which commenced in 2009. 

SSE’s Trading and Risk Management 
team is responsible for its participation in 
wholesale markets for electricity and gas, 
as well as markets for coal, oil and carbon 
dioxide emissions allowances. Through 
analysis of generation plant availability, 
customer demand and its contractual 
position SSE can assess, and therefore 
manage, its exposure to market prices. 

In summary, SSE assesses Generation 
and Supply as a single value chain 
within a vertically-integrated business. 
This means its power stations and fuel 
supply contracts are used to support 
performance in electricity (and, by 
extension, energy) supply. As the UK 
Treasury and Department of Energy 
and Climate Change said in March 2010: 
‘Vertical integration offers several 
benefits, including lower risk from 
wholesale electricity price volatility, 
economies of scale and price smoothing.’ 

Against this background, SSE seeks 
to maintain a well-balanced portfolio of 
assets, contracts and customers, and over 
recent years its growth in power station 
capacity has been similar to its growth in 
supply customer numbers. This balanced, 
integrated business, featuring a diverse 
range of assets, has, therefore, value that 
goes beyond the sum of its parts – not 
least because its exposure to particular 
commodity price outcomes is reduced. 

Generation and Supply 
performance overview 
Operating profit* in Generation and Supply 
was £896.0m, compared with £832.0m in 
the previous year, contributing 55.1% of 
SSE’s total operating profit* in 2009/10. The 
main differences between 2009/10 and the 
previous year are set out under ‘Adjusted 
Profit Before Tax’ above. (SSE reports 
the underlying financial performance 
of Generation and Supply excluding the 
impact of IAS 39 remeasurements which 
are unrealised as it continues to believe 
that this does not represent underlying 
business performance.) 

Total revenue for Generation and Supply 
was £20.5bn, which accounted for 91% 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
21 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

k	  legally-binding targets for renewable 
energy and carbon dioxide emissions 
support the value of renewables 
and will require sustained major 
programmes of investment; and 
k	  the growth in capacity for generating 
electricity from renewable sources 
will have an impact on how gas- 
and coal-fired capacity operates 
on a day-to-day basis. The value 
of established and flexible capacity 
is likely to be reinforced. 

The extent of the investment required 
in electricity generation, and the high 
up-front costs associated with the low-
carbon technologies which the investment 
is needed to deliver, will require the public 
policy framework in the UK to evolve over 
the next few years, with interventions to 
support those low-carbon technologies. 
SSE is open-minded about the precise 
nature of these interventions, as long 
as existing low-carbon investments are 
safeguarded and the investment climate 
remains positive. It believes that the 
progressive decarbonisation of its 
electricity generation portfolio means it 
is well-placed if the cost associated with 
carbon dioxide emissions increases. 

Generation objectives 
In this context, SSE’s key objectives 
in Generation, covering operations 
and investment, remain relevant and 
appropriate. The operational objectives 
are to: 

k	  comply fully with all safety standards 
and environmental requirements; 
k	  ensure power stations are available 
to generate electricity as and when 
required by customer demand and 
market conditions; and 

k	  operate power stations efficiently 

to achieve the optimum conversion 
of primary fuel into electricity. 

SSE’s investment objectives in Generation 
cover both existing and new power-
producing plant. They are to: 

k	  maintain a diverse portfolio of 

k	 

power stations, with the flexibility 
to respond to customer demand 
and market conditions; 
invest in developments supported 
by EU Member States’ financial 
frameworks (such as the UK’s 
Renewables Obligation) to help ensure 
legally-binding targets for renewable 
energy in 2020 can be met; and 
k	  develop and pursue a diverse range 
of options for adding to its portfolio 
of power stations, and thus support 
security of supply. 

of SSE’s total revenue in 2009/10, of 
which £8.2bn was in relation to sales 
of electricity and gas to industrial, 
commercial and domestic customers. 

Electricity generated and supplied 
During 2009/10, SSE generated 
47.2TWh of electricity, including 
power stations in which it has a part-
ownership or contractual interest. 
It also purchased 5.6TWh of electricity 
through long-term contracts with other 
generators. In the year, it supplied 
32.7TWh of electricity to its domestic 
and small business customers and 
27.0TWh was supplied under contract 
to industrial and commercial customers. 
Net balances were traded in the 
wholesale electricity market. 

Generation
 

SSE’s target is to reduce 
by 50% the carbon 
dioxide intensity of 
electricity produced at 
power stations in which 
it has an ownership 
or contractual interest 
over the period from 
2006 to 2020. 

Average electricity usage per GB 
household customer of SSE fell from 
4,748kWh in 2008/09 to 4,540kWh in 
2009/10 and gas usage fell from 598 
therms to 558 therms. 

k  Gas-fired power page 22 
k  Coal- and biomass-fired power page 23 
k  Hydro power page 26 
k  Wind power page 27 
k  Emerging technologies page 29 

Consolidated segmental statement 
Ofgem has introduced a requirement 
on electricity generators and suppliers 
to publish a Consolidated Segmental 
Statement showing revenue, costs and 
profits from electricity generation and 
electricity and gas supply activities. This 
statement must be published no later 
than six months after the end of the 
financial year (ie by 30 September 2010) 
and will be accompanied by a narrative 
on the assumptions used to determine 
income and cost. 

This assumption-based approach is 
necessary, because the requirement 
to produce such a statement will not 
have any significant impact on SSE’s 
long-standing approach of managing 
its generation and supply activities as 
a single value chain. The presentation of 
Generation and Supply in SSE’s financial 
statements will not change. 

From a wider point of view, companies 
adopting an integrated approach to 
generation and supply are most likely to 
be able to deliver the level of investment 
needed in generation in the UK and 
Ireland because the risks associated 
with such large-scale and long-term 
investments are mitigated by the income 
earned from supplying electricity and 

gas to customers.• 

Context 
Over the next decade, around 20GW 
of the UK’s capacity for generating 
electricity (largely coal, oil and nuclear) 
is scheduled to close because of its age 
or its inability to comply with higher 
environmental standards. In July 2009, 
the UK government’s Low Carbon 
Transition Plan included a projection of 
possible shares of electricity generated 
from different sources in 2020, based 
on energy demand estimated at 370TWh: 

k  Renewables: 31% (up from 6%) 
k  Gas: 29% (down from 45%) 
k  Coal: 22% (down from 32%) 
k  Nuclear: 8% (down from 13%) 
k  Other sources such as CHP: 10% 

(up from 3%) 

All of this has five major implications 
for electricity generation over the next 
10 years: 

k	  a balance of fuels used within the 

UK’s generation portfolio will remain 
critical in providing security of supply, 
through allowing diversity of primary 
energy sources; 

k	  the need for the UK to maintain a 

reasonable margin between electricity 
generation capacity and electricity 
demand will reinforce the value of 
existing and available power-
producing plant; 

k	  the UK will have to provide replacement 
capacity for conventional and nuclear 
generation plant which is expected 
to retire; 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Business overview (continued)
 

2010 at a glance: 
Electricity generation 
capacity 

Gas and oil 

generation – MW


 4,590
 

2009 – 4,510 

Coal and biomass 

generation – MW


 4,370
 

2009 – 4,010 

Hydro generation – MW

 1,450 

2009 – 1,450 

Wind generation – MW 

840 

2009 – 690 

Dedicated biomass 

generation – MW 


 80 

2009 – 80 

Total generation 

capacity – MW


 11,330
 

2009 – 10,740 

In achieving these objectives, SSE’s target 
is to reduce by 50% the carbon dioxide 
intensity of electricity produced at power 
stations in which it has an ownership or 
contractual interest, over the period from 
2006, the first full year after it acquired 
coal-fired power stations, to 2020. This 
will be achieved through a combination 
of more electricity being produced from 
renewable sources and from cleaner 
fossil fuels such as gas, and less being 
produced from coal, the most carbon-
intensive fuel. 

(Fife, Keadby, Medway and Peterhead) 
achieved 94% of their maximum 
availability to generate electricity, 
excluding planned outages, compared 
with 76% availability in the previous year. 
This reflected the return to service of 
Medway power station in June 2009, 
following a 15-month unplanned outage. 
The new power station at Marchwood 
(see below) achieved 100% availability 
between the time it became commercially 
available in December 2009 and the end 
of March 2010. 

The amount of electricity generated 
by SSE at gas-fired power stations in 
which it has an ownership or contractual 
interest was 32.1TWh in 2009/10 
(including 15.4TWh from wholly-owned 
stations), compared with 28TWh in the 
previous year (including 15.3TWh from 
wholly-owned stations). 

During 2009, SSE’s Engineering Centre 
completed a detailed review of the way 
that SSE’s power-producing assets are 
managed. The review was supported 
by external engineering advisers. It 
confirmed that the asset management 
of SSE’s power station plant, and the 
underpinning engineering judgements, 
are at, or above, expected industry 
standards. At the same time, it identified 
some potential improvements in the 
execution of maintenance. 

Against this background, SSE has 
designed and implemented an updated 
model for managing its generation assets, 
with four key stages: 

k  asset scoping and monitoring; 
k  asset life management; 
k  engineering strategy development, 
including risk management; and 
k	  advanced planning and execution, 

with detailed works and investment 
planning taking place prior to the 
implementation of any programme 
of planned outages. 

The adoption of a consistent approach 
in the management of its assets, which 
have different characteristics and which 
have been developed, acquired or 
upgraded over a number of years, plus 
other steps, such as the acquisition 
of strategically-significant spare parts 
for generating plant to mitigate major 
failures, and the ongoing development 
of the Engineering Centre itself, including 
its Equipment Performance Centre, 
should help SSE ensure its generation 
assets deliver on a consistent basis levels 
of availability that meet both market and 
sustainability requirements. 

Gas-fired generation – operations 
SSE owns 4,590MW of gas- and oil-fired 
electricity generation capacity, including 
its share of joint ventures. 

Although the total installed capacity 
of Peterhead power station is 1,840MW, 
its maximum level of access to the 
transmission network at any one time is 
now 1,180MW, the same as the station’s 
Unit One capacity, following the release 
of 344MW of electricity Transmission 
Entry Capacity (TEC) rights at the station 
in March 2010 to reduce Transmission 
Network Use of System (TNUoS) charges. 
Only 1,180MW has, therefore, been 
included in the overall capacity total 
for SSE’s gas-fired power stations. The 
balance, in the station’s Unit Two, allows 
Peterhead to provide replacement 
generation capacity when Unit One 
is undergoing outages. 

Electricity generation plant remains 
exposed to significant operational costs. 
Costs include high and volatile TNUoS 
charges in the northern part of the 
country, business rates, maintenance 
and insurance. As the changes at 
Peterhead demonstrate, SSE monitors 
closely these costs in the context of the 
income which generation plant is able 
to earn and takes action to make sure 
that plant is able to operate economically 
over the medium term. 

Good performance in Generation and 
Supply is dependent, first and foremost, 
on plant at power stations being available 
to generate electricity as and when 
required by customer demand and market 
conditions. During 2009/10, SSE’s principal 
wholly-owned gas-fired power stations 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Total generation capacity – MW 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

11,330 

10,740 

10,530 

10,017 

10,015 

Generation capacity – composition % 

Gas/oil 40 
Coal/biomass 39 
Renewable 21 

but reflects the short-term fall in demand 
for electricity following the economic 
downturn in the UK). This demonstrates 
that SSE has flexibility in the timing and 
nature of the development – flexibility it 
has already used to delay by around a year 
the proposed development of the first 
phase of the power station. 

In addition, SSE has identified other 
options for additional CCGT capacity. 
These include: 

k	  the potential development of new 
capacity at Keadby power station. 
SSE has effective consent to develop 
710MW of capacity at Keadby and in 
April 2009 it secured an agreement to 
connect a new 850MW power plant to 
the electricity transmission network 
from 2016; and 

k	  the creation of additional capacity at 
Barking Power Ltd, in which SSE has 
a 30.4% stake. Barking has consent to 
develop a new 470MW CCGT, which – 
if constructed – would effectively add 
around 140MW to the portfolio of gas-
fired generation assets owned by SSE. 

In April 2010, BG Group announced it 
had reached an agreement to sell its 
50% interest in Seabank Power Limited, 
which operates the 1,140MW CCGT near 
Bristol in which SSE has the other 50% 
interest. SSE has pre-emption rights in 
respect of BG Group’s interest in Seabank 
Power Limited, which it does not expect 
to exercise. 

Coal and biomass generation – 
operations 
During 2009/10, SSE generated 
11.5TWh of electricity at its coal-fired 
power stations at Fiddler’s Ferry and 
Ferrybridge, compared with 7.8TWh in the 
previous year. The stations achieved 92% 
of their maximum availability to generate 
electricity, excluding planned outages, 
compared with 89% in the previous year. 

The increase in output reflects the 
removal, in the early part of 2009, of 
the constraints on running hours at the 
stations imposed by Article 5(1) of the 
Large Combustion Plant Directive (LCPD), 
following hot commissioning of flue gas 
desulphurisation (FGD) equipment. The 
equipment has been installed to cover all 
of the capacity at Fiddler’s Ferry and half 
of the capacity at Ferrybridge (3,000MW 
in total), making it possible for it to remain 
operational beyond 2015 (subject to 
emerging policy under the proposed 
Industrial Emissions Directive). The other 
1,000MW of capacity at Ferrybridge was 
opted out of the LCPD and so operates 
under restrictions on its ability to generate 
electricity and must close in 2015. 

Gas-fired generation – investment 
Ofgem’s ‘Project Discovery – Energy 
Market Scenarios’, published in October 
2009, highlighted that Britain will face 
significant levels of gas imports, in 
particular for gas-fired power plants 
to replace lost nuclear and coal-fired 
generation capacity, and that this will 
increase the country’s exposure to 
uncertainties in the global gas market. 

To avoid over-dependence on a single fuel, 
SSE operates a diverse generation portfolio 
and actively develops a diverse range of 
options to add to it. At the same time, 
CCGT continues to be the benchmark 
technology in generation, making a 
growing contribution to meeting the UK’s 
electricity requirements, because of its 
relatively low costs, short construction 
time and high thermal efficiency. With a 
carbon intensity around half that of coal-
fired power stations, investment in CCGT 
assists in the transition to lower-carbon 
electricity generation. 

The 840MW CCGT plant in Southampton 
developed by Marchwood Power Ltd, a 
50:50 joint venture between SSE and ESB 
International, became available for full 
commercial operation in December 2009, 
making it the UK’s first new gas-fired 
power station for five years. All of the 
station’s output is contracted to SSE. 

With a net thermal efficiency in excess 
of 58%, Marchwood is one of the most 
efficient gas-fired power stations in the 
UK. SSE’s total investment in Marchwood 
was around £180m, comprising equity and 
debt, reflecting the fact the plant was 
procured before the significant increase 
in costs experienced in the electricity 
generation sector in 2007 and 2008. With 
a construction cost of less than £500/kW, 
it was a particularly well-timed and well-
founded investment. 

In May 2009, SSE acquired Abernedd 
Power Company Limited from BP 
Alternative Energy. Abernedd has applied 
for consent to construct and operate a 
new CCGT power station, with a capacity 
of over 800MW, on a brownfield site in 
Baglan Bay in South Wales, where there 
is already in place electricity transmission, 
gas and water infrastructure for the first 
phase of the power station. The total cash 
consideration will be determined by the 
progress of the development. Subject 
to planning consent being secured, SSE 
has decided to schedule construction 
of the new power station with a view 
to generation plant first becoming 
operational in around 2015 (which is 
slightly later than originally envisaged, 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Business overview (continued)
 

The installation of FGD equipment means 
that the power stations are able to use 
higher-sulphur coal mined in the UK. As 
a result, in April 2009, SSE entered into 
an agreement with UK Coal under which 
it will obtain 3.5 million tonnes of deep- 
and surface-mined coal from Great Britain, 
including Kellingley Colliery in West 
Yorkshire, to provide fuel for Ferrybridge 
power station up to 2015. This should 
be enough to meet around 15% of the 
station’s requirements during that period. 
In addition, SSE has advanced a secured 
loan to UK Coal, on which interest is 
payable, to be repaid by 2014. 

The stations co-fire fuels from renewable 
sources (biomass) in order to displace 
fossil fuels. During the year, their output 
qualifying for ROCs (Renewable Obligation 
Certificates – see below) was 218GWh, 
compared with 267GWh in the previous 
year (included within the above total for 
the stations as a whole). This follows 
the change on 1 April 2009, since when 
electricity output resulting from co-firing 
receives 0.5 ROCs per MWh, compared 
with 1.0 ROC per MWh previously. 
Electricity suppliers can now meet up 
to 12.5% of their Renewables Obligation 
from this technology. 

Coal and biomass generation – 
investment 
In August 2009, SSE acquired Uskmouth 
Power Company Limited, the owner and 
operator of the 363MW Uskmouth coal-
fired power station near Newport, South 
Wales for a total cash consideration of 
£27m (including £10m of cash and 
working capital balances). Uskmouth 
comprises three independent power 
generating units, each with 121MW of 
capacity. The power station dates from the 
1960s and was substantially refurbished 
in 2000, including having FGD equipment 
fitted. It routinely operates on a two-shift 
basis to help meet shorter-term power 
requirements. Following the acquisition, 
around 100 people employed at the station 
joined SSE. The integration of Uskmouth 

into SSE’s portfolio of power generating 
assets went well. Its availability was 96% 
following completion of an outage that 
was extended because of the need to 
secure spare parts. 

The LCPD also requires reduced 
emissions of nitrogen oxides. SSE has 
already invested £31m to install SOFA 
(Separated Overfire Air) and BOFA 
(Boosted Overfire Air) equipment at the 
stations to reduce such emissions. From 
2016 limits on emissions of nitrogen 
oxides from power stations will be 
tightened significantly. As a result, SSE 
is undertaking a front-end engineering 
design (FEED) study, which it expects 
to complete next year, into options for 
installing Selective Catalytic Reduction 
(SCR) technology at Fiddler’s Ferry. The 
alternative to fitting SCR is to operate the 
station within limits required under a 
derogation from the LCPD’s requirements. 

SSE has applied for consent to install the 
SCR technology at Fiddler’s Ferry under 
Section 36 of the Electricity Act 1989. Its 
analysis of the issues around installing 
SCR will also take into consideration 
the progress of the draft EU Industrial 
Emissions Directive, which the European 
Commission has proposed in order to 
overhaul seven existing pieces of legislation 
on industrial emissions, including the 
LCPD, into a single directive. As a result, 
it does not expect to take a decision on 
installing SCR until 2011. 

Coal and biomass generation – 
decarbonisation 
Coal is a critically important fuel for the 
UK, because of its flexibility, its availability 
and because it reduces reliance on 
imported gas. Existing coal-fired power 
stations still have a crucial role to play in 
maintaining secure supplies of electricity, 
but it is clear that that role will have to 
change if legally-binding carbon dioxide 
emissions targets are to be met. In 
October 2009, the UK’s Committee on 
Climate Change re-stated its previous 

SSE certainly believes that no new 
coal-fired power stations should be built 
without full carbon dioxide abatement 
and that no coal-fired power stations 
without such abatement should be 
allowed to operate beyond 2030. 

recommendation that ‘there can be no 
role for conventional coal generation 
in the UK beyond the early 2020s’. SSE 
certainly believes that no new coal-fired 
power stations should be built without 
full carbon dioxide abatement and that 
no coal-fired power stations without such 
abatement should be allowed to operate 
beyond 2030. 

In April 2010 it secured consent from 
Wakefield District Council to develop 
at Ferrybridge the UK’s biggest carbon 
dioxide capture trial facility. The £21m 
trial will be carried out in collaboration 
with Doosan Babcock and Vattenfall and 
will demonstrate the carbon dioxide 
capture element of carbon capture 
and storage (CCS) technology. In March 
2009, it secured £6.3m of funding from 
the UK Department of Energy and 
Climate Change, the Technology 
Strategy Board and Northern Way. 
Construction work is expected to start 
later this year, with the trial itself 
commencing in 2011 and running 
through to the end of 2012. 

The scale of the project, equivalent to 
5MW of coal-fired power generating 
capacity producing 100 tonnes of carbon 
dioxide per day, bridges the gap between 
the various laboratory-scale trials that are 
under way and the larger-scale projects 
envisaged by the UK government. The 
significance of the project therefore lies 
in its scale and its ability to demonstrate: 
the operational characteristics of capture 
plant on an actual power station; and 
the performance of the amine solvent 
on real flue gas. 

Coal and biomass generation – recycling 
The development by Lafarge Plasterboard 
Ltd of a plasterboard factory at Ferrybridge 
has been completed. The plant is 
operational and using the gypsum 
produced on site as a result of FGD as 
its main raw material in the production 
of plasterboard. 

The ash separation plant developed at 
Fiddler’s Ferry by RockTron (Widnes) 
Ltd is now operational. It removes and 
processes all fresh ash produced by the 
power station, and much of that currently 
stored in lagoons at the site, turning it 
into constituent parts which become 
marketable mineral products, with the 
largest volume being initially used as 
cement substitutes. 

SSE now has 49.9% of the equity in 
RockTron (Widnes) Ltd, a subsidiary 
of RockTron Ltd, enabling it to secure 
a share of the income from the ash 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Power station CO2 emissions – grams per kWh 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

494 

491 

496 

555 

622 

Renewable generation capacity – MW 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2,370 

2,220 

2,030 

1,518 

1,390 

Renewable energy capacity – 
composition % 

Wind 36 (840MW) 
Hydro 61 (1,450MW) 
Biomass 3 (80MW) 

extensive programme of investment 
in energy from renewable sources, 
including the acquisition in December 
2009 of a 25.1% stake in the Walney 
offshore wind farm development, 
demonstrates its financial commitment 
to a lower-carbon future. 

Since 2000, the Carbon Disclosure Project 
(CDP) has, on behalf of institutional 
investors, ‘challenged the world’s largest 
companies to measure and report their 
carbon emissions; integrating the long-
term value and cost of climate change 
into their assessment of the financial 
health and future prospects of their 
business’. In 2009, CDP received the 
highest response rate to date. SSE 
secured a score of 78%, the same as 
in 2008, missing the Carbon Disclosure 
Leadership Index by just 1%. 

Renewable energy – overview 
Tackling climate change and securing 
future supplies remain the two main goals 
of energy policy in the UK, Ireland and 
the EU. Against this background, the EU 

Renewable Energy Directive imposes 
legally-binding targets on Member 
States, specifying the proportion of all 
energy consumption that must be met 
by renewable energy sources by 2020. 
The national target for the UK is 15% 
(compared with 2.25% achieved in 2008) 
and for the Republic of Ireland it is 16%. 
In practice, this is likely to mean that 
around one third of the countries’ 
electricity requirements will have 
to be met from renewable sources. 
Amongst other things, decarbonising 
the production of electricity through 
investment in renewable sources of 
energy will help to reduce dependence 
on imported gas. 

The Renewables Obligation (RO) has 
been the UK’s main support scheme for 
electricity generated from renewable 
sources since 2002. Under the RO, 
generators receive Renewable Obligation 
Certificates (ROCs) for electricity 
generated from eligible renewable sources 
and electricity suppliers are required to 
source an increasing proportion of their 

separation plant, in addition to the 
benefits which result from avoiding 
the environmental liabilities associated 
with ash production and storage. 

EU Emissions Trading Scheme 
Phase II of the EU Emissions Trading 
Scheme (EU ETS) began on 1 January 
2008. Across its electricity generation 
portfolio (taking account of contractual 
shares), SSE now has an allocation of 
18.9 million tonnes of carbon dioxide 
emissions allowances per calendar year, 
including the allowances for Marchwood 
and Uskmouth. Its emissions allowances 
requirement for 2009/10, beyond those 
allocated under EU ETS, was 4.9 million 
tonnes. This compares with 2.5 million 
tonnes in the previous year. During 
2009/10, the price of allowances ranged 
from around €11.50 to around €15.50 
per tonne. From 2013, all of the carbon 
dioxide emissions allowances for 
electricity producers will be auctioned. 

Emissions of carbon dioxide 
In 2009/10, emissions of carbon dioxide 
from power stations in which SSE has 
an ownership or contractual interest 
totalled 23.1 million tonnes, compared 
with 19.3 million tonnes in the previous 
year, reflecting the increase in the 
amount of electricity generated from 
thermal power stations following the 
unusually low level in the previous year. 
Assuming it displaced electricity produced 
from coal-fired power stations, the output 
of SSE’s wind farms and conventional 
hydro electric schemes (see below) 
saved around 4.5 million tonnes of 
carbon dioxide in 2009/10. SSE’s carbon 
emissions data is externally verified by 
a UK Accreditation Service (UKAS)­
accredited organisation. 

SSE’s target is to reduce the amount 
of carbon dioxide per kilowatt-hour of 
electricity generated at plant in which it 
has an ownership or contractual interest 
by 50%, between 2006, the first full year 
after it acquired coal-fired power stations, 
when it was around 600g/kWh, and 2020. 
On this basis, its carbon intensity in 
2009/10 was 494g/kWh, compared with 
491g/kWh in the previous year, reflecting 
the greater thermal content of SSE’s 
electricity fuel mix. 

The decisions SSE takes and the 
investments it makes are influenced by 
this target. For example, since 2005/06, it 
has invested over £65m in carbon dioxide 
efficiency improvements, or to facilitate 
the burning of carbon neutral fuels such 
as biomass, at its coal-fired power 
stations. More fundamentally, SSE’s 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Business overview (continued)
 

electricity from eligible renewable sources; 
in 2009/10, the proportion was: 

k  0.097 ROCs per MWh (or 9.7%) 

of electricity supplied in England, 
Wales and Scotland; and 

k  0.035 ROCs per MWh (or 3.5%) of 

electricity supplied in Northern Ireland. 

In 2010/11 it is 0.111 ROCs per MWh of 
electricity supplied in England, Wales and 
Scotland and 0.0427 ROCs in Northern 
Ireland. The effect of this is to encourage 
the necessary investment in electricity 
generation from renewable sources by 
enhancing the value of the output. 

A number of changes to the RO 
were introduced on 1 April 2010. 
Key changes were: 

k  an extension of the life of the RO 

to at least 2037; 

k  an increase in the level of ‘headroom’ 
between the proportion of renewable 
electricity required by the RO and the 
expected level of output; and 
k  an increase in the ROCs earned on 
output from all offshore wind farm 
projects accredited between April 
2010 and March 2014, from 1.5 to 2.0. 
(The Walney and Greater Gabbard 
offshore wind farms are expected 
to be fully accredited in 2011 and 
2012 respectively.) 

The effect of these changes is to provide 
developers and investors with greater 
long-term certainty about, and confidence 
in, the financial support for electricity 
generated from renewable sources. 

In the Republic of Ireland, the Renewable 
Energy Feed In Tariff (REFIT) scheme is 
used to support renewable energy by 
providing a guaranteed price for output 
and a 15% rebate (subject to a cap) on 
suppliers’ purchase of REFIT energy. 

SSE has 2,370MW of commissioned 
renewable energy capacity in the UK 
and Ireland, comprising hydro electric 
schemes (including pumped storage), 
wind farms and a dedicated biomass 
facility at Slough, an increase of 150MW 
during the year. Of this, 1,050MW qualify 
for ROCs (including dedicated biomass). 

Total output from all of SSE’s conventional 
hydro electric schemes, wind farms and 
its dedicated biomass plant was 5,013GWh 
during 2009/10, compared with 5,182GWh 
in 2008/09. This was over 10% lower than 
expected because of the unusually dry 
and still weather conditions experienced 
in the winter of 2009/10. 

Looking ahead, SSE has set itself the 
target of owning 4,000MW of renewable 
energy capacity in the UK and Ireland 
that is either commissioned or under 
construction by the end of 2013. The 
achievement of this milestone will mean 
SSE is making a significant contribution 
to the achievement of the 2020 targets 
for renewable energy and carbon dioxide 
emissions in the UK and Ireland. It is also 
making comprehensive plans to build on 
its 2008-13 programme of investment in 
renewable energy in the subsequent years. 

Moreover, in addition to the clear 
environmental benefits associated with 
harnessing their power, water and wind are 
key sources of free and indigenous primary 
energy which reduce SSE’s exposure to 
volatile prices for fossil fuels, especially gas, 
sources of which are in decline but which 
will be in huge demand from growing, 
populous economies across the world. 

Hydro generation – operations 
SSE owns and operates just over 1,450MW 
of capacity in hydro electric schemes, 
including the 300MW pumped storage 
facility at Foyers, on Loch Ness. 

Total output from the conventional 
hydro electric schemes was 3,016GWh 
during 2009/10, compared with 3,316GWh 
during the previous year. As at 31 March 
2010, the amount of water held in SSE’s 
reservoirs which could be used to 
generate electricity was 52% of the 
maximum, compared with 73% in the 
previous year. The unusually cold weather 
experienced from December to March, 
with prolonged spells of sub-zero 
temperatures, resulted in the amount 
of water running off into reservoirs being 
much less than normal. 

In order to encourage long-term 
investment to maintain smaller schemes, 
the output of refurbished hydro electric 
stations with capacity of up to 20MW 
qualifies for ROCs, as does the output 
from all stations commissioned after 
2002. SSE has just over 500MW of capacity 
in this category. Of the total hydro output 
in 2009/10, 1,456GWh qualified for ROCs, 
compared with 1,656GWh in the previous 
year. Assuming average run off of water 
into SSE’s reservoirs during the year, the 

ROC-qualifying output from hydro 
generation is expected to be almost 
1,500GWh in 2010/11. 

In August 2009, SSE identified a blockage 
caused by a fall of rock near the top of the 
tunnel carrying water from the reservoir 
to the power station at the 100MW Glendoe 
hydro electric scheme, thus stopping 
operations at the station. The repair 
will require the construction of two new 
tunnels: one around 900 metres, to divert 
water around the blockage; and a second, 
shorter, access tunnel. The tunnelling 
work will be carried out using the drill 
and blast method. BAM Nuttall has been 
retained as the contractor for this work, 
which is under way. Nevertheless, the 
extent of the repair work is such that 
electricity generation is unlikely to 
resume before the summer of 2011. 

Hydro generation – investment 
The vast majority of SSE’s hydro electric 
stations were built in the 1950s and early 
1960s and are the subject of a rolling 
programme of investment to prolong their 
working life and improve their operational 
efficiency. Since the Renewables Obligation 
was introduced in April 2002, SSE has 
invested around £450m in refurbishing 
and developing hydro electric schemes in 
Scotland. Investment in this area totalled 
£4.6m during 2009/10. 

Hydro electric schemes which use 
impounded water to generate electricity 
have an important part to play in meeting 
peak demand and also complement the 
growing, but variable, amount of output 
from wind farms. Against this background, 
SSE has submitted to Scottish Ministers an 
application for consent to develop a 60MW 
pumped storage scheme as part of its 
152MW Sloy power station, near Loch 
Lomond. This means that, in addition to 
electricity produced from water collected 
and held in the Loch Sloy reservoir, Sloy 
would generate electricity using water 
pumped from Loch Lomond to the reservoir. 

In an average year, Sloy produces around 
120GWh of electricity and adding to it a 
pumped storage facility would allow it to 
store an additional 100GWh of electricity 
in a typical year to help meet peak 
demand. SSE currently expects that 
developing a pumped storage facility at 
Sloy will require investment of over £30m. 

In addition, SSE is proposing to develop 
two new large-scale pumped storage 
hydro electric schemes at Coire Glas at 
Loch Lochy and Balmacaan at Loch Ness. 
In October 2009, it asked the Scottish 
Government for its formal opinion on 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

(onshore wind, offshore wind, hydro 
and dedicated biomass) in operation, 
under construction or with consent for 
development in the UK and the Republic 
of Ireland. 

Not included within this total is the 
foreshore lease that SSE holds to develop 
in excess of 500MW at the fully-consented 
Arklow Bank site in the Irish Sea. The 
timing of future developments at Arklow 
Bank will be dependent upon, amongst 
other things, the extent of financial 
support for offshore wind farms available 
from the Irish government. 

In December 2009, SSE and DONG Energy 
announced an agreement to form a 50:50 
joint venture to develop three offshore 
wind farms in the Dutch sector of the 
North Sea with a total capacity of just over 
1,000MW, which SSE previously had the 
entire right to develop. As a result, SSE 
also now has around 800MW of offshore 
wind farm capacity with consent for 
development in northern Europe, 
including the Dutch sector of the North 
Sea. This agreement, and that to acquire 
Walney, demonstrated SSE’s flexible 
approach to the development of its wind 
energy capacity, with acquisitions and 
disposals both being considered to 
optimise the overall portfolio. 

Wind generation – investment approach 
While capacity, as measured by 
megawatts, is of central importance in 
on- and offshore wind farm development, 
there are four other critical factors which 
help determine the electricity output 
from that capacity and thus the value 
of any development: 

k  site selection; 
k  wind analysis carried out by a 

specialist team; 

k  site optimisation to maximise output, 

including turbine layout; and 
k  turbine selection to match turbine 

characteristics with wind conditions 
and ensure reliability. 

of their maximum availability to generate 
electricity, compared with 96% in the 
previous year. Their average load factor 
was lower than expected, at just over 26%, 
compared with 29% in the previous year, 
due to the unusually still weather conditions 
experienced in the winter of 2009/10. 

Wind generation – investment overview 
When SSE entered into the agreement 
to acquire Airtricity (which has since been 
re-named SSE Renewables for renewable 
energy development) in January 2008, the 
combined business had just over 870MW 
of onshore wind farm capacity in operation, 
in construction or with consent for 
development in the UK and Ireland. This 
capacity now totals 1,780MW, comprising: 

k  840MW in operation; 
k  790MW in construction or 
pre-construction; and 

k  150MW with consent for development. 

SSE has also submitted for approval by 

the relevant planning authorities in the UK 

and Ireland proposals for onshore wind 

farms with a total capacity of 1,400MW. 

Beyond this, SSE has around 2GW of 

onshore wind farm capacity development 

opportunities in the pre-planning phase 

in the UK and Ireland and over 3GW under
 
development in mainland Europe.
 

In addition to its onshore capacity, 

SSE has offshore wind farm capacity in 

operation or under construction totalling 

almost 350MW, comprising: 


k	  a 50% stake in the 10MW Beatrice 

offshore wind farm in the Moray Firth; 

k	  a 50% share of the 500MW Greater 
Gabbard development now under 
construction in the outer Thames 
Estuary; and 

k	  a 25.1% share of the 367MW Walney 
offshore wind farm now under 
construction in the Irish Sea. 

All of this means that SSE now has 
3,660MW of renewable energy capacity 

Onshore wind capacity – MW 

2010	 

2009 

2008 

2007 

160
 

2006  40 

840 

690
 

600
 

the scope of the environmental impact 
statement that would accompany planning 
applications for the schemes, currently 
planned to be submitted during 2012. 
Construction is unlikely to start before 
2014 at the earliest, and progress of the 
schemes (and other such developments) 
will be dependent upon a satisfactory 
public policy and regulatory framework, 
including TNUoS charges. 

They would be the first brand new pumped 
storage schemes to be developed in Great 
Britain since work began on the Dinorwig 
scheme in Wales in 1974. Subject to final 
agreements and design, it is envisaged 
that the proposed schemes would each 
have an installed capacity of between 
300MW and 600MW; and each would be 
able to produce in excess of 1,000GWh of 
electricity in a typical year to help meet 
peak demand. 

In both cases, the upper reservoirs would 
be large, enabling electricity generation 
to continue for longer periods, without the 
need to pump water from the loch below, 
than is the case for other pumped storage 
schemes in Great Britain. Both schemes 
would require the construction of a dam 
to impound water and create the upper 
reservoirs, but it is currently envisaged 
that water pumping and electricity 
generation at both developments will 
be carried out under ground, thereby 
avoiding any visual impact in the Great 
Glen itself. 

Wind generation – operations 
As at 31 March 2010, SSE owns and 
operates 840MW of onshore wind farm 
capacity in the UK and Ireland, compared 
with 690MW at 31 March 2009. Of the 2010 
total, 370MW is in the Republic of Ireland. 
SSE also has 2MW of onshore wind farm 
capacity in Portugal. 

Output from SSE’s portfolio of wind farms 
in 2009/10 was (comparison with previous 
year in brackets): 

k  1,007GWh in the UK, (953GWh); and 
k  854GWh in the Republic of Ireland, 

(765GWh). 

On average, the turbines at SSE’s wind 
farms in the UK and Ireland achieved 97% 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Business overview (continued)
 

SSE has an experienced wind energy 
development team comprising over 250 
people with the specialist skills to make 
sure that these factors are rigorously 
applied so that the electricity output 
from the wind farm capacity it develops 
is maximised. 

Onshore wind investment projects 
The principal projects within SSE’s 
onshore wind farm construction portfolio 
are Clyde (350MW), in South Lanarkshire, 
and Griffin (156MW), in Perthshire: 

k	  Clyde: Work at the site is continuing, 
following the resolution of the 
secondary, and some of the primary, 
radar-related issues associated 
with the consent granted for the 
development. The wind farm is being 
developed in three sections, with the 
appointments of the remaining lead 
contractors for each of the three 
sections expected to be finalised this 
year. Clyde is expected to have a load 
factor of around 35% and produce over 
1,000GWh of electricity in a typical year. 
The first section of the development 
should be completed by the end of 2011 
and the development as a whole in 
2012. Its total construction cost is 
expected to be around £500m. 

k	  Griffin: Pre-construction work is well 
under way at the site, in which SSE 
now has a 100% stake. The annual 
output is expected to be around 
400GWh. Its construction cost is 
expected to be around £200m and 
it should be completed in 2012. 

SSE has a total of 14 wind farm projects 
currently under construction and expects 
a total of over 100MW of onshore wind 
farm capacity currently under construction 
to be commissioned during 2010/11. 

In addition to the timely completion of 
construction work, the commissioning 
of wind farm developments is dependent 
on their ability to connect to the electricity 
network. This has been identified as one 
of the key barriers to new renewable 
energy across the UK and Ireland. 

SSE is pursuing other options for the 
development of its onshore wind farm 
portfolio and will shortly ask the Scottish 
Government for its formal opinion on the 
scope of the environmental statement that 
would accompany the planning application 
for a 67 turbine extension to the Clyde 
wind farm. 

Offshore wind investment projects 
SSE has a stake in two major wind farms 
under construction off the coast of the UK: 

Greater Gabbard (500MW; 50%; in 
partnership with RWE npower renewables 
through Greater Gabbard Offshore Winds 
Limited); and Walney (367MW; 25.1%; in 
partnership with DONG Energy): 

k	  Greater Gabbard: Following the initial 
delay in commencing foundation 
installation, good progress has been 
made and half of the 140 turbine 
foundation monopiles and almost 
one third of the transition pieces have 
now been installed, as has the first of 
two transformer platforms. Greater 
Gabbard Offshore Winds Limited 
expects to resolve satisfactorily, 
as part of the normal contractual 
process, the claim it has received for 
additional costs relating to foundation 
monopiles. Commissioning of the 
onshore sub-station is well-advanced 
and installation of the first export 
cable, inter-array cables and turbines 
is under way. Greater Gabbard is 
expected to have a load factor of over 
40% and produce around 1,900GWh 
of electricity in a typical year, of which 
SSE will take 50%. The wind farm is 
expected to require a total investment 
by SSE of around £650m, excluding 
connection to the electricity grid. 
The development remains on course 
to be completed in 2012. 

k	  Walney: SSE acquired its 25.1% stake 
in Walney from DONG Energy, which 
retains a 74.9% stake, for a total 
consideration of up to around £39m, 
of which around £17m is subject to the 
operational performance of the wind 
farm. As a shareholder in the project, 
SSE will pay its pro rata share of the 
construction costs (just under £250m) 
with payments being made when 
each phase of the wind farm is 
commissioned. Walney will be 
constructed in two phases, each 
totalling 183.6MW. Construction 
of the first phase is now under way, 
with the first monopiles installed and 
construction of the second phase 
scheduled to start in the spring of 
2011. The wind farm is therefore 
expected to enter commercial 
operation in two phases: during the 
first half of 2011 and towards the end 
of 2011. DONG Energy is leading the 
construction and operation of the wind 
farm. The wind farm is expected to 
have an average load factor of around 
43% and produce around 1,300GWh 
of electricity in a typical year. SSE 
and DONG Energy will market the 
output of the wind farm in proportion 
to their equity stakes. Excluding the 
connection to the Great Britain 
electricity network, the cost of 

constructing Walney is expected to 
total just under £1bn. DONG Energy 
has provided SSE with financial 
guarantees relating to the final 
capital cost of the project and its 
timely completion. 

In December 2009, the UK government 
announced that 2.0 ROCs will be earned 
by the output of all offshore wind projects 
accredited between April 2010 and March 
2014, an increase from 1.5 ROCs, and this 
was confirmed by Parliamentary Order 
in April 2010. 

Offshore wind future opportunities 
SSE believes that the Greater Gabbard 
and Walney projects give it a strong 
offshore wind construction portfolio for 
the next few years. Beyond that, other 
options are being developed. In May 2010, 
SSE and RWE npower renewables secured 
rights from The Crown Estate to develop 
a 500MW wind farm close to the existing 
Greater Gabbard development. A planning 
application is expected to be submitted to 
the Infrastructure Planning Commission 
by 2011, with a decision expected in 2012. 
A grid connection for the project was 
secured with National Grid in 2009, to be 
potentially available from October 2015. 

In addition, SSE is a member of two 
consortia which have secured development 
partner status from The Crown Estate 
in Round 3 of its UK offshore wind farm 
development programme: 

k	  Forewind, formed by SSE, RWE 
npower renewables, Statoil and 
Statkraft, has been awarded 
development partner status for the 
9GW offshore wind farm proposed for 
Dogger Bank, 125km from the coast 
of Yorkshire; and 

k	  Seagreen, formed by SSE and Fluor 
Corporation, has been awarded 
development partner status for the 
proposed 3.4GW offshore wind farm 
proposed for the Firth of Forth, 25km 
from the coast of Fife. 

SSE’s capacity share of the two proposed 
wind farm developments totals around 
4GW. Over the next few years, both 
consortia will be working closely with The 
Crown Estate to undertake site-specific 
surveys, secure grid connections and 
work with stakeholders before bringing 
forward applications to build the wind 
farms. As a result, construction work 
would not begin until 2015 at the earliest. 

SSE has also been awarded exclusive 
rights from The Crown Estate to develop 
offshore wind farms at locations in 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
29 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Scottish territorial waters (including 
two where it is in partnership with other 
specialist developers) with a total capacity 
of over 2GW, of which its share is 1.7GW. 
Their development is subject to site-
specific consultations and environmental 
impact assessments, statutory consents 
and satisfactory completion of the 
Strategic Environmental Assessment 
for offshore wind announced by the 
Scottish Government in October 2008. 
Fluor Limited and SSE have decided 
against taking the proposed Bell Rock 
development any further. This is a result 
of existing and ongoing radar activity in 
the area for which mitigation has been 
examined and no solution found. 

SSE believes that harnessing the power 
of offshore wind will enable the UK to 
generate significant amounts of low-
carbon energy from a totally renewable 
source and therefore meet the country’s 
energy security and climate change 
objectives. Its success in the Round 3 and 
Scottish territorial waters processes adds 
to its options for developing its generation 
portfolio in the longer term. The strength 
of those options in offshore wind is 
reinforced by its: 

k  partnerships with other developers, 
in line with its drive to minimise the 
inevitable risks involved in projects 
of this kind and to maximise the 
development potential of the sites; and 

k  focus on establishing a strong supply 
chain for offshore wind developments 
through, for example, participation 
in the Carbon Trust’s Offshore 
Wind Accelerator, a research and 
development initiative to reduce 
costs, and investment in Burntisland 
Fabrication Ltd (BiFab) (see ‘Emerging 
Technologies’ below). 

SSE’s priority in offshore wind for the next 
three years is the successful completion 
and commissioning of Greater Gabbard and 
Walney. The opportunities secured through 
the Round 3 and Scottish territorial waters 
processes are for development in the 
second half of this decade. 

Wind generation – businesses 
and communities 
Energy price certainty and environmental 
targets continue to drive businesses’ 
demand for wind turbines sited on 
their premises and there is significant 
community interest in the potential for 
wind energy to help meet sustainable 
energy needs and bring local benefits. 
SSE’s first consented community wind 
turbine will be erected later this year for 
the Sanday Development Trust on the 

Orkney island of Sanday. A further 50MW 
of projects are nearing readiness for 
submission to the relevant planning 
authorities and 450MW of projects are 
currently in development. 

Wind generation investment – 
Continental Europe 
In addition to its wind and hydro 
investments in the UK and Ireland, SSE has 
options to invest in renewable energy in 
Europe, principally Portugal, Scandinavia, 
Italy, Germany and the Netherlands 
where there are particular opportunities 
for growth in renewables. Any investment 
will involve working with partners and will 
largely be on an equity basis, with non-
recourse or project-specific debt typically 
expected to account for around 75% of the 
total cost of the investment. At the same 
time, SSE continues to believe that the 
scope for the development of its existing 
businesses in the UK and Ireland is very 
substantial, and investments there will 
continue to be prioritised. 

Emerging technologies – marine energy 
SSE has a 47.8% stake in Aquamarine 
Power, which in September 2009 
successfully completed the first round 
of its fundraising to raise £10m from 
investors in the UK and Ireland. This 
followed the successful deployment of a 
full scale demonstrator of Aquamarine’s 
300kW Oyster wave energy converter at 
its testing berth at the European Marine 
Energy Centre (EMEC) in Orkney. Testing 
is expected to take up to two years. 
Aquamarine expects to have a fully 
commissioned, commercially available 
wave farm in place by 2014. 

In March 2010, SSE was awarded 
exclusive rights to develop 400MW of 
wave and tidal energy at four sites in 
the Pentland Firth and Orkney Waters 
and a further 400MW with its partners, 
Aquamarine Power and OpenHydro. 
The award was part of the world’s first 
commercial leasing programme for wave 
and tidal energy generation projects, 
undertaken by The Crown Estate. 

Over the next few years, SSE and its 
partners will be working closely with The 
Crown Estate and other stakeholders before 
bringing forward applications to construct 

the wave and tidal energy developments. 
The vast majority of construction work is 
not expected to begin until after 2015. 

As the leading generator of renewable 
energy in the UK, SSE is committed 
to building on its existing renewable 
portfolio by developing viable wave and 
tidal sites using industry-leading marine 
technologies. It will now work closely with 
statutory bodies, local communities and 
The Crown Estate to take forward this 
significant opportunity. 

Alternative energy – operations 
SSE’s plant at Slough has a current 
generating capacity of 80MW and remains 
the UK’s largest dedicated biomass energy 
facility. During 2009/10, it produced 136GWh 
of electricity qualifying for ROCs, compared 
with 148GWh during the previous year. The 
output from dedicated regular biomass 
plants attracts 1.5 ROCs per MWh. 

Alternative energy – investment 
Experience of managing the plant at 
Slough has given SSE a platform from 
which to invest in biomass and other 
alternative fuels such as those derived 
from waste. In line with its approach of 
developing a number of options for the 
site, SSE has submitted an application 
for consent to develop for a multi-fuel 
combined heat and power (CHP) facility 
at Ferrybridge. 

The reliability of fuel sources is a key 
issue in alternative energy. The proposed 
multi-fuel CHP facility would use a range 
of fuel sources, which could include 
biomass, waste-derived fuels and wood 
products, to generate 108MW of electricity 
and to provide heat to the Ferrybridge site. 
It would be compliant with the Waste 
Incineration Directive. The development is 
currently estimated to require investment 
of around £350m and SSE expects to take 
a decision on whether to proceed with it 
in the course of the next year. 

In addition, the acquisition of the three-
unit power station at Uskmouth gives SSE 
further options for the development of 
new lower-carbon generation assets 
alongside the existing generation assets. 

Alternative energy – biogas 
In May 2010, SSE agreed to invest a 
net £11.3m to allow the construction 
of Scotland’s largest biogas plant at the 
former landfill site at Barkip in North 
Ayrshire. The deal made SSE the first 
energy company in the UK to commit to the 
construction and operation of an anaerobic 
digestion biogas plant of this type. The 
Barkip site will be capable of processing 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Business overview (continued)
 

around 80,000 tonnes of waste annually, 
producing enough gas to generate up to 
2MW of electricity. The new project will 
enable SSE to gain experience in owning 
and operating this technology, which it 
believes could offer opportunities beyond 
on-site electricity generation, including 
connection to the gas distribution network 
in the future. 

Alternative energy – Forth Energy 
Forth Energy, the joint venture between 
SSE and Forth Ports PLC created in 
2008, has prepared proposals for the 
development of dedicated biomass power 
stations at four of Forth Ports’ sites in 
Scotland. It is undertaking consultations 
on the proposals and intends to seek 
consent during the course of this year 
to build the plants. The plants are 
proposed for Dundee, Leith, Rosyth 
and Grangemouth. Their total installed 
capacity would be around 400MW and 
they could also produce heat to be used 
at other facilities at the Forth Ports’ sites 
and, potentially, other neighbouring sites. 

Emerging technologies – SSE Ventures 
In 2007, SSE set up SSE Ventures (SSEV) 
to develop and grow its portfolio of 
investments in small and medium-sized 
businesses offering renewable, sustainable 
and energy efficiency-enhancing products 
and services. These include Aquamarine 
Power and RockTron (Widnes) Ltd (see 
above) and Smarter Grid Solutions Ltd 
(see below). 

In addition to the financial support offered, 
SSEV works in close partnership with 
investee companies to help their products 
or services make progress towards full 
commercial viability. Participation in 
emerging technology developments helps 
SSE to anticipate, be at the forefront of, 
and adapt to, the changes in energy 
production and consumption that are 
likely to occur over the next decade. 

For example, in April 2010, SSE purchased 
a 15% stake in Burntisland Fabrications Ltd 
for a total consideration of £11m. In addition 
to the equity stake, SSE has secured an 
agreement with BiFab for the supply of at 
least 50 jacket substructures annually to 
support SSE’s offshore wind developments. 

BiFab is an established fabricator of 
structures and equipment for the oil and 
gas industry which has recently extended 
its expertise into the fabrication of jacket 
substructures suitable for offshore 
wind developments. BiFab has already 
attracted government support to develop 
a new manufacturing facility for offshore 
wind jacket substructures. 

SSE’s investment will be used to further 
develop this facility and this is expected 
to expand BiFab’s capabilities to a total 
annual capacity of up to 130 units. The 
investment follows BiFab’s successful 
delivery of jackets for the Greater Gabbard 
offshore wind project. 

Through equity and loans, and including the 
BiFab investment, SSEV has invested or 
committed to invest a total of £120m in a 
variety of emerging technologies since it 
was formed and now holds direct or indirect 
stakes in a total of 36 companies. In total, 
these companies employ over 1,000 people. 

Nuclear power 
It is expected that the total capacity of the 
UK’s nuclear power stations will fall by over 
7,000MW by 2020, even if advanced gas-
cooled reactor (AGR) stations are allowed 
by the Nuclear Installations Inspectorate to 
operate for five years beyond their existing 
planned closure dates. History suggests 
that the performance and reliability of 
nuclear power stations with extended 
lives tends to deteriorate. 

These question marks do not apply to 
modern nuclear power stations, which 
Malcolm Wicks MP said in his August 
2009 review of energy security represent a 
proven, low-carbon generation technology 
which could benefit security of energy 
supply by increasing the diversity of the 
fuel mix and reducing reliance on gas 
imports. He suggested that nuclear power 
should provide some 35%-40% of the 
country’s electricity after 2030. 

SSE believes that some participation 
in new nuclear power stations may 
make sense in view of its commitment 
to a diverse generation portfolio and 
complements its core investment in 
renewable sources of energy. 

During 2009, a consortium of GDF Suez SA, 
Iberdrola SA and SSE, in which SSE has a 
25% stake, secured an option to purchase 
from the Nuclear Decommissioning 
Authority land for the development of new 
nuclear power generating plant adjacent 
to Sellafield in Cumbria, for a total cash 
consideration that could reach £70m. 

The consortium now intends to prepare 
detailed plans for developing new nuclear 
power plant at the site with a total capacity 
of up to 3.6GW. These plans will be 
prepared in consultation with the safety 
authorities and local stakeholders and 
will be submitted for consideration by the 
relevant planning authorities, with the aim 
of being able to begin construction of the 
first new reactor around 2014. On this 

basis, the new power station would 
not be commissioned before 2020. 

Generation priorities for 2010/11 
and beyond 
SSE’s key operational objectives in 
Generation during 2010/11 are the 
same as in any given year: 

k	  comply fully with all safety standards 
and environmental requirements; 
k	  ensure those power stations are 

available to generate electricity as and 
when required in response to customer 
demand and market conditions; and 
k	  operate power stations efficiently to 
achieve the optimum conversion of 
primary fuel into electricity. 

During 2010/11, SSE expects to invest 
over £1bn in maintaining and upgrading 
existing generation assets and in 
developing new assets. Its investment 
priorities in 2010/11 are to: 

k	  complete asset maintenance and 

refurbishment programmes on time 
and on budget; 

k	  meet key milestones in new asset 

development, including completion of 
another 100MW of onshore wind farm 
capacity and first electricity generation 
at Greater Gabbard; and 

k	  make progress in developing the 

diverse range of investment options 
it has created for the second half of 
this decade. 

In the five years between 2008 and 2013, 
SSE currently expects that its investment 
across its entire generation portfolio will be 
over £4bn, including investment in existing 
assets. This investment programme is 
designed to abate the environmental 
impact of existing assets and extend their 
working lives and to deliver new assets, 
principally in renewable energy but also 
thermal generation. All of this will support 
security of energy supply. 

This focus on good operational performance 
and on effective investment is designed to 
give SSE a balanced and growing portfolio 
of efficient electricity generation assets, 
with a diminishing environmental impact, 
in which its exposure to fossil fuel price 
volatility is increasingly diluted. 

SSE will also actively seek to maintain 
optionality and diversity in the future 
development of its generation portfolio so 
that it remains on course to reduce by 50% 
the carbon dioxide intensity of electricity 
produced at power stations in which it 
has an ownership or contractual interest, 

over the period from 2006 to 2020.• 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
31 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Supply
 

A sustainable supply 
business is one which 
provides the energy 
and related products 
and services that people 
actually need in the 
higher-unit price, lower-
carbon environment 
expected in the future. 

k	  Electricity supply page 31 
k	  Gas supply page 31 
k	  Home services page 35 

Context 
The Great Britain energy regulator, Ofgem, 
states on its website that: ‘Competition 
in the retail energy markets has brought 
considerable benefits to industrial, 
commercial and domestic customers since 
it was introduced. Allowing customers to 
choose the supplier of their choice keeps 
the pressure on costs and promotes greater 
choice of tariffs and services for customers.’ 

This was endorsed by the UK Treasury 
and the UK Department of Energy and 
Climate Change, who stated in March 
2010 that: ‘In principle, competitive 
markets should provide the best outcome 
for consumers. The liberalisation of Great 
Britain’s market has delivered increased 
choice in tariffs and services and the 
ability to switch supplier.’ It added that the 
UK’s electricity switching rate per annum 
is the highest in Europe and the highest 
of any sizeable competitive energy market 
in the world. Over the last five years, 
more energy and gas customers switched 
supplier than in any other UK consumer 
services sector of a comparable size, 
apart from car insurance. 

As part of its market monitoring role, 
Ofgem publishes periodic reports on 
developments in the domestic retail 
market and conducts investigations 
and consultations into the performance 
of the domestic and the non-domestic 
markets. As retail competition develops the 
regulatory framework is kept under review. 

Ofgem published its most recent ‘Electricity 
and Gas Supply Market Report’ in February 
2010, which reiterated a key point from its 
Energy Supply Probe in 2008: ‘The Probe 

highlighted that the energy supply 
businesses of the Big 6 act as a hedge 
for the electricity generation businesses… 
Generally we found that the top priority of 
the vertically integrated energy businesses 
was to deliver profits from the business as 
a whole and that, as part of this, suppliers 
accepted that changing wholesale prices 
may lead to profit shifting from upstream 
to downstream and vice versa.’ 

Ofgem’s February 2010 Report also 
noted ‘the declining trend in domestic 
average gas consumption since 2005’. 
This reflects the fact that obligations on 
energy suppliers to help customers make 
energy savings have been in place since 
1994. In July 2009, it was announced that 
the current energy efficiency scheme, 
the Carbon Emissions Reduction Target 
(CERT), would be extended to 2012 and 
that smart meters should be installed 
in every home by 2020. In addition, the 
Community Energy Saving Programme 
(CESP) came into effect on 1 September 
2009. It requires gas and electricity 
suppliers and electricity generators 
to deliver energy-saving measures to 
domestic customers in specific low 
income areas of Great Britain. 

Energy supply objectives 
All of this demonstrates that the key 
issues in energy supply are prices, 
products, customer service and energy 
efficiency. Against this background, 
SSE’s objective is to retain and gain 
energy supply customers by: 

k	  offering consistently competitive 
prices over the medium term; 
k	  providing market-leading products 

and services to help transform energy 
consumption; 

k  delivering a quality of service that 
goes beyond best-in-sector; and 

k  successfully delivering energy 

efficiency schemes. 

As consumption of energy changes, 
SSE believes that a sustainable supply 
business is one which provides the energy 
and the related products and services that 
people actually need in the higher-unit 
price, lower-carbon environment expected 
in the future. This is central to retaining 
and gaining customers. 

Energy supply operations – 
customer numbers 
SSE supplies electricity and gas in Great 
Britain as Southern Electric and SSE 
(England), Swalec (Wales), Scottish Hydro 
(Scotland) and Atlantic. During 2009/10, 
it achieved a net gain of 100,000 energy 
supply customer accounts in Great 
Britain, taking the total to 9.16 million. 
This was the eighth successive year in 
which SSE achieved a net gain in energy 
supply customer numbers and means it 
has more than doubled its total number 
in that period. The total comprises: 

k	  5.17 million domestic electricity 

customer accounts; 

k  3.54 million domestic gas customer 

accounts; and 

k  0.45 million business electricity 

and gas sites. 

Within the total, 3.16 million customer 
accounts are for loyalty products such 
as energyplus Argos, which rewards 
customers with money-off discount 
vouchers, and energyplus Pulse, under 
which customers are able to support 
the British Heart Foundation (which 
received £205,000 from SSE in respect 
of energyplus Pulse customers during 
2009/10, taking the total since the product 
was launched to over £1.1m). 

The total also includes M&S Energy, a 
dual fuel product launched in October 
2008 by SSE and Marks & Spencer 
(M&S). The product is available to M&S 
customers exclusively through M&S’ 
stores and website, and by 31 March 2010 
had attracted 175,000 customer accounts. 

During 2009/10, SSE, supplying energy 
as Airtricity, increased its customer base 
in the all-island electricity market in 
Ireland from 50,000 accounts to 190,000. 
Of these accounts, 75% are household 
and 25% are industrial and commercial. 

Energy supply operations – 
prices in Great Britain 
Over the past few years, SSE has 
maintained a responsible pricing 
policy, with the objectives of providing 
consistently competitive prices over the 
medium term and protecting customers 
from the full impact of volatile wholesale 
prices. The application of this policy 
means SSE was the cheapest energy 
supplier on average over the five years 
to 31 March 2010, compared to all other 
major suppliers in the GB market (based 
on a standard quarterly or monthly direct 
debit dual fuel annualised bill calculated 
at the end of every month averaged 
across all regions and based on industry 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Business overview (continued)
 

2010 at a glance: 
Customers 

Household gas customers 
(GB) – millions 

3.54 

2009 – 3.50 

Household electricity 
customers (GB) – millions 

17.5
 2009 – 5.10
 

Business energy 
customers (GB) – millions 

0.45
 

2009 – 0.45
 

Home services customers 
(GB) – millions 

0.41
 

2009 – 0.33
 

Energy customers 
(Ireland) – millions 

0.19
 

2009 – 0.05 

Total customer 
numbers – millions 

76.9
 2009 – 9.43
 

standard electricity consumption 
of 3,300kWh per annum and gas 
consumption of 20,500kWh per annum). 

SSE introduced a package of changes in 
prices for household gas supply from 29 
March 2010 under which it cut unit prices, 
adjusted the fixed charge element in bills 
and removed the extra charges levied on 
its single fuel and pre-payment tariffs 
compared with standard credit tariffs. 

k	  final consumption of electricity fell 
by 6.8%, with domestic use down 
by 3.2%; and 

k	  demand for gas was 7.7% lower, with 
consumption in the domestic sector 
down by 5.4% (provisional estimate). 

In spite of progressively colder winters 
over the last three years, SSE household 
customers reduced their average 
usage to: 

k	  558 therms of gas, compared with 

598 therms in the previous year, and 
597 therms in 2007/08; and 

k	  4,540kWh of electricity, compared with 
4,748kWh in the previous year, and 
4,834kWh in 2007/08. 

The effect of these changes on a typical 
customer using the industry standard 
amount of gas was to reduce SSE’s gas 
bills by: 4% or £30 (standard credit/direct 
debit); 7% or £56 (single fuel); and 9% 
or £70 (pre-payment). The removal of 
the extra charges levied on SSE’s gas 
pre-payment tariff followed the earlier 
removal of the extra charges levied on 
its electricity pre-payment tariff. 

On a weather-corrected basis, average 
household usage of both gas and 
electricity reduced in all three years. 
As a result of these trends, households 
Future trends in energy prices for 
are less exposed to the impact of high 
domestic customers will depend on 
prices than they otherwise would be. 
what happens in wholesale electricity 
In 2009/10, the reduction in energy 
and gas markets, with public policy and 
consumption meant household bills were 
regulatory decisions on energy production,  around 5.5% lower than they would have 
been had consumption levels in 2007/08 
distribution and consumption also having 
been maintained, reducing the average 
a significant impact. For example, the 
costs associated with the EU ETS, RO and 
bill by around £70 per annum. 
CERT are all on an increasing trend, as 
are the costs of distributing energy. The 
UK Energy Act 2010 contains measures, 
such as a financial support mechanism 
for carbon capture and storage (CCS) 
and mandatory social price support, 
which will maintain upward pressure 
on retail energy prices.	 

Much more progress is possible. The UK 
Committee on Climate Change stated in 
October 2009 that ‘energy efficiency in 
homes could be improved by 35% by 2020’ 
with an ambitious programme of improved 
insulation, the installation of energy 
efficient condensing boilers and major 
improvements in electrical appliance 
efficiency. SSE believes that achieving 
this step change in energy efficiency must 

be a key priority over the next decade.
 

In practice, the competitive supply market 
and the exhaustive scrutiny to which 
energy suppliers are subject represent 
the best means of ensuring that prices 

under any scenario are as low as possible.  Energy supply operations – 


Energy supply operations – 
bills in Great Britain	 
There is a clear distinction between the 
price of a unit of energy and the amount 
that customers pay for heating and 
powering their homes. The sustained 
investment in energy efficiency 
programmes undertaken in recent 
years is delivering a sustained reduction 
in the amount of gas being consumed 
in Britain’s homes. 

In ‘Energy Trends’ in March 2010, the 
UK Department of Energy and Climate 
Change reported that the UK was one 
of just seven of the EU-27 countries to 
increase progress on energy efficiency 
between 2000 and 2007 compared with 
1996-2000. It also showed that in the 
UK in 2009, compared with 2008: 

payment profiles 
A total of 58% of SSE’s domestic 
electricity and gas accounts are paid by 
direct debit or standing order. A further 
11% are paid through pay-as-you-go 
(or pre-payment) meters and the balance 
are on credit terms and settled by cheque 
or other such payment methods. In 
September 2009, Ofgem published data 
on payment methods which showed that 
50% of all electricity customers in Great 
Britain and 53% of all gas customers 
pay by direct debit. 

As at 31 March 2010, the total aged debt 
(ie debt that is overdue by more than six 
months) of SSE’s domestic and small 
business electricity and gas customers 
was £90m, compared with £72m in March 
2009, an increase of 25%. A bad debt-
related charge to profits of £73m has been 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
33 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

become ‘deadlocked’ may be taken to the 
new Energy Supply Ombudsman. During 
2009/10, there were 374 SSE-related 
complaints to the Ombudsman, compared 
with 183 in the six months following the 
launch of the new arrangements in 
October 2008. 

Although SSE maintained its best-in­
sector position in customer service 
during 2009/10, it was a year in which 
the profile of the energy supply sector 
remained very high. In total, SSE’s 
energy supply customers in Great 
Britain made 21 million calls to the 
Company’s teams in Basingstoke, Cardiff, 
Cumbernauld, Havant and Perth during 
2009/10. These conversations allow SSE 
to assess, consider and respond to 
customers’ concerns and, over time, 
adapt the services and products it 
provides accordingly. 

SSE measures the performance of 
key customer service functions such 
as General Enquiries and House Moves 
through a Net Promoter Score (NPS). 
The most recent results suggest the 
NPS ranges from +38% to +54%. 

More broadly, SSE recognises that 
energy supply in Great Britain is not 
well-regarded among customers for 
its transparency. In response the UK 
government undertook to require energy 
suppliers to publish information about 
available tariffs in annual statements. 
In keeping with its commitment to further 
improvements in customer service, and 
maintaining its sector-leading position, 
SSE has committed to going above this 
requirement and publishing information 
on all bills. This was welcomed by MPs 
from all parties in an Early Day Motion 
in the House of Commons in March 2010. 

Web and email are now firmly established 
as the second most common means of 
communication with the Company used 
by SSE’s customers. Around 18% of SSE’s 
transactions with customers now take 
place online and its customers now have 
490,000 paperless billing accounts, up 
from 287,000 a year before. This, in turn, 
indicates that the popularity of e-services 
such as paperless billing is likely to 
continue to increase rapidly over the 
next few years. Enabling customers 
to carry out more transactions online 
if they choose is now one of SSE’s top 
customer service priorities. In line 
with that, the capability of its websites 
were upgraded during 2009/10 to 
create a technical platform to allow the 
deployment of enhanced functionality 
in the future. 

Energy customer numbers – millions 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

9.35 

9.10 

8.49 

7.75 

6.70 

Energy customer numbers – composition % 

Household electricity (GB) 55
 
Household gas (GB) 38
 
Business sites (GB) 5
 
Household/business (Ire) 2
 

made. This comprises a £20m increase in 
the energy supply bad debt provision and 
£53m of debt write-off and compares with 
a charge of £35m in the previous year. 

As expected, given the general economic 
climate, 2009/10 posed significant debt 
management challenges, with the volume 
of work in this area for SSE’s Customer 
Service division increasing. SSE has 
sought to manage this situation by taking 
a number of steps, including rigorous 
assessment of the credit-worthiness 
of potential business customers and 
making earlier contact with the customer 
(business or household) when it becomes 
apparent that payments are in arrears, so 
that the issues are more manageable from 
everyone’s point of view. The work of office-
based credit agents is supplemented by the 
work of field-based teams (the number and 
geographic coverage of which has been 
increased) who work with customers to 
resolve debt. 

As a result, aged debt among business 
customers has been reduced from £15m 
to £12m and aged debt levels were on a 
reducing trend towards the end of the 
financial year. Nevertheless, with the 
economic outlook remaining uncertain, 
there is a significant risk that aged debt 
will remain at a high level in 2010/11. 

Energy supply operations – 
customer service 
SSE’s growth in energy supply has been 
achieved while being independently and 
consistently recognised as the customer 

service benchmark for the rest of the 
energy supply industry. To provide 
customers with the best possible value 
for money, SSE believes that it needs 
to provide best-in-sector service and 
products, as well as competitive prices 
over the medium term. 

SSE’s position as the customer service 
benchmark for the rest of the energy 
supply industry is illustrated by: 

k	  the Customer Satisfaction Report 
from www.uSwitch.com, published 
in September 2009, in which SSE was 
ranked the best energy supplier for the 
sixth successive time. www.uSwitch.com 
stated: ‘SSE remains the customer 
service benchmark for the rest of 
the industry.’; 

k	  the JD Power and Associates 2009 UK 
Electricity and Gas Supplier Customer 
Satisfaction Study, in which SSE’s four 
supply brands took four of the top five 
places in electricity supply and gas 
supply, with its Atlantic brand ranked 
first in electricity; and 

k	  the UK Customer Satisfaction Index, 

published by the Institute of Customer 
Service in January 2010, in which 
SSE was the top performer in the 
Utilities sector. 

Under the Consumer, Estate Agents and 
Redress (CEAR) Act 2007, customers who 
are unable to resolve issues with their 
energy supplier can take them up with 
Consumer Direct. Complaints which are 
not resolved within eight weeks, or which 

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
34 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Business overview (continued)
 

Domestic customers’ payment methods – % 

Direct debit 58
 
Pre-payment 11
 
Credit terms 31
 

Energy supply operations – 
energy efficiency 
Using energy more efficiently is the 
fastest and most cost-effective way 
of reducing customers’ energy costs, 
sustaining supplies for the long term and 
reducing emissions of carbon dioxide. As 
an energy supplier, SSE has obligations 
under the CERT scheme to deliver energy 
efficiency measures to households 
throughout Great Britain and in 2009/10 
funded the installation of cavity wall 
insulation in 146,000 homes and loft 
insulation in 128,000 homes (excluding 
DIY insulation). This is up from 87,000 
homes and 104,000 homes respectively. 

In its CERT Annual Report, a review of 
CERT in 2008/09, published in August 
2009, Ofgem stated that SSE had met half 
of its overall carbon emissions reduction 
obligation for the three years to 2011. SSE 
also achieved the highest level of solid 
wall insulation for hard-to-treat properties 
among all the obligated energy suppliers. 

Complementing CERT, the CESP aims 
to deliver energy efficiency measures 
on a community basis. The CESP will 
promote a ‘whole house’ approach, to 
be delivered through the development of 
community-based partnerships involving 
local authorities and energy suppliers 
via a house-by-house, street-by-street 
approach. SSE’s first CESP programmes 
will begin during 2010/11 at locations 
throughout England, Scotland and Wales. 

CESP and CERT will require the 
commitment of significant resources by 
energy suppliers, including SSE, in the 
coming years. Nevertheless, SSE supports 
the goal of securing substantial savings in 
energy bills and reductions in emissions 
of carbon dioxide and achieving greater 
energy efficiency continues to be the 
most sustainable way of achieving this. 

Energy supply operations – 
vulnerable customers 
While any type of poverty, including fuel 
poverty, fundamentally results from an 
individual or household having insufficient 
income, SSE recognises that it has a 
significant role to play in reducing its 
customers’ energy consumption (and thus 
the associated costs) and a role also in 
helping those of its customers who struggle 
to pay for their basic energy needs. 

SSE’s social tariff, energyplus care, gives 
eligible dual fuel customers a discount 
compared with its standard tariff, as well 
as other help including benefit entitlement 
checks and free energy efficient appliances 
and home insulation. During 2009/10, SSE 
implemented a two-tier level of assistance 
for fuel-poor customers, featuring a rebate 
as well as energyplus care, and thus has 
been able to assist a larger number of 
customers than would be the case if the 
flat rate was maintained. The number of 
customer accounts benefiting from these 
measures at 31 March 2010 was 155,000, 
compared with 103,000 the previous year. 

Using energy more efficiently is the 
fastest and most cost-effective way 
of reducing customers’ energy costs, 
sustaining supplies for the long term and 
reducing emissions of carbon dioxide. 

This fulfilled SSE’s voluntary agreement 
with the UK government to operate 
schemes with a total value of £22m to 
help vulnerable customers in 2009/10. 
Under this agreement, SSE’s contribution 
will increase to around £27m in 2010/11. 
In addition to this, SSE issued credits 
worth a total of almost £3.5m in January 
2010 to its 280,000 customers using gas 
pre-payment meters to assist them during 
the coldest part of the year. 

The Energy Act 2010 created a statutory 
framework for schemes which allow the 
Secretary of State for Energy and Climate 
Change to require energy suppliers to 
support vulnerable customers under the 
existing voluntary agreement (see above). 
It also set a framework requiring energy 
suppliers to provide a specified level of 
social price support (direct assistance with 
energy bills) to more of the most vulnerable 
customers. Further details, including 
the nature of the benefit and the eligibility 
criteria, will be set out in secondary 
legislation after a consultation later this year. 

It is SSE’s policy to do all it can to help 
customers who may be having difficulties 
in paying for the electricity and gas they 
use by offering tailor-made payment 
arrangements that suit their needs and 
their circumstances. In March 2010, 
customers with 233,000 electricity and 
gas accounts were taking advantage 
of these arrangements. 

Energy supply operations – 
energy products 
Energy supply remains intensely competitive 
and gaining and retaining customers’ loyalty 
is key to long-term success. At a time of 
higher energy prices, better plan is at the 
centre of the portfolio of products and 
services which SSE currently markets. 
It offers a variety of incentives to help 
customers use less energy and earn credits 
as a result. The credits are then applied 
as a reduction to customers’ energy bills. 

SSE launched better plan towards the 
end of 2007 as part of its commitment 
to work in partnership with its customers 
to help them reduce their energy use 
and to create a more sustainable level 
of energy consumption. During 2009/10, 
customers with an additional 50,000 
energy accounts joined better plan, 
taking the total to 215,000. 

Increasingly, smart technologies will 
feature in SSE’s products and it is working 
on a number of options for using new 
technology to provide customers with 
greater control over their energy 
consumption and, therefore, its cost. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
35 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Fuel Production 
and Storage 

The growing demand 
in the UK for more gas 
storage facilities to 
help provide security 
of supply of gas means 
such facilities have 
long-term value, 
especially if their cycle 
rate is fast enough. 

k	  Gas storage page 36 
k	  Gas production page 36 

Overview 
It is generally recognised that the UK now 
has insufficient gas storage. This under-
capacity reflects the reliance it was able to 
place in past years on gas production from 
the North Sea. As North Sea gas declines, 
UK imports will continue to increase to 
meet demand from domestic customers, 
the increasing number of gas-fired power 
stations and other industrial and 
commercial users. Imports could be 
put at risk by periods of unusually low 
temperatures, operational failures in 
pipelines delivering gas to the UK, 
political disputes in gas-producing 
regions or high demand in other parts 
of the world. 

SSE owns and operates the UK’s largest 
onshore gas storage facility near Hornsea 
in East Yorkshire, in which around 325 
million cubic metres (mcm) of gas can 
be stored in a total of nine caverns. 
Hornsea accounts for around 7% of the 
total gas storage capacity in the UK and 
15% of deliverability. With Statoil (UK) 
Ltd, SSE is developing another gas 
storage facility at nearby Aldbrough, 
where an initial 115mcm of capacity 
in four caverns is already available for 
commercial operation. To form such 
caverns, salt deposits around 2km under 
ground are leached out by seawater 
which, in turn, is replaced (dewatered) 
by gas under pressure. 

On 31 March 2010, SSE entered into an 
agreement with Hess Corporation (UK) to 
acquire its natural gas producing assets 
in three regions of the North Sea (Everest/ 
Lomond; Easington Catchment; and 

of the recession and in line with the 
downturn in sales experienced across 
the retail sector, and this prompted 
a continuing reorganisation of SSE’s 
activities in this area. 

Energy supply operations – Ireland 
During 2007, SSE identified Ireland 
as a market where the skills used in 
Great Britain could be successfully 
deployed, giving it additional room 
for expansion. 

In 2009/10, through Airtricity, it increased 
its customer base in the all-island 
electricity market in Ireland from 50,000 
accounts to 190,000 including 10,000 
customers in Northern Ireland. Almost 
all of these accounts are paid by direct 
debit and almost half of them are online 
accounts. SSE is now the third largest 
energy supplier in the Republic of 
Ireland and the fourth largest in the 
all-island market. 

The profile of Airtricity as a supplier of 
energy has been significantly enhanced 
by SSE’s acquisition of the assets of ESB 
Contracts, the street-lighting business 
of ESB (see Street-lighting below). It 
currently maintains around 300,000 street 
lights in the Republic of Ireland. 

Energy supply priorities in 2010/11 
During 2010/11, and beyond, SSE will 
seek to: 

k	  provide consistently competitive prices; 
k	 
increase the number of customer 
accounts across the Great Britain 
and Irish all-island markets; 

k	  secure further efficiencies in day-to­

day operations, including the ways in 
which customers are retained and 
gained and the ways in which they 
are given the services they need; 
k	  maintain best-in-sector service, 

k	 

including improvements in billing, call 
handling times and enhancements to 
online and smart services; 
increase further the number of 
customers on better plan and other 
loyalty programmes; 
k	  deliver energy efficiency 

improvements, principally through the 
CERT and CESP programmes; and 

k	  continue to ensure customers’ 

energy accounts are well-managed. 

In summary, SSE aims to build on 
its position as the energy supplier with 
the strong regional brands, best-in­
sector service, consistently-competitive 
pricing policy and range of value-
adding offers to secure another year 

of customer growth.• 

Energy supply operations – 
other products 
‘Home services’ is a frequently used 
term, which has different meanings 
within different organisations. For SSE 
it means products and services which 
complement the supply of electricity 
and gas. SSE offers a range of gas 
boiler, central heating and wiring 
maintenance and installation products 
and services for household customers 
across 43 postcode areas covering 
around two thirds of its energy supply 
customer base. 

During 2009/10, it increased its 
maintenance customer numbers by 
37%, to 158,000, and performed gas and 
electric installation and re-wiring work 
in 7,000 properties, an increase of 13%. 

During 2010/11, SSE will aim to increase 
further the number of customers with 
energy-related products by expanding 
its product and service range, improving 
operational productivity and efficiency 
and enhancing customer service levels. 
The expansion of its home services 
activities in this way, with the supporting 
infrastructure, systems and processes 
that are being developed, will allow SSE 
to deploy a comprehensive ‘whole house’ 
approach to home energy services. 

The talk telecoms package, under which 
telephone line rental, calls and broadband 
services are supplied, now has 252,000 
customers, an increase of 32,000 on the 
previous year. 

The talk package has benefited from 
being aligned to, and integrated with, 
SSE’s main energy customer systems 
and processes and this has allowed it 
to grow customer numbers organically 
since it was launched in 2003. 

In response to the evolving 
telecommunications market, SSE 
continually reviews the structure of 
its telephony products and tariffs and 
expects to introduce minimum terms 
contracts during 2010/11 to retain and 
attract additional customers. 

Sales of electrical and gas appliances 
have continued to struggle in the light 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
36 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Business overview (continued)
 

Gas storage capacity – million cubic metres 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

400 

325 

325 

325 

325 

Transmission System at a rate of 40mcm 
per day, equivalent to the average daily 
consumption of eight million homes, and 
the ability to have up to 30mcm of gas 
per day injected. 

SSE still expects its total investment 
on the development at Aldbrough to 
be around £290m. With its ability to 
inject and deliver gas rapidly to meet 
fluctuations in demand and supply, 
Aldbrough will provide a valuable source 
of flexibility to the UK gas market as it 
becomes increasingly dependent on 
imported gas to meet its energy needs. 

SSE and Statoil (UK) Ltd have consent 
to increase the storage capacity at the 
Aldbrough site beyond that currently 
under development. If developed in full, 
this would approximately double the 
amount of gas that can be stored, to 
around 700mcm. SSE expects to take 
a final decision on whether and how to 
invest in a second phase of development 
at Aldbrough by early 2011. 

Gas production 
In March 2010, SSE entered into an 
agreement with Hess Limited to acquire 
its natural gas assets and infrastructure 
in three regions of the North Sea 
(Everest/Lomond; Easington Catchment; 
and Bacton). 

SSE has agreed to pay a total cash 
consideration of US$423m for Hess’ 
assets, maintaining its commitment 
to its financial principle of a disciplined 

withdrawn. Aldbrough added £2m 
to operating profit in Gas Storage. 

Gas storage – investment 
The growing demand in the UK for more 
gas storage facilities to help provide 
security of supply of gas means such 
facilities have a long-term value, especially 
if their cycle rate (the speed at which gas 
can be withdrawn from storage and then 
replaced) is fast enough. 

SSE’s joint venture with Statoil (UK) Ltd 
to develop at Aldbrough what will become 
the UK’s largest onshore gas storage 
facility made further important progress 
during 2009/10, with the first commercial 
operations getting under way. Aldbrough 
now provides a total of 115mcm of 
capacity in four caverns – the first new 
gas storage capacity to become available 
in the UK for four years. A further 85mcm 
of capacity is expected to become 
available in the course of 2010/11. 

When fully commissioned, currently 
expected to be in 2012, it will have the 
capacity to inject gas and store up to 
370mcm in nine under ground caverns 
(of which SSE will own two thirds). 
Aldbrough will be the largest onshore 
gas storage facility in the UK and have 
the capacity to deliver gas to the National 

This timely acquisition of natural 
gas assets will enable SSE to enter the 
upstream gas sector in a measured way 
by buying proven and geographically 
diverse production assets. These assets 
will provide a new source of primary fuel 
and a hedge for SSE’s gas generation 
and supply activities. 

Bacton) for a total cash consideration 
of US$423m. The transaction is subject 
to the receipt of all necessary partner 
and regulatory approvals. 

Gas storage – operations 
Gas Storage delivered an operating profit* 
of £41.8m, during 2009/10, compared with 
£42.7m in the previous year, due to lower 
differentials between summer and winter 
gas prices. 

At Hornsea, gas can be injected at a rate 
of 2mcm per day and delivered to the 
National Transmission System at a rate 
of 18mcm per day, which is equivalent 
to the requirements of around four 
million homes. The services offered 
at Hornsea provide customers with a 
reliable source of flexibility with which 
to manage their gas supply/demand 
and respond to market opportunities. 
During 2009/10, including the critical 
period of the UK’s unusually cold winter, 
Hornsea maintained its excellent record 
of dependability and was 100% available 
to customers, except in instances of 
planned maintenance. This enabled 
storage customers to manage their 
gas market risks and respond to gas 
trading opportunities. 

The new capacity which became available 
at Aldbrough during 2009/10 (115mcm 
in total – see below) also performed well 
during 2009/10, with multiple cycles of 
the capacity and significant delivery on to 
the National Transmission System during 
the cold period early in 2010. Following 
the start of commercial operations in 
July 2009, 387mcm of gas were injected 
in to the new capacity and 401mcm were 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
37 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

approach to acquisitions. The transaction 
is subject to the receipt of all necessary 
partner and regulatory approvals. 

Networks
 

The gas resources which SSE is acquiring 
total around 3,965 million therms (mth). 
The headline transaction price for these 
resources is $6.6-barrels of oil equivalent. 
Additional, less certain resources of gas 
may also be identified through further 
exploration. The main production asset 
operators are BG Group, BP and Perenco. 

SSE currently needs on average around 
13.5mth of gas per day to supply its 
customers and to fuel its power stations, 
and gas from the acquired assets, will 
provide around 8% of that initially, 
declining over the next 10 years. 

While the upstream gas assets represent 
the large majority of the transaction, 
SSE will also acquire a number of other 
assets from Hess, including its 17.7% 
equity interest in the Central Area 
Transmission System (CATS) pipeline, 
which delivers over 10% of the UK’s total 
gas demand through a 400km pipeline 
from the central North Sea to a processing 
terminal in Teesside. The CATS pipeline 
is operated by BP. 

This timely acquisition will enable SSE 
to enter the upstream gas sector in a 
measured way by buying proven and 
geographically diverse production 
assets. These assets will provide a 
new source of primary fuel and a hedge 
for SSE’s gas generation and supply 
activities. The acquisition will also 
give SSE involvement throughout the 
gas chain – production, transmission, 
storage, distribution and supply. 

Fuel Production and Storage 
priorities in 2010/11 and beyond 
SSE’s operational and investment priorities 
in Fuel Production and Storage during 
2010/11 are to: 

k  maintain its excellent record of safety 

and reliability at Hornsea; 

k  ensure safe and effective operation 

of capacity at Aldbrough; 

k  maximise the amount of capacity 
at Aldbrough that is available for 
commercial storage; 

k  make a decision on whether to proceed 
with the Aldbrough extension; and 

production assets, in keeping with 

k  complete the acquisition of gas 
its financial principles.• 

SSE is the only energy 
company in the UK 
to be involved in 
electricity distribution, 
gas distribution and 
electricity transmission. 
After electricity and gas, 
telecoms is SSE’s third 
networks business. 

k  Electricity distribution page 38 
k  Electricity transmission page 41 
k  Gas distribution page 42 
k  Telecom networks page 43 

Networks overview 
SSE owns three electricity network 
companies: 

k  Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission; 
k  Scottish Hydro Electric Power 

Distribution; and 

k  Southern Electric Power Distribution. 

These networks transmit and distribute 
electricity to 3.5 million businesses, 
offices and homes via 128,000km of 
overhead lines and under ground cables. 

SSE also has an equity interest of 50% in, 
and provides corporate and management 
services to Scotia Gas Networks (SGN) 
which, through Southern Gas Networks 
and Scotland Gas Networks, owns and 
operates the medium and low pressure 
networks which deliver gas to 5.7 million 
properties in their areas of the UK. 

All of these companies are the subject 
of economic regulation through a Price 
Control set by Ofgem which sets for 
periods of five years the index-linked 
revenue they can earn, through charges 
levied on network users, to cover their 
costs and earn a return on their regulated 
assets. Ofgem also places incentives on 
companies to be more efficient and 
innovative and to deliver an enhanced 
quality of service. 

If, in any year, regulated energy networks 
companies’ revenue is greater (over 
recovery) or lower (under recovery) than 
is allowed under the relevant Price Control, 
the difference is carried forward and the 
subsequent prices the companies may 
charge are varied. 

Overall, Ofgem seeks to strike the right 
balance between attracting investment in 
electricity and gas networks, encouraging 
companies to operate them as efficiently 
as possible and ensuring that prices 
ultimately borne by customers are no 
higher than they need to be. In electricity, 
a new Distribution Price Control started on 
1 April 2010 and will run until 31 March 2015 
and the current Transmission Price Control 
is now expected to run until 31 March 2013. 
2009/10 was the second year of the gas 
Distribution Price Control for the five 
years to 31 March 2013. 

As at 31 March 2010, SSE’s estimate 
of Ofgem’s valuation of the assets of its 
electricity distribution and transmission 
businesses (the Regulated Asset Value, 
or RAV) was £2.97bn, based on Ofgem’s 
methodology, including £405m for 
transmission. This gives it around 12% 
of the total Great Britain electricity 
transmission and distribution RAV. 

SGN estimates that the RAV of the 
networks it owns was around £3.94bn, 
based on Ofgem’s methodology, as at 
31 March 2010. This makes it the UK’s 
second largest gas distribution company, 
with around one quarter of the total Great 
Britain gas distribution RAV. SSE’s share 
of this RAV is £1.97bn which, when added 
to its electricity networks businesses, 
gives it a total RAV of £4.94bn, making 
it the second largest distributor of energy 
in Great Britain. 

SSE is the only energy company in the UK 
to be involved in electricity distribution, gas 
distribution and electricity transmission. 
It therefore participates in three price 
control reviews in every five years, which 
gives it ongoing involvement in, and 
extensive experience of, price control 
issues in the UK. Together, these 
lower-risk economically-regulated 
natural monopoly businesses provide 
a financial backbone and operational 
focus for SSE and balance its activities 
in the competitive Generation and 
Supply markets. 

Moreover, in addition to being relatively 
low risk in themselves, the absolute level 
of risk in these businesses has been 
progressively reduced through the 
regulatory process with, for example, 
companies’ income no longer being 
dependent on the volume of energy 
distributed through their networks. 

In March 2009, the Presidency of the 
EU and Members of the European 
Parliament agreed on new rules to 
increase competition in the EU’s energy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
38 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Business overview (continued)
 

2010 at a glance: 
Energy networks 

Electricity distribution 
(SEPD) RAV – £m

 1,705
 

2009 – 1,660 

Electricity distribution 
(SHEPD) RAV – £m 

858 

2009 – 834 

Electricity transmission 
(SHETL) RAV – £m

 405 

2009 – 380 

Gas distribution 

(Southern) RAV* – £m


 1,370
 

2009 – 1,270 

Gas distribution 

(Scotland) RAV* – £m
 

598 

2009 – 548 

Total energy networks 
RAV – £bn 

9.4
 

2009 – 4.7 

* SSE share (50%). 

market by separating the management 
of electricity generation companies 
from that of transmission operators. 
An Independent System Operator (ISO) – 
where companies retain ownership of 
their transmission networks although 
their operation is managed by a separate 
independent body (the ISO) – already 
operates in Scotland, where SSE’s 
transmission network is located. 

After electricity and gas, telecoms is 
SSE’s third networks business. Unlike the 
other two, it is not the subject of economic 
regulation. It operates a national telecoms 
network and provides capacity and 
bandwidth services for commercial and 
public sector organisations and other 
communications providers. Its network 
now extends to around 11,200km 
throughout Great Britain. 

Energy networks performance overview 
Operating profit* in Energy Networks 
increased by 2.6%, from £584.2m to 
£599.5m, contributing 36.9% of SSE’s 
total operating profit*. This comprised: 

k	  £415.8m in electricity networks, 
compared with £403.7m in the 
previous year; and 

k	  £183.7m representing SSE’s share 
of the operating profit* for SGN, 
compared with £180.5m in the 
previous year. 

Electricity networks 

Objectives 
SSE’s objectives in electricity networks 
are to: 

k	  comply fully with all safety standards 
and environmental requirements; 
k	  ensure that they are managed as 
efficiently as possible, including 
maintaining tight controls over 
operational expenditure; 

k	  provide good performance in areas 

such as reliability of supply, customer 
service and innovation and thus earn 
additional incentive-based revenue 
under the various Ofgem schemes; 

k	  deliver capital expenditure 

programmes so that the number and 
duration of power cuts experienced 
by customers is kept to a minimum; 

k	  grow the RAV of the networks 

businesses and so secure increased 
revenue from them; and 
k	  engage constructively with the 

regulator, Ofgem. 

Southern Electric Power 
Distribution operations 
In Southern Electric Power Distribution 
(SEPD) in 2009/10: 

k  operating profit* increased by 5.6% 

to £256.9m; 

k  electricity distributed fell by 0.7TWh 

to 33.7TWh; 

k	  the average number of minutes of 
lost supply per customer was 65, 
down from 66; 

k	  the number of supply interruptions 
per 100 customers was 61, down 
from 64; and 

k	  performance-based additional income 
of £15.8m is expected to be earned, 
compared with the final out-turn of 
£12.0m in the previous year. 

The increase in operating profit 
reflects changes in the price of units 
distributed, which have mitigated the 
reduction in volume. Performance 
in respect of both minutes lost and 
interruptions was ahead of the targets 
set by Ofgem under its Quality of Service 
Incentive Scheme (QSIS), which gives 
financial benefits to distribution network 
operators that deliver good performance 
for customers. Performance-based 
income covers a number of issues, 
including the quality of service provided 
to customers and innovation. 

Scottish Hydro Electric Power 
Distribution and Scottish Hydro 
Electric Transmission operations 
In Scottish Hydro Electric Power 
Distribution (SHEPD) and Scottish 
Hydro Electric Transmission (SHETL) 
in 2009/10: 

k  operating profit* fell from £160.4m 

to £158.9m; 

k  electricity distributed fell by 0.1TWh 

to 8.4TWh; 

k	  the average number of minutes of 
lost supply per customer was 74, 
down from 75; 

k	  the number of supply interruptions 

per 100 customers was 76, the same 
as the previous year; and 

k	  performance-based additional income 
of £8.2m is expected to be earned, 
compared with the final out-turn 
of £6.0m in the previous year. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
39 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Networks regulated asset value – £bn 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

4.9 

4.7 

4.5 

4.2 

4.1 

Networks asset value – % 

SHEPD 17 
SEPD 35 
SHETL 8 
SGN (50% share) 40 

k	  network management activities, 

such as inspections, maintenance 
and investment are carried out in 
Operational Production Groups; and 
k  there is a strong emphasis on work 
being in-sourced and carried out by 
directly-employed people. 

Operations – customer service 
reward scheme 
In August 2009, SSE received an award of 
£200,000 under Ofgem’s Customer Service 
Reward Scheme 2008/09 ‘in recognition of 
the breadth of its corporate responsibility 
programme which was seen to go beyond 
core business drivers’. 

Electricity network investment 
and RAV growth 
The key responsibility of SSE’s electricity 
networks businesses is to maintain safe 
and reliable supplies of electricity and to 
restore supplies as quickly as possible in 
the event of interruptions. The Distribution 
Price Control Review for 2005-10 resulted 
in substantially increased allowances 
for capital expenditure to maintain and 
improve the networks’ performance. 
By earning a return from this investment, 
SSE is able to increase its revenue from 
the networks and the efficient delivery of 
this enhanced investment programme 
was one of its priorities for 2009/10. 

Investment is focused on renewing 
SSE’s networks, which were largely 
built in the 1950s and 1960s, and thereby 
reducing the number and duration of 

power supply interruptions. It is also 
geared to providing the infrastructure 
to accommodate customers’ demand 
for power. Capital expenditure in the 
electricity networks during 2009/10 
was £334.5m (comprising £274.8m in 
distribution and £59.7m in transmission). 
In the 2005-10 electricity Distribution 
Price Control period, SSE invested 
£1,084.8m in its distribution networks 
(which excludes metering) and a further 
£208.1m in its transmission network. 
This represents an 88% increase 
compared with the previous Price 
Control, 2000-2005. 

One feature of the 2005-10 Price 
Control that was widely welcomed 
was the ability to place under ground 
electricity lines which were previously 
overhead, to help restore views in 
national parks and areas of outstanding 
natural beauty. For example: 

k	 

k	 

in early 2010, SSE engineers removed a 
30 metre electricity pylon in Langstone 
Harbour as part of a £1.6m project to 
remove 700 metres of overhead line 
from the harbour and from the road 
linking Langstone with Hayling Island 
and replacing it with under ground 
cabling – the area is a Site of Special 
Scientific Interest; and 
in the autumn of 2009, SSE placed 
under ground 500m of cable to replace 
an overhead line at Sligachan on Skye, 
thus enhancing the classic view from 
Sligachan Bridge towards the Cuillins. 

The fall in operating profit follows the 
fact that the number of units of electricity 
distributed was down compared with the 
previous year. In addition, the recovery of 
transmission upgrade-related costs has 
been delayed to 2010/11. Performance 
in respect of both minutes lost and 
interruptions was, however, ahead 
of Ofgem’s QSIS targets. 

Energy volumes 
The volume of electricity distributed by 
SSE during 2009/10 was 42.1TWh, down 
from 42.9TWh in the previous year and the 
volume of gas transported by SGN during 
the year also fell, by 10.5TWh to 163TWh. 

Under the electricity Distribution Price 
Control for 2010-15, the volume of 
electricity distributed will no longer affect 
companies’ income. Only 3.5% of SGN’s 
income is volume-related. This further 
reduces the level of risk associated with 
energy networks businesses. 

Operations – power distribution 
quality of service 
According to Ofgem’s Distribution 
Quality of Service Report, published in 
December 2009, covering performance 
in respect of Customer Interruptions 
and Customer Minutes Lost, SSE’s two 
networks earned additional revenue of 
£46m in nominal prices in the four years 
to March 2009 (the most recent period 
for which comparative data is available), 
making them the two most successful 
electricity distribution companies in Great 
Britain. This reflects effective investment 
in the automation of the networks and 
effective operational responses to 
electricity supply interruptions. 

Operations – cost efficiency 
Efficiency is one of SSE’s core values 
and amongst Ofgem’s explicit purposes 
in setting Price Controls is to keep the 
costs of providing secure and reliable 
networks as low as possible. As part 
of the most recent Price Control review 
in December 2009, Ofgem published 
analysis which showed SSE continues 
to be at the forefront of efficiency for 
overall operating costs. 

This is based on SSE’s straightforward 
operating model, under which the vast 
majority of activities are in-house. 
Under this model: 

k	  customer-facing activities, such as 

restoring power supplies or providing 
new connections are managed from a 
network of 14 depots in communities 
throughout central, southern England 
and the north of Scotland; 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
40 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Business overview (continued)
 

The need for further significant investment 
in Great Britain’s electricity distribution 
networks, to maintain and/or replace 
ageing assets or to provide additional 
capacity was a key feature of the electricity 
Distribution Price Control for 2010-15 
and it allows for total investment of £14bn 
in the networks over the next five years. 
For SSE, this is likely to mean investment 
of around £210m in its distribution 
networks in 2010/11. 

Distribution Price Control review 2010-15 
In December 2009, SSE decided, on 
balance, to accept Ofgem’s final proposals 
for the electricity Distribution Price Control 
for the five years from 1 April 2010 in 
respect of Scottish Hydro Electric Power 
Distribution and Southern Electric 
Power Distribution. 

SSE assessed Ofgem’s final proposals 
against the combined impact of three 
key criteria: 

k	  the scope to earn additional revenue 
through operational efficiency and 
excellence; 

k	  the treatment of ongoing pension 

costs; and 

k	  the allowed return for shareholders 

as measured by the weighted average 
cost of capital. 

On its own, the headline-allowed weighted 
average cost of capital contained within 
the proposals (4.0%, on a post-tax, real 
return on capital basis) would not be 
enough to provide an adequate return 
on investment in electricity distribution 
or transmission. In addition to the cost 
of capital, however, Ofgem’s proposals 
contained enhanced incentive mechanisms 
in areas such as customer service. 
They also reduced further the level of 
risk associated with energy network 
businesses by ensuring that the volume 
of electricity distributed will no longer 
affect companies’ income. 

The overall package should, therefore, 
allow SSE, the most efficient operator in 
Great Britain, to add to the return it earns 
from its electricity distribution assets by 
delivering good operational performance 
and innovations in network management. 

Examples of SSE’s activities which should 
support the achievement of a sufficient 
return include: 

k	  dynamic line rating that allows the 

overhead line network to be operated 
to its maximum capacity rather than 
to constraints based on design 
assumptions; 

k	  protective coatings and enhanced 

condition assessments that allow the 
life of assets to be extended without 
risking performance degeneration; 
and 

k  trench-less cable-laying technology, 
which reduces the public disruption 
and costs associated with cable-laying. 

In addition, SSE will seek to secure a 
significant proportion of the new £500m 
Low Carbon Network Fund, designed by 
Ofgem to support larger-scale trials of 
advanced technology, including smart 
grids. It will also seek to manage effectively 
the new arrangement under which 100% of 
support costs are deemed to be expenses 
and 85% of network costs are deemed 
to be capital, with associated output 
measures in place. 

Smart grids 
SSE and Smarter Grid Solutions Ltd 
have commercially deployed smart grid 
technology on SSE’s power distribution 
network on Orkney, allowing the 
connection of 15MW of extra new 
renewable energy generation, an increase 
of one third, with the potential for this to 
grow further. The Orkney Smart Grid is 
based on the principle that capacity exists 
in real-time on the power distribution grid 
due to variation in demand for electricity 
and diversity in the output of grid-
connected generators. This innovative 
smart grid technology permits greater 
numbers of renewable generators to 
be connected to the existing electricity 
network, in a cheaper and faster way than 
traditional means, by allowing generators 
to access power network capacity not 
normally available under conventional 
network planning requirements. 

Smart grid technology has the potential to 
improve significantly the efficiency of the 
electricity distribution and transmission 
networks in the UK and this deployment 
provides a blueprint for how smart grids 
can be used to connect high penetrations of 
renewable generation in a cost effective way 
and resolve grid congestion as a result. The 
connection of similar levels of renewable 
generation on Orkney by the conventional 
means of network reinforcement would 
have cost around £30m, compared with 
smart-related costs of less than £1m. In 
other words, the total cost of developing 
and delivering this innovative solution 
has been substantially cheaper and much 
faster than the alternatives. 

Energy network regulation – 
future developments 
In January 2010, Ofgem published its 
‘Emerging Thinking’ document on the 

future of electricity and gas network 
regulation. It suggests that the RPI-X 
price control mechanism needs to be 
changed as it will not be able to cope 
with the pace, uncertainty and scale of 
change needed to deliver sustainable 
energy supplies for customers. The 
document’s proposals are designed 
to change the focus of regulation from 
companies’ costs to looking more at 
what companies can deliver in terms of 
reliable networks, safety and investment 
to support low-carbon generation and 
meet the needs of customers. 

This approach builds on the electricity 
Distribution Price Control 2010-15, and 
could amount to a form of contract 
between Ofgem and the regulated 
network company, with the emphasis 
on delivery of certain key outputs. 
Ofgem is consulting on its ‘emerging 
thinking’ before more ‘concrete and 
detailed’ proposals are published in the 
summer of 2010. 

Electric vehicles 
Electric vehicles will be an essential 
part of the move towards a low-carbon 
transport infrastructure. The next decade 
is likely to see a significant uptake of 
such vehicles, which some reports have 
suggested could reach around 1.5 million 
in the UK as early as 2020. They also have 
the potential to influence dramatically the 
demand profile and quantity of electricity 
required by customers, and will impact on 
all aspects of SSE’s business, including 
electricity distribution. 

For this reason, SSE is taking part in 
the Technology Strategy Board’s Ultra 
Low Carbon Vehicle Demonstration 
(ULCVD) project, which consists of eight 
consortia bringing over 300 vehicles to 
trial. The two consortia in which SSE 
is involved are with: 

k	  BMW UK Ltd, Oxford Brookes 

University and the South East England 
Development Agency: 40 MINI E 
vehicles are being trialled by members 
of the public, SSE employees and fleet 
users in southern England. SSE has 
installed 32 Amp domestic charging 
facilities at the homes of the drivers, 
together with the smart metering 
to gather usage data. SSE is also 
installing public charging posts 
at selected locations; and 
k	  Ford, Strathclyde University and 

the London Borough of Hillingdon: 
20 prototype electric vehicles are 
being introduced and SSE will be 
providing the private and public 
charging infrastructure. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
41 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

When their numbers become significant, 
electric vehicles could change greatly the 
volume and pattern of electricity demand, 
and it is for this reason – in addition to 
supporting the low-carbon objectives 
behind them – that SSE is so actively 
involved in the ULCVD project. 

Future transmission developments 
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission 
(SHETL) is responsible for operating, 
maintaining and investing in the 
transmission network in its area, which 
serves around 70% of the land mass of 
Scotland. As the licensed transmission 
company for the area, SSE has to ensure 
there is sufficient network capacity for 
those seeking to generate electricity from 
renewable (and other) sources within it. 

Four major developments currently under 
way have the potential to transform the 
scale and scope of SSE’s electricity 
transmission business: 

k	  Knocknagael, Beauly-Blackhillock-
Kintore and Beauly-Dounreay: In 
January 2010, Ofgem announced 
authorisation of pre-construction 
and construction funding for these 
three upgrades in the SHETL area, 
which form part of the first tranche of 
transmission projects to help connect 
renewable energy to the electricity 
network. These projects have a total 
value of almost £200m and should 
all be completed by 2014. 

k	  Beauly-Denny: Scottish Ministers 
announced in January 2010 that 
they have granted consents, with 
associated conditions, to install a 
400,000 volt overhead electricity 
transmission line to replace the 
existing 132,000 volt overhead 
transmission line between Beauly 
and Denny. The existing line will be 
dismantled. The final cost of replacing 
the Beauly-Denny line can only be 
established once analysis of all of 
the conditions associated with the 
consent has been completed; and full 
construction work can only begin once 
it is clear that all of the conditions 
can be satisfied and Ofgem is able to 
confirm the investment is necessary, 
efficient and economical. SSE has 
concluded it should be able to 

undertake preliminary construction 
works this year, with a value of around 
£50m, with a further four summers 
of construction work required to 
complete the new line. 

k  Western Isles: SSE’s proposal for an 
electricity transmission connection 
between the Western Isles and the 
north west of Scotland features, 
for the 77km mainland section, an 
under ground cable between the west 
coast of Sutherland and the Beauly 
substation. SHETL submitted to 
Scottish Ministers an application for 
consent to construct the connection 
in October 2008. The connection will 
be required to transmit renewable 
energy from the Western Isles, and 
a significant milestone was reached 
in January 2010 when a developer 
received approval for a 118MW wind 
farm at Eishken. 

k  Shetland: In July 2009, SHETL 

submitted planning applications for 
converter stations associated with the 
proposed 320km subsea high voltage 
direct current (HVDC) transmission 
link between the Shetland Islands 
and Moray on the Scottish mainland 
to accommodate renewable energy 
developments in Shetland. It would 
also connect properties in Shetland 
to the mainland electricity network 
for the first time. Related to this, 
in December 2009, the European 
Commission announced that SSE had 
been successful in securing a capital 
grant of ¤74m under the European 
Energy Programme for Recovery. The 
grant is towards the incremental cost 
of including an intermediate offshore 
HVDC hub off Caithness on the route 
of the proposed Shetland link and 
increasing the capacity of the southern 

section to Moray. The hub is at 
the centre of a potential innovative 
three-ended ‘Y’ configuration, with 
legs from Caithness and Shetland 
to accommodate substantial planned 
renewable energy developments in 
the far north east of Scotland and the 
Northern isles. 

Looking to the longer term, SSE has 
participated in the Electricity Networks 
Strategy Group, sponsored by Ofgem 
and the UK Department of Energy and 
Climate Change and involving all of the 
transmission companies in Great Britain. 
It has identified a potential need for sub-
sea cable links between Scotland and 
England known as ‘bootstraps’. SSE 
expects to be a major participant in this 
and other transmission developments 
over the next decade and beyond. 

Electricity distribution and transmission 
priorities in 2010/11 and beyond 
During 2010/11 SSE’s priorities in 
electricity networks are to: 

k  maintain safe and reliable supplies 
of power and to restore supplies as 
quickly as possible in the event of 
interruptions; 

k  respond effectively to the new 

arrangements in electricity distribution 
for allocating costs between support 
activities (expenses) and networks 
(capital); 

k  deliver successfully its investment plans 
in its electricity distribution networks; 

k  deploy innovative techniques to 
maximise the returns from good 
performance in electricity networks; and 

k  make further progress in upgrading 
the transmission network in the 
north of Scotland. 

Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission 
(SHETL) is responsible for operating, 
maintaining and investing in the 
transmission network in its area. As the 
licensed transmission company for the 
area, SSE has to ensure there is sufficient 
network capacity for those seeking to 
generate electricity from renewable 
(and other) sources within it. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
42 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Business overview (continued)
 

With such significant investment 
requirements over the next few years, 
not least in providing the infrastructure 
to accommodate electricity produced 
from renewable sources, the scope 
for additional incremental growth in 
electricity networks is clear. When 
opportunities arise to supplement 
that growth through the acquisition 
of additional networks, SSE considers 
them carefully. It will not, however, depart 
from its long-stated financial principle 
of deploying a selective and disciplined 
approach to acquisitions. 

Gas networks 

Scotia Gas Networks (SGN) – financial 
SGN, in which SSE holds 50% of the equity, 
owns and operates the Scotland and the 
Southern gas distribution networks. 
The networks comprise around 75,000km 
of gas mains, delivering gas to around 
5.7 million industrial, commercial and 
domestic customers. SSE receives 50% 
of the distributable earnings from SGN, 
in line with its equity holding, and also 
provides it with corporate and 
management services. 

SSE’s share of the adjusted operating 
profit* of SGN was £183.7m in 2009/10, 
compared with £180.5m in the previous 
year. This is primarily due to two things: 

k	  the impact of the price changes 

agreed as part of the five-year Price 
Control to March 2013 has been 
sustained; and 

k	  underlying operational efficiencies 
have been achieved during the year. 

A small part of SGN’s operating profit is 
derived from the non-regulated activities 
of its contracting, connections and 
commercial services operations. 

In October 2009, SGN successfully issued 
two new sterling bonds: a 30-year, £125m 
index-linked bond; and a nine-year, 
£300m fixed-rate bond. 

Scotia Gas Networks – operational 
In March 2009, Ofgem published its ‘Gas 
Distribution Annual Report for 2007/08’. 
It included a top-down regression analysis 
of controllable operating costs which 
showed that SGN’s two networks are first 
and third out of the eight networks in 
Great Britain for operating cost efficiency, 
compared with seventh and sixth when 
they were acquired by SGN in 2005. 

One of the conditions in SGN’s licence 
to operate is that it should attend at least 
97% of uncontrolled gas escapes within 
one hour of notification, in 2009/10, 97.9% 
were attended within one hour. 

During 2009/10, SGN’s gas transportation 
volumes were: 

k  55.2TWh in Scotland, compared with 

58.6TWh in the previous year; and
 
k  107.8TWh in Southern, compared with 


114.9TWh in the previous year. 

Only 3.5% of SGN’s transportation income 
is volume-related; the remaining 96.5% 
is related to the maximum capacity 
requirements of its customers. 

When SGN acquired its networks in June 
2005, National Grid was contracted to 
provide it with services with a total value 
of £30m per annum. In the five years 
since, services have been brought within 
SGN, and by the end of 2010/11, it is 

After electricity and gas, Telecoms is SSE’s 
third networks business. Its origins lie in 
the installation, a decade ago, of fibre 
optic cable on SSE’s electricity network. 
The business combines SSE Telecoms and 
Neos Networks and operates a 11,200km 
UK-wide telecoms network. 

expected that SGN’s remaining service 
contracts with National Grid will total 
£7m per annum. These contracts cover 
transmission services, control and IT 
services and emergency call handling. 

Scotia Gas Networks – investment 
The five-year gas Distribution Price Control, 
which began in April 2008, provides the 
opportunity for SGN to increase significantly 
investment in its gas distribution networks, 
thereby reinforcing their safety and reliability 
and securing another significant increase 
in their RAV. By 2013, SGN estimates that 
its total RAV will be around £4.6bn. 

During 2009/10, SGN invested £412.8m 
in capital expenditure and mains and 
services replacement projects, compared 
with £382.8m in the previous year. The 
majority of the mains replacement 
expenditure was incurred under the 30:30 
mains replacement programme which was 
started in 2002. This requires that all iron 
gas mains within 30 metres of homes and 
premises must be replaced over a 30-year 
period, and in 2009/10 SGN replaced over 
1,050km of its metallic gas mains with 
modern polyethylene pipes. 

SGN has commenced work on a £21m 
project to replace the under-sea gas main 
between the south coast mainland and 
the Isle of Wight. The project involves the 
longest directional drill ever undertaken 
(3.9km), going across the Solent between 
Lepe and Gurnard. Two tunnels will be 
bored to take two 30cm diameter gas 
pipes, which will be installed some 30m 
to 50m below the seabed. 

SGN is committed to making new gas 
connections to existing homes that are 
not on mains gas as affordable as possible 
and is running a new scheme to help 
fuel-poor customers. Already over 4,000 
acceptances have been received to provide 
a mains gas connection to homes under 
the new Ofgem-approved scheme. One 
of the first communities to benefit was 
Rattray in Perthshire where, thanks to an 
extension to the gas network, some 300 
homes will now have access to mains gas, 
giving residents the choice of gas-fired 
heating for the first time. 

This scheme, along with other initiatives 
on carbon monoxide safety and reducing 
environmental impacts, helped SGN 
secure a £550,000 award from Ofgem 
under its first ever discretionary rewards 
scheme for the UK’s gas distribution 
networks. The scheme, which is judged 
by a panel of industry experts, was 
established as part of Ofgem’s gas 
Distribution Price Control 2008-13. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
43 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Investment will continue to be a top priority 
and, in line with that, SGN expects to invest 
around £400m in capital expenditure 
and mains and services replacement 
projects during 2010/11. 

Scotia Gas Networks priorities 
in 2010/11 and beyond 
During 2010/11, SGN’s priorities are to: 

k	  deliver a safe and secure gas supply 

to customers; 

k	  deliver to time and budget the 2010/11 
mains replacement and capital works 
programmes; and 

k	  provide sector-leading customer 
service and exceed the standards 
of response levels set by Ofgem. 

Telecoms networks 

Introduction to telecoms 
After electricity and gas, Telecoms is SSE’s 
third networks business. Its origins lie in 
the installation, a decade ago, of fibre optic 
cable on SSE’s electricity network. The 
business combines SSE Telecoms and 
Neos Networks and, following several 
acquisitions in recent years, including the 
ATLAS Connect fibre network from Scottish 
Enterprise in March 2010, it now operates 
a 11,200km UK-wide telecoms network. 

This network provides capacity and 
bandwidth services for companies, 
public sector organisations, internet 
service providers, application service 
providers and other licence operators 
and now comprises: 

k	  fibre optic cabling which SSE owns 

(5,000km); 

k  leased lit fibre (2,600km); and 
k  microwave radio (3,600km). 

As a result, SSE is the fourth largest 
telecoms network company in the UK. 
As a subsidiary of SSE, it is also able to 
position itself as one of the UK’s most 
financially secure telecoms network 
operators, which gives it an important 
competitive advantage, especially during 
an economic downturn. 

To complement its core telecoms network 
business, SSE completed the acquisition 

of a Fareham-based data centre business 
in June 2009. 

Services
 

Telecoms operations 
SSE’s combined Telecoms business 
achieved an operating profit* of £16.4m 
during 2009/10, compared with £15.5m in 
the previous year. This reflected principally 
increased sales and ongoing cost controls. 

Telecoms investment 
In 2009/10, SSE undertook capital 
expenditure of £25.9m in respect of its 
telecoms network, principally focused on 
improving network reliability and reach. 

The data centre at Fareham was acquired 
for £4.85m. It provides capacity for more 
than 2,000 racks for the co-location of 
IT services within the 80,000 square 
feet secure site and 15MW of power in a 
resilient and energy efficient environment, 
which will include one of the UK’s largest 
rooftop solar photovoltaic installations. 
The data centre uses a modular design 
which allows customers to select the 
level of service that they require. 

Following the acquisition, a trading 
division, SSE Data Centres, was created, 
and in October 2009 it was awarded a new 
long-term contract to provide Kingfisher 
plc with its own dedicated data centre pod 
to support IT infrastructure to be migrated 
from a number of existing data centres. 
The connection between telecoms 
networks and data storage is illustrated 
by the fact that SSE secured two orders 
for bandwidth capacity from Kingfisher 
following this agreement. In addition, in 
April 2010, a 10-year data storage contract 
was signed with Thompson Reuters. 

Telecoms priorities in 2010/11 
and beyond 
SSE’s priorities in Telecoms in 2010/11 
are to: 

k	  complete the integration of recently 

acquired network assets; 

k  retain and gain customers for key 
services such as capacity and 
bandwidth; and 

k  add to the of number of customers 

for its data centre business. 

The achievement of these priorities should 
enable SSE Telecoms to continue to make 
progress towards becoming the UK’s 

leading alternative telecoms network.• 

-

SSE is aiming to 
consolidate its position 
among the leading 
GB wide electrical and 
mechanical contractors 
and prepare for the 
rapid move to lower-
carbon technologies 
that will take place 
over the next decade. 

k	  Street-lighting page 44 
k	  Utility solutions page 45 
k	  Metering page 45 

Energy-related services overview 
As well as being involved in Generation 
and Supply, Fuel Production and Storage 
and Networks, SSE also provides an 
additional range of energy services 
which complement its other businesses: 
Contracting and Connections (including 
utility solutions) and Metering. These are 
important services, on which customers 
depend, so that their increasingly complex 
energy requirements can be met. 

Contracting, 
Connections 
and Metering 

Operating profit* in Contracting, 
Connections and Metering was £80.2m 
during 2009/10, compared with £74.8m 
in the previous year. 

Introduction to Contracting 
SSE Contracting trades principally as 
Southern Electric Contracting (SEC) 
and has three main areas of activity: 

k	 

industrial, commercial and domestic 
mechanical and electrical contracting; 

k  electrical and instrumentation 

engineering; and 

k  public and highway lighting. 

It is one of the largest mechanical and 
electrical contracting businesses in the 
UK. It operates from over 60 regional 
offices throughout Great Britain and also 
trades as Swalec Contracting in Wales 
and Scottish Hydro Contracting in Scotland. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
44 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Business overview (continued)
 

Contracting performance during 2009/10 
SSE Contracting continued to make solid 
progress during 2009/10, with its order 
book ending the year at £115m, despite 
the UK’s economic difficulties. The order 
book was supported by significant new 
contract wins with a number of major 
organisations in recent months, including 
Southend University Hospital, Murco 
Petroleum, British Telecom, Network 
Rail and Glasgow Housing Association. 

A major proportion of SSE Contracting’s 
business is from public sector bodies 
and end-user client organisations with 
a high degree of repeat business or 
long-term contracts. This has put it in a 
relatively good position to withstand the 
initial effects of the economic downturn. 
Given the downturn, during the year, it 
focused on: 

k  pre-sales activity, with careful analysis 
of the markets and areas of work it 
should prioritise; and 

k  post-sales control, with a strong 

emphasis on controlling costs while 
meeting customers’ requirements. 

There is clearly a risk that the business’ 
order book and profitability will be 
affected as a result of the cumulative 
impact of the continuing economic 
uncertainty and the expected constraints 
on public expenditure. As a result, cost 
control and customer relationships will 
remain particularly high priorities for 
SSE Contracting during 2010/11. 

Contracting – street-lighting 
SSE Contracting remains the UK’s 
leading street-lighting contractor, and 
in 2009/10 retained contracts with 26 
authorities to maintain over 1.1 million 
lighting columns. 

In August 2009, SSE was awarded the 
£225m, 25-year South Coast Streetlighting 
PFI (Private Finance Initiative) contract, 
through its PFI street-lighting entity Tay 
Valley Lighting. Under the contract, SSE 
Contracting will replace and maintain 
250,000 street lights, illuminated signs 
and bollards on behalf of Hampshire 
and West Sussex County Councils and 
Southampton City Council. It took the 
number of local authorities with which 

SSE has long-term street-lighting 
replacement and maintenance PFI 
contracts to 10 and the number of 
lighting units covered by such contracts 
to over 530,000. 

Again through Tay Valley Lighting, SSE 
has been appointed preferred bidder 
on the Nottingham City Council street-
lighting PFI project. The 25-year 
contract involves the replacement and 
maintenance of around 40,000 columns, 
and illuminated signs. Tay Valley Lighting 
is actively bidding for a number of other 
PFI projects. 

In November 2009, SSE acquired the 
assets of ESB Contracts Ltd (ESBC), 
the street-lighting business of ESB, 
for a total cash consideration of €6.4m, 
making it Ireland’s leading street-lighting 
contractor. ESBC maintained around 
300,000 street lights in the Republic 
of Ireland. Street-lighting will in due 
course become the subject of competitive 
tendering by local authorities. Under 
SSE’s ownership, the business is known 
as Airtricity Utility Solutions and employs 
over 100 people, including people who 
previously worked with ESBC. Including 
Ireland, SSE now maintains around 
1.4 million street lights. 

Over the last 12 months SSE also acquired 
the rights to ‘Mayflower’, an intelligent 
management system for controlling 
street-lighting from a central location. 
The functionality of the system will allow 
local authorities to switch lights on and 
off and to dim them when there is less 
requirement for high lighting levels. 
Mayflower already has orders for over 
300,000 units. 

Contracting – microgeneration 
SSE Contracting is also spearheading 
SSE’s response to the introduction on 
1 April 2010 of Feed-in Tariffs (FiTs) to 
encourage householders, communities 
and other groups to generate their own 
electricity from low-carbon technologies 
such as solar PV. The capacity of 
installations can be up to 5MW. FiTs 
will be followed by the Renewable Heat 
Incentive in April 2011. 

Microgeneration is a very small market 
at the moment, but it is growing fast and 
FiTs will provide additional impetus to 
this growth. With its technical, contract 
management and project management 
skills, SSE Contracting is ideally-placed to 
provide customers with the services they 
need in all aspects of microgeneration 
and developing the full array of necessary 
services is now under way. 

SSE is to become the first utility in the UK 
to build and monitor its own development 
of zero-carbon homes. The 10-home 
development, under construction near 
Slough, is being built on land previously 
occupied by an SSE office building. The 
properties have been designed to achieve 
the highest specification for sustainable 
building, Code Level 6 in the Code for 
Sustainable Homes. The installation of 
renewable energy features will be carried 
out by SSE Contracting and SSE Utility 
Solutions. All new homes built in England 
from 2016 onwards must be zero carbon. 

In one of the first ever live demonstrations 
of what will be needed to achieve highly 
energy efficient living, SSE will test the 
every-day performance of the technology 
installed in the homes, such as a 
photovoltaic (solar) roof and a renewable 
district heating system. The development 
will feature a renewable energy heat 
hub, housing five different types of micro-
generation including air and ground source 
heat pumps, a biomass boiler and solar 
thermal panels. The homes will be fitted 
with the latest energy efficient appliances 
and SSE will use smart meters to monitor 
the energy and water usage of the homes 
for 24 months. 

The information gleaned will help SSE 
understand how householders respond 
and adapt to zero-carbon living. It will also 
provide SSE and its related companies, 
such as those linked with SSE Ventures, 
with valuable information to share with 
stakeholders such as construction 
partners, technology manufacturers 
and industry bodies. 

Contracting priorities in 2010/11 
and beyond 
The key priority for SSE Contracting 

during 2010/11 is to position itself for 

the long term by:
 

k  working safely;
 
k  delivering a high standard of service 


to all customers; 

k  maintaining a strong order book; 
k  maximising business opportunities 

with existing customers; 

k  adding to its list of street-lighting 

contracts; and 

k  building up opportunities in 

microgeneration, including the 
zero-carbon homes project. 

This, in turn, should enable SSE Contracting 
to consolidate its position among the 
leading GB-wide electrical and mechanical 
contractors and prepare for the rapid 
move to lower-carbon technologies that 
will take place over the next decade. 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
45 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

SSE is to become the first utility in the UK to 
build and monitor its own development of 
zero-carbon homes. In one of the first ever 
live demonstrations of what will be needed 
to achieve highly energy efficient living, 
SSE will test the every-day performance 
of the technology installed in the homes, 
such as a photovoltaic (solar) roof and 
a renewable district heating system. 

growth ambitions in this area, although 
its market share has been increasing and 
it expects this to continue. 

Utility Solutions – gas pipelines 
SSE is also a licensed gas transporter. 
This business installs, owns and operates 
gas mains and services on new housing 
and commercial developments throughout 
the UK. Although at a slower rate than in 
previous years, the total number of new 
premises connected to its gas networks 
has continued to grow, and during 2009/10 
it connected a further 6,700 premises, 
taking the total number of connections 
to more than 66,000. This is despite a 
significant number of building sites being 
mothballed, and building projects being 
deferred, which means the number of gas 
connections completed in 2010/11 is likely 
to be lower than in the previous year. 

Utility Solutions – water 
SSE Water (SSEW) is the first new company 
to offer both water and sewerage services 
since privatisation in England and Wales in 
1989. An ‘inset’ appointment is the route by 
which one company replaces another as the 
appointed water and/or sewerage company 
for a specified area. SSE Water was granted 
its first inset appointment in October 2007, 
had five as at March 2010 and has since 
been awarded a sixth. Under these 
appointments, SSE will provide water and 
sewerage services to over 5,000 properties. 

Utility Solutions – energy services 
SSE Energy Services provides low-
carbon local energy services, such as the 
commercial and domestic heating system 
and 4.5MW Combined Heat and Power 
(CHP) facility at Woolwich. During 2009/10, 
it secured energy services agreements for 
local energy infrastructure for a further two 
heat networks. It is developing biomass, 
heat pump and wind energy solutions for 
communities and commercial enterprises. 

The impact of the economic slowdown on 
the UK’s construction sector means that 
projects to develop new residential CHP 
schemes are fewer than was the case two 
years ago and SSE is now seeking to 
participate in other markets such as 
health, education and defence. 

Utility Solutions priorities 
for 2010/11 and beyond 
SSE Utility Solutions increased its 
market share during 2009/10 by focusing 
on providing good customer service and 
because a number of its competitors 
operated under significant financial 
constraints as a result of the economic 
downturn. During 2010/11 its priority 
is to build on this increase and further 
increase its number of electricity 
networks, gas connections, water 
and sewerage inset appointments 
and energy services agreements. 

Introduction to Metering 
SSE’s Metering business provides 
services to most electricity suppliers with 
customers in central southern England 
and the north of Scotland and has 
undertaken a programme of in-sourcing 
of meter reading operations and meter 
operator work in other parts of Great 
Britain to establish a national metering 
business. It supplies, installs and 
maintains domestic meters and carries 
out metering work in the commercial, 
industrial and generation sectors. It also 
offers data collection services to the 
domestic and SME sectors. 

Introduction to Connections, 
including Utility Solutions 
As its name implies SSE’s Connections 
business provides electricity connections 
for homes, offices and businesses. 

Separately, during 2008/09, SSE combined 
the following activities to form SSE Utility 
Solutions: 

k  out-of-area embedded electricity 
networks (previously known as 
‘National Networks’); 
k  licensed gas transportation 

(SSE Pipelines); 

k  water and sewerage services 

(SSE Water); and 

k  low-carbon local energy (energy 

services or ‘ESCo’). 

SSE Utility Solutions is, therefore, able 
to provide a one-stop solution for multi-
utility infrastructure requirements to 
customers in the property development 
and house-building sectors. It can design, 
construct, own and operate this range of 
closely-related services. 

Electricity connections 
During 2009/10, SSE completed 24,300 
electrical connections, compared with 
36,000 in the previous year. This was the 
third successive year in which the number 
of connections completed fell, and the 
weakness of the economy means SSE 
expects a further decline in 2010/11 – 
although the financial impact of any 
decline should be partly offset by 
connection work relating to wind farms. 

Utility Solutions – electricity networks 
SSE has continued to develop its portfolio 
of electricity networks outside the Southern 
Electric and Scottish Hydro Electric Power 
Distribution areas. It now owns and 
manages 53 energised electricity networks 
outside these two areas, with development 
work ongoing at a number of these, and a 
further 25 are under construction, including 
residential and commercial developments 
across England, Scotland and Wales. 
In total, SSE has 436MW of networks 
capacity, including 157MW currently under 
construction. Nevertheless, a reduction 
in new development activity in the UK 
economy has been clearly evident and this 
will have an impact on SSE’s shorter-term 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
46 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Business overview (continued)
 

Out-of-area networks in operation 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

33 

24 

19 

53 

47 

Metering performance during 2009/10 
In total, SSE owns 3.8 million meters. 
During 2009/10 it collected: 

k	  6.8 million electricity readings, 

up from 6.4 million in the previous 
year; and 

k  3.9 million gas readings, up from 

2.6 million. 

This increase reflects the fact that SSE 
has completed the in-sourcing of its 
meter reading and electricity meter 
operation services throughout Great 
Britain, a year ahead of schedule. 

Before the in-sourcing was completed, 
SSE relied on a combination its own 
employees in central southern England 
and the north of Scotland and up to 
nine external agencies elsewhere in the 
country to read electricity and gas meters 
and install and repair electricity meters. 

more effective management of customer 
data and creates face-to-face contact 
between SSE and its customers. It thus 
helps in the retention of customers. 

Longer term, SSE’s Great Britain-wide 
metering team will be able to support the 
transition to smart meters which will take 
place over the next 10 years and will help 
SSE deploy other energy-related services 
and products during that time. 

Smart metering 
Smart metering is an emerging system 
that enables the quantity and value of 
electricity and gas used by the customer 
to be continuously monitored and allows 
information about its use and cost to be 
available to the customer and exchanged 
with the supplier, through two-way 
electronic communications. All homes 
in Great Britain are expected to have 
smart meters by 2020. 

In line with its general preference for 
services and operations to be carried 
out in-house, SSE decided to in-source 
metering services in a programme which 
started in 2007. This programme has now 
been completed and, as a result, SSE’s 
metering team now comprises 1,500 
directly-employed people working in 
all parts of Great Britain. In addition to 
securing annual cost savings of at least 
£5m, the in-house metering team delivers 
more reliable metering services, allows 

In early 2010, SSE successfully completed 
the first community-wide energy reduction 
trials in the UK, helping two communities 
achieve a 10% reduction in their electricity 
consumption. The trials, part of the 
Energy Demand Research Project (EDRP), 
involved working with communities to 
help them achieve the reduction over 
a two-and-a-half-year period. 

The EDRP trials are managed by Ofgem, 
on behalf of the UK Department of Energy 

Smart metering is an emerging system 
that enables the quantity and value 
of electricity and gas used by the 
customer to be continuously monitored 
and allows information about its use 
and cost to be available to the customer 
and exchanged with the supplier. 

and Climate Change, and aim to gain an 
understanding of how consumers react to 
improved information about their energy 
consumption. The trials consist of different 
elements using different methods to provide 
feedback on energy consumption. 

SSE was the only energy supplier in the 
EDRP to hold trials involving engagement 
with entire communities. The trials were 
held in North Leigh in Oxfordshire, Alyth 
in Perthshire and St Athan in South Wales. 
The communities of North Leigh and Alyth 
achieved their community-wide 10% 
energy reduction and received an award 
of £20,000 each from SSE. The trial in St 
Athan started later, and is therefore not 
due to be completed until later this year, 
but good progress is being made. 

A variety of measures was available to each 
community including smart meters, real-
time display devices (which show energy 
use in monetary value), energy efficiency 
advice and insulation offers. As well as the 
support provided by SSE, the communities 
arranged various events locally, designed 
to involve the whole community. 

The information that has been obtained 
during the trials has been and will be 
extremely useful and it will be used to help 
shape the future of the energy industry. 
The primary purpose of the trials was to 
understand how people use energy and how 
savings can be made when more control 
is given to individuals and communities. 

Metering priorities in 2010/11 and beyond 
For Metering, the key priorities are: 

k	  maximising the number of bills issued 
to customers on the basis of an actual 
– as opposed to estimated – meter 
reading; and 

k	  applying the lessons learned from the 
EDRP to inform a full roll-out of smart 
meters throughout the country. 

SSE believes that there must be radical 
changes in the way that energy is produced 
and consumed and these energy reduction 
trials, which have used a number of 
innovative technologies, will assist 
customers in reducing their energy 
consumption. It strongly supports smart 
meters, and the opportunity they provide 
to help customers cut their energy 
consumption, while reducing the number 
of service-based tasks which are largely 
administrative and reactive in nature, and 
replacing them with more substantive 
energy advice, products and services. 
They have the potential to help transform 
the relationship between customers and 

their energy supplier.• 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
47 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

performance against them is appraised 
annually and the most important of them 
all – Safety – is the first item on the 
agenda for every Board meeting. 

Commitment 
The commitment of the Directors to the 
business of SSE remains undiminished. 
The non-Executive Directors devote a 
significant amount of time to SSE over 
and above attendance at Board and 
Committee meetings. During the year 
each non-Executive Director visited key 
business locations throughout SSE and 
had briefings from members of the SSE 
team on a range of matters such as credit 
management, energy trading and major 
projects. Board meetings took place on a 
number of SSE sites, including the regional 
office in Reading and the customer service 
centre at Cumbernauld. I know that all of 
the non-Executive Directors value their 
association with SSE and with the excellent 
team of people employed by the Company. 

The entire Board is committed to 
supporting SSE during the next phase 
of its development. Throughout that time, 
we will work together to make sure that 
SSE continues to be a responsible, well-
run company with strong corporate 
governance. 

Lord Smith of Kelvin 
Chairman 
18 May 2010 

Corporate governance 
Chairman’s introduction 

Lord Smith of Kelvin 
Chairman 

I am pleased to introduce the Corporate 
Governance Report for 2009/10. It explains 
our approach to corporate governance in 
detail by describing: the SSE team; risk 
management and internal control; how 
the Board works; and setting out the work 
of each of the five Board Committees – 
Audit, Risk and Trading, Nomination, Safety, 
Health and Environment and Remuneration. 

The Board does not regard corporate 
governance as a burden but as the best 
way of ensuring that SSE is a consistently 
successful, well-run and responsible 
business, capable of delivering increases 
in the dividend payable to shareholders 
in the short, medium and long term. 

Evaluation 
A strong corporate governance framework 
is particularly important. In the current 
economic business environment it is vital 
that the risks to which SSE is exposed 
are properly identified and managed. 
That is one of the reasons why the Board 
decided this year that the evaluation of 
its performance should be carried out by 
an external party for the first time. This 
evaluation paid particular attention to risk 
management, and is reported on in more 
detail in the following report. 

The independent evaluation was a 
worthwhile exercise and it is interesting 
to note that the proposals for the new 
Combined Code on Corporate Governance 
now provide that external Board evaluation 
should take place at least every three 
years. We contributed to the consultation 
on the review of the Combined Code 
and welcome the changes which have 
been proposed. 

Values 
SSE pays particular attention to the 
highest level of governance and strives to 
foster a culture that values proper ethical 
standards, personal and corporate integrity 
and respect for others. We have recently 
produced a code of business practice, 
‘Doing the right thing’, which brings all 
our main policies on responsible practice 
together in one place. This has been 
distributed to everyone in SSE, and is also 
a key part of the induction programme for 
everyone joining the Company as a new 
employee. There is a lot more information 
about SSE’s key policies on issues relating 
to responsible business practice on the 
SSE website. 

More broadly, the SSE SET of core values 
– Safety, Service, Efficiency, Sustainability, 
Excellence and Teamwork – remain 
SSE’s guiding principles. As set out in 
the Remuneration Report, employees’ 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
48 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Corporate governance (continued) 
The SSE team 

01 

02 

03 

04 

05 

06 

The Board of Directors 

07 

01  Lord Smith of Kelvin 
02  Alistair Phillips-Davies 
03  Thomas Andersen 
Ian Marchant 
04 
05  René Médori 
06  Colin Hood 
07  Gregor Alexander 
08  Richard Gillingwater CBE 
09  Lady Rice CBE 
10  Nick Baldwin 

08 

09 

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
49 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

René Médori 
Audit Committee Chairman 
René joined the Board as a non-Executive 
Director in June 2003. He is Finance 
Director of Anglo American plc and is a 
non-Executive Director of Anglo Platinum 
and DB (De Beers) Investments. He is 
Chairman of the Audit Committee and a 
member of the Nomination Committee. 

Gregor Alexander 
Finance Director 
Gregor was appointed Finance Director and 
joined the Board in 2002, having previously 
been Group Treasurer and Tax Manager. 
He has worked in the energy industry 
since 1990, when he joined Scottish Hydro 
Electric. Gregor is a Director of Scotia Gas 
Networks. He is a member of the Risk and 
Trading Committee. 

Thomas Thune Andersen 
Non-Executive Director 
Thomas joined the Board as a non-
Executive Director in 2008. He is a non-
Executive Director of Petrofac Plc and 
of VKR Holding. He was Chief Executive 
of Maersk Oil, a member of the Group 
Executive Board AP Moller-Maersk, as 
well as director or chairman of a number 
of companies within the AP Moller-Maersk 
Group, until 2009. He is a member of the 
Audit, Nomination, and Safety, Health and 
Environment Advisory Committees. 

Lord Smith of Kelvin 
Chairman 
Robert joined the Board as a non-
Executive Director in June 2003 and 
became Chairman in January 2005. He 
is also: Chairman of the Weir Group plc; 
a non-Executive Director of Standard 
Bank Group Ltd; Chairman of Glasgow 
2014 Ltd, the organising committee for 
the Commonwealth Games; Chancellor 
of the University of the West of Scotland; 
and a member of the Council of Economic 
Advisers to the First Minister of Scotland. 
Robert is Chairman of the Nomination 
Committee and a member of the 
Remuneration Committee. 

Ian Marchant 
Chief Executive 
Ian was appointed Chief Executive in 2002, 
having been Finance Director since 1998. 
He has worked in the energy industry since 
1992, when he joined Southern Electric. 
He is also: a member of the UK Business 
Council for Sustainable Energy; Chairman 
of the Scottish Climate Change Business 
Delivery Group; Chairman of the 2020 
Delivery Group; a member of Ofgem’s 
Environmental Advisory Group; a member 
of the Energy Research Partnership; a 
non-Executive Director of John Wood plc 
and Maggie’s Cancer Centres; and became 
Chairman of the Engineering Construction 
Forum in 2009. Ian is a member of the 
Nomination Committee, Risk and Trading 
Committee and is Lead Director for the 
Environment and Corporate Responsibility. 

Colin Hood 
Chief Operating Officer 
Colin was appointed Chief Operating 
Officer in 2002, having joined the Board 
as Power Systems Director in 2001. He 
has worked in the energy industry since 
1977, when he joined Scottish Hydro 
Electric. He has Board level responsibility 
for Generation, Power Systems, Human 
Resources and IT. Colin is a Director 
of Scotia Gas Networks and became a 
non-Executive Director of FirstGroup plc 
in May 2009. He is SSE’s Lead Director 
for Health and Safety matters and is 
Chairman of the Safety, Health and 
Environment Advisory Committee. 

Lady Rice CBE 
Senior Independent Director 
Susan joined the Board as non-Executive 
Director in July 2003 and became Senior 
Independent Director in 2007. She is 
Managing Director of the Lloyds Banking 
Group Scotland. Susan is also a non-
Executive Director of the Court of the 
Bank of England and chairs the Board of 
the Edinburgh International Book Festival, 
along with several other organisations. 
Susan chairs the Remuneration 
Committee and is a member of the 
Nomination Committee. 

Richard Gillingwater CBE 
Non-Executive Director 
Richard joined the Board as a non-
Executive Director in May 2007. He is 
Dean of Cass Business School and is 
non-Executive Chairman of CDC Group 
plc and a Senior Independent Director 
of Tomkins plc. Richard is a member of 
the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination 
Committees. 

Alistair Phillips-Davies 
Energy Supply Director 
Alistair was appointed Energy Supply 
Director and joined the Board in 2002, 
having previously been Energy Trading 
Director. He has worked in the energy 
industry since 1997, when he joined 
Southern Electric. Alistair has Board level 
responsibility for Energy Trading, Electricity 
and Gas Supply, Energy Efficiency, 
Customer Service, Sales, Marketing and 
Energy Services. He is Chairman of the 
Energy Retail Association and chairs 
the Risk and Trading Committee. 

Nick Baldwin 
Non-Executive Director 
Nick joined the Board as a non-Executive 
Director in 2006. Previously, he worked in 
the energy industry, culminating in being 
Chief Executive of Powergen plc. Nick is 
a non-Executive Director of the Nuclear 
Decommissioning Authority, the Forensic 
Science Service and Sanctuary Housing 
Group and is Chair of the Public Weather 
Service Customer Group. He is also 
Chairman of TreeHouse Trust. Nick is 
a member of the Audit, Remuneration 
and Nomination Committees. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
50 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Corporate governance (continued) 
The SSE team (continued) 

On 31 March 2010, SSE employed 
20,177 people, an increase of 1,382 on 
the previous year. Fundamental to the 
Company’s success is the professionalism 
and enthusiasm of employees, guided by 
SSE’s Teamwork value, which states: 
‘We support and value our colleagues 
and enjoy working together in an open 
and honest way.’ 

The Board of Directors 

The Board is accountable to SSE’s 
shareholders for the good conduct of 
the Company’s affairs and is collectively 
responsible for creating and sustaining 
shareholder value through the overall 
management of the Company, while 
ensuring that a sound system of internal 
control and risk management is in place. 
‘How the Board Works’ is set out on 
pages 56 to 58. 

The senior 
management team 

A total of 31 senior executives and 
managers report directly to SSE’s four 
Executive Directors. The average length of 
service in SSE of these senior executives 
and managers is 18 years and their 
average age is 46 years. 

These senior executives and other 
managers, plus the Executive Directors, 
are members of SSE’s issue- and 
business-specific Leadership Teams, 
which meet monthly to oversee the 
operational and financial performance 
of, and issues facing, the Company. The 
issues covered by the Leadership Teams 
include: Safety, Health and Environment; 
People and Resources; Generation and 
Fuel; Electricity Networks; Operational 
Excellence; Policy and Regulation; and 
Business and Domestic Customers. 

Employee issues 

The Executive Directors and senior 
executives and managers are among the 
20,177 people directly employed by SSE 
on 31 March 2010. Most of these people 
work in the United Kingdom; around 300 
are employed in the Republic of Ireland; 
and a total of 30 work in mainland Europe 
and four in China. Of all employees, 
73% are men and 27% are women; a total 
of 80% of SSE’s managers, including 
Leadership Team members, are men and 
20% are women. The average age of 
SSE’s employees is 39 years. In 2009/10, 

there was a 8.7% turnover of employees, 
compared with 11.5% in the previous year. 

Participation 
SSE believes that there is a commonality of 
interest between employees and customers 
and shareholders. To reinforce that it: 

k	  encourages employees to become and 
remain customers by providing them 
with a 10% discount on its prices for 
electricity and gas supply, plus 
discounts on energy efficiency 
installations, central heating and 
wiring maintenance and telephone 
and broadband services; and 

k	  provides opportunities for employees 
to become and remain shareholders 
in SSE through a Share Incentive Plan 
and a Sharesave Scheme. Employee 
participation in these schemes is now 
42% and 34% respectively. 

Within SSE, employee participation 
is encouraged through adherence 
to the Company’s Teamwork value. 
The appraisal process for employees, 
including the senior management team, 
specifically evaluates their performance 
in Teamwork, along with performance 
in respect of SSE’s other core values: 
Safety, Service, Efficiency, Sustainability 
and Excellence. In keeping with these 
values, SSE produced and distributed 
to all employees in March 2010 a 
comprehensive code of business practice, 
‘Doing the right thing’. It highlights, 
summarises and complements a range 
of ethics-related policies which SSE has 
in place. The importance of doing the 
right thing was again emphasised by 
the UK’s Bribery Act 2010. 

In addition to a wide range of internal 
communication media and events, 
employee participation in SSE is also 
encouraged through the Chief Executive’s 
Blog, inter-active online forums, division- 
and subject-specific employee surveys, 
Director-led regional roadshows and 
the Licence to Innovate scheme, which 
enables employees to research, review 
and test-trial new ideas. 

Joint Negotiating and 
Consultative Committee 
SSE benefits from a well-established 
Joint Negotiating and Consultative 
Committee which includes lay and full-
time representatives from four recognised 
trade unions. In February 2008, the 
unions’ ballot produced a substantial vote 
in favour of SSE’s pay offer for the three 
years to 31 March 2011. Discussions 
have commenced with the trade unions 
on the type of collective agreement that 

will support the ongoing growth and 
development of the business. Pay 
arrangements in SSE’s Contracting 
division are in line with national 
construction agreements. 

Rights 
SSE has in place a comprehensive range 
of policies to safeguard the interests 
of employees and potential employees. 
Like all responsible organisations it 
has in place an actively-managed equal 
opportunities policy, in keeping with the 
spirit as well as the letter of the law in 
the UK and elsewhere, designed to ensure 
fair and equal treatment of employees 
and potential employees across the seven 
protected grounds (as defined by the UK’s 
Equality and Human Rights Commission) 
– age, disability, gender, race, religion 
and belief, sexual orientation and gender 
reassignment. Adjustments are made 
to support and train staff who become 
disabled during their employment to 
enable them to continue and develop 
in their role. There were no occasions 
during 2009/10 when SSE was found 
to have failed to comply with equal 
opportunities legislation. 

The Equality Act 2010 will harmonise 
and extend existing discrimination 
law in the UK. SSE intends to take the 
opportunity of the revised legislation to 
review all of its policies in this area and, 
where necessary or desirable, update 
them. It has established an Equality 
Working Group to help achieve this. 

Responsibilities 
Along with the rights summarised above, 
SSE also believes that employees have 
responsibilities, summarised in eight 
People Principles, adopted in 2008 and 
built around its core value of Teamwork: 

k	  Take all active steps to ensure there 
is no intimidation or discrimination. 

k	  Engage in safe, healthy and 

environmentally-friendly working 
practices. 

k  Always know and understand what 
is expected of you in your job. 
k  Maintain respect and support for 

colleagues at all times. 

k  Work continuously to improve team 

and individual performance. 

k  Obtain constructive feedback on your 
performance from your line manager. 

k  Receive appropriate training, 
development and rewards. 

k  Know and embrace the Company’s 

core values. 

Through the application of these 
principles, SSE seeks to maintain a positive 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
51 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

organisational culture and to provide a 
fulfilling place for people to work. 

Training and development 
The skills and competencies of employees 
are critical to the energy sector in the UK, 
the Republic of Ireland and elsewhere. 
SSE needs to ensure the safe and efficient 
operation of its businesses and the reliable 
provision of services to customers. In 
addition, SSE needs to develop new 
skills and flexibility to manage new 
technologies. It is, therefore, critical 
that employees of SSE have the training, 
development and work experience they 
need to fulfil their potential. In order to 
do this, SSE uses a range of delivery 
media for training. 

During 2009/10, SSE invested £2.2m in 
externally-provided training, taking the 
total to £7.7m over the last three years. 
This helped to deliver training to 3,600 
employees during the year, in addition 
to the 7,800 people who received formal 
in-house training. In the past two years, 
SSE has opened new technical and 
general training centres at Thatcham and 
Perth. These centres enable people to 
train in the types of environment in which 
they will eventually work, providing a 
realistic experience in a safe, controlled 
setting. This training is supplemented 
by operational awareness days, during 
which best-in-class working practices 
are demonstrated to employees through 
detailed coaching and assessment in 
operational environments. 

SSE recognises that the continued 
success of its business requires the 
ongoing development and growth of 
employees, as well as the effective 
recruitment, retention and development 
of talent into its business. As part of this 
process, SSE has in place a succession 
planning process and offers a range of 
development programmes suited to the 
needs of school leavers, trainees, trainee 
engineers, graduates and apprentices. 
In 2009/10, 260 people were recruited 
through these schemes. 

Innovation, research 
and development 

The SSE team of people has extensive 
knowledge, expertise and know-how. 
New ideas, improvements to process 
and design and innovation have been 
key to SSE’s successes to date and are 
fundamental to the Company’s ability 
to adapt to the challenges of the future. 
The Company’s Excellence value states 

that: ‘We strive to get better and smarter 
and more innovative and be the best in 
everything we do.’ 

over the next 10, 20 or 40 years. 
These range from electricity storage 
to developments in social networking. 

As a spur to employee participation, idea 
generation, continuous improvement and 
operational excellence, SSE maintains and 
promotes a Licence to Innovate scheme, 
under which any employee can suggest 
ideas for improving the way SSE operates, 
consistent with its core values. People 
with ideas with significant potential are 
granted a Licence to Innovate, under 
which they can spend two months 
researching further their proposal. 
Subject to the outcome of the research, 
the idea may then be piloted prior to 
full implementation. 

Over 2,000 Licences to Innovate were 
issued during 2009/10, of which over 400 
were implemented. A number of Licences 
have created value in excess of £1m. 
Others have contributed to improved 
performance in specific areas, such as 
driving safety – a critical issue for SSE, 
which has 6,000 Company vehicles on 
the road in the UK and Ireland. 

SSE’s focus on innovation complements 
its work in research and development, 
where new processes, services, products 
and technologies are created, enabling 
it to remain a successful company in the 
future. During 2008/09, SSE created a 
corporate research and development 
function, which now works with people 
throughout SSE and external organisations 
such as the University of Strathclyde, the 
University of Reading and KEMA, a leading 
authority in energy consulting and testing 
and certification. SSE’s focus is on the 
following key areas: smart homes; 
renewable energy; carbon capture and 
storage; customer attitudes and energy 
efficiency; appliances; street-lighting; 
smart electricity grids; and telecoms. 

In total, during 2009/10, SSE invested 
£3.7m in research and development 
activities. This was in addition to the £12m 
which SSE Ventures invested in companies 
during 2009/10 which are developing and 
deploying renewable, sustainable and 
energy efficiency-enhancing products 
and services. See page 30. 

The horizon of SSE Ventures and 
of SSE’s research and development 
activities is mainly the next decade, 
including influencing current operational 
development and deployment activities. 
SSE also maintains a long-term outlook 
through the work of its Central Research 
Unit, which examines in detail issues 
which could affect SSE and its customers 

Community and 
charitable activities 

SSE encourages its employees to be
 active citizens in the communities in 
which they live and work through, for 
example, its Into Action scheme. This 
matches the contribution of employees 
who are either raising money for, or giving 
time to, a charity, or who are involved in 
running local community or youth sports 
groups, up to a limit of £500. Its focus on 
safety is reflected in ‘Make it Zero’, which 
rewards business units that deliver a full 
year without any lost-time or reportable 
injuries with a donation to a charity of 
the business unit’s choice. 

Through these and other schemes, such 
as financial support for programmes near 
SSE’s wind farms, SSE made payments 
of £3.4m to charitable and community 
programmes in the UK during 2009/10. It 
is building on this during 2010/11 with the 
development of a company-wide employee 
volunteering programme and further 
promotion of and support for the recently 
introduced ‘Give As You Earn’ scheme, to 
give employees maximum choice in the 
cause they support, and facilitate them 
doing so in a tax-efficient way. 

Corporate responsibility 
index 

Everyone who is employed by SSE is 
expected to demonstrate and deliver 
responsible business practice in whatever 
they do. As a result, SSE does not have 
a separate corporate responsibility 
division or committee, believing it is not 
an add-on, and should not be treated as 
such. This Annual Report is intended to 
demonstrate that SSE is a responsible 
company, and further information 
is provided in its ‘A-Z of Corporate 
Responsibility’ at www.sse.com. 

Business in the Community’s 
Corporate Responsibility Index provides 
an authoritative benchmark for companies 
to evaluate their practice in four key 
areas of corporate responsibility: 
community, environment, marketplace 
and workplace and performance in a range 
of environmental and social impact areas 
material to their business. In the results for 
the Index for 2009, released in April 2010, 

SSE retained its Platinum Plus rating.• 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
52 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Corporate governance (continued) 
Risk management 

SSE’s core purpose is to provide the 
energy people need in a reliable 
and sustainable way. 

Risk management model 

Business model 

Strategy 

Culture 

Clear financial goal 

Limited appetite for risk 

Clear and transparent 
decision-making 

Risk identification 

Risk management 

Limited value at risk

Risk monitoring 

Risk management 

As SSE has previously observed, there 
are many definitions of ‘risk management’ 
but some organisations with apparently 
textbook approaches to the issue have 
been overwhelmed by fundamental failures 
which well-documented systems and 
processes appeared powerless to prevent. 

Ticking the right boxes is a responsible 
thing to do, but it is no substitute for a 
more fundamental responsibility on the 
part of companies: to ensure their overall 
business model and strategy and culture 
are designed with risk firmly in mind. 

Clear financial goal 
SSE has a clear – and moderate – 
financial goal: to deliver sustained 
real growth in the dividend payable to 
shareholders. To attain that goal, it does 

not need to seek artificially high rates of 
growth in profitability or take operational 
or investment decisions which are high 
risk. All members of the Board believe 
that this goal must not be subverted for 
any other financial end. 

In their book, ‘Built to Last’, Jim Collins 
and Jerry Porras wrote about companies 
that do ‘not view business as ultimately 
about maximising profitability’. That 
is SSE’s view of sustainable business 
and it underpins its approach to risk 
management in all aspects of its activities. 

Strategy 
SSE seeks to achieve its financial 
goal through the implementation of a 
well-established strategy: the efficient 
operation of, and investment in, a 
balanced range of economically-regulated 
and market-based energy businesses. 
SSE is the only company listed on the 

London Stock Exchange involved in such a 
wide range of energy businesses in the UK. 

Business model 
The practical application of its strategy 
means SSE derives income and profit from: 

k	  three separate economically-regulated 
activities – electricity transmission, 
electricity distribution and gas 
distribution; 

k	  electricity production, using a diverse 

variety of fuels – gas, oil, coal, 
biomass, wind and water; 

k	  energy supply – gas and electricity; and 
k	  other energy-related activities such as 
gas storage, contracting, connections, 
metering and telecoms. 

This means that while they have a 
common core – energy – there is balance 
and diversity in the sources of SSE’s 
income and profit. 

Culture 
Central to SSE’s approach to risk 
management is its core value of 
Teamwork, defined as supporting and 
valuing colleagues and working together 
in an open and honest way. This ensures 
a full discussion of the risks and potential 
rewards associated with any major 
decision – discussion which involves 
people because of what they know, 
not simply who they are. 

Specific findings from the independent 
review of SSE Board effectiveness, carried 
out in the autumn of 2009 by Independent 
Audit Ltd, included ‘a remarkable 
consensus of opinion’ on the following: 

k	  there is ‘an open, informal atmosphere 

which encourages everyone to 
contribute’; 

k	  discussion is ‘rigorous’; and 
k	  the Executive Directors ‘respond 
positively and constructively to 
challenge’. 

Limited appetite for risk 
The Teamwork value, combined with other 
factors such as the clear, moderate (but 
nevertheless fundamentally important) 
financial goal of sustained real growth in the 
dividend, mean SSE has a limited appetite 
for risk. At the same time, its approach 
in respect of economically-regulated 
businesses, which in themselves are lower-
risk, is more risk-averse than is the case 
in other, market-based activities. In these 
areas, such as electricity generation, SSE 
might consider taking on additional risk 
where the risk is very well-understood and 
can be mitigated and the potential returns 
are clearly attractive (but also credible). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
53 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Risk identification 
The Teamwork value, the emphasis on 
people’s knowledge rather than status, 
and the maintenance of a very experienced 
team, complemented by the recruitment 
of additional specialist skills where 
necessary, are all designed to ensure that 
the risks associated with operations and 
investments are identified, understood, 
recorded, mitigated and monitored. 

Limited value at risk 
The limited appetite for risk and the 
process of risk identification, allied to the 
maintenance of a balanced model, in which 
diversity of operations and investments is 
a key feature, all mean that the extent of 
any single risk and the value associated 
with it is limited. 

Risk monitoring 
Risks are monitored by the relevant 
business units within SSE, with an overview 
provided by the Group Internal Audit 
Department for the Audit Committee 
meetings held in May and November 
of each year and for the Board meeting 
held in March. During 2009/10, the Group 
Audit function carried out over 60 separate 

audits of functions, activities and issues 
managed by SSE, providing a large 
number of reports to senior management 
throughout the year. These include 
environmental audits carried out by 
SSE’s Group Environmental Auditor. 
Each audit report included agreed 
management actions to improve the 
overall management of risk. The work of 
Group Audit complements the work done 
by business-specific compliance functions 
in areas such as energy trading, domestic 
sales, IT and customer service. 

Risk management 
In summary, SSE’s approach to risk 
management is characterised by: the 
clarity of its financial goal; its strategy 
and business model, which help to limit 
the value at risk; its culture and limited 
appetite for risk; and its work on risk 
identification and risk management. 

Clear and transparent decision-making 
Such an approach to risk management 
still requires one essential feature: clear 
and transparent decision-making to make 
the overall approach effective, in support 
of its clear financial goal. 

Risk categories 

At its meeting in March 2010, the Board 
of SSE reviewed SSE’s principal risk 
categories and the effectiveness of SSE’s 
system of internal controls. The risks are 
set out under six principal categories, 
summarised below. 

One additional risk is the weather – 
particularly its impact on the production and 
consumption of energy in the Generation 
and Supply business. The extent of this risk 
is contained by the diversity within SSE’s 
generation portfolio, the further diversity 
within its renewable energy portfolio, and 
the integrated nature of its generation 
and energy supply activities. 

No list of risks can ever be totally 
comprehensive. Circumstances change 
and the unexpected happens so the 
extent and materiality of any risk can vary. 
Nevertheless, in its ongoing review of risk, 
SSE is confident that its assessment of 
the principal risk categories is correct 
and that its analysis of individual risks 
is soundly-based. 

Risk categories 

Risks in this category 

How risk is managed 

Strategic risk 

This means a risk which could adversely 
affect SSE’s ability to achieve its core 
financial objective of sustained real 
growth in the dividend. 

More information 
See Strategic Overview on pages 

8 to 10 

Financial risk 

This means a risk which could result 
in a material financial loss to SSE or 
an inability to meet its obligations. 

More information 
See Risk and Trading Committee on page 

62 

and Financial Overview on pages 

11 to 15 

Risks could arise from issues such as the 
impact of climate change and scarcity of 
natural resources and commodities, the 
emergence of new, so-called ‘disruptive’ 
technologies, poorly-judged acquisitions 
or investments, fundamental weaknesses 
in project management or sustained 
reputational damage. 

SSE manages strategic risk by operating 
and investing in a balanced range of 
market-based and economically-regulated 
energy businesses, thus limiting the value 
at risk associated with any single business 
issue. Furthermore, its approach to risk 
identification, monitoring and management 
is applied in detail to individual issues 
as they arise, thereby further diluting 
strategic risk. 

Risks could arise from issues such as 
participation in wholesale markets for 
gas and electricity and other commodities, 
an adverse movement in exchange rates 
between sterling and other currencies 
or inability to secure short-, medium- 
or long-term funding. 

SSE has a Risk and Trading Committee 
which manages the financial exposures, 
operations and internal controls related 
to participation in wholesale energy and 
commodity markets and to Treasury-
related activities. SSE maintains a 
balanced approach to financing its 
operations and investments, founded on 
maintenance of a strong balance sheet. 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
54 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Corporate governance (continued) 
Risk management (continued) 

Risk categories 

Risks in this category 

How risk is managed 

This risk applies especially in wholesale 
energy and commodity activity and in the 
supply of energy to major customers. In 
other areas, such as SSE’s economically-
regulated businesses, credit risks are 
managed in accordance with industry 
standards as set out by Ofgem. Like other 
companies, SSE seeks external funding at 
an economic rate to finance its activities. 

Specific credit risk controls that match 
the risk profile of those activities are 
applied. SSE does not deliberately seek 
exposure to credit risk as a means of 
generating profit. SSE also observes a 
number of financial principles, including 
maintenance of a strong balance sheet. 

SSE is active in a number of markets, 
including energy supply and energy 
services such as contracting. Any 
participant in competitive markets 
is exposed to risks associated with 
competitors’ behaviour and customers’ 
changing expectations and requirements. 

SSE actively monitors, manages and 
develops its proposition in all of the 
markets in which it takes part and talks 
every day to customers to make sure it is 
meeting their expectations. It has specific 
Leadership Teams comprising managers 
tasked with promoting SSE’s position in 
the provision of products and services 
to households and businesses. 

SSE is a complex business and operational 
risks range from management of electricity 
generation plant and overhead power 
lines to safety, health or environmental 
issues and compliance with legislation 
and regulations. 

Operational risks are managed through the 
identification of specific risks within each 
activity and the development of associated 
mitigation plans and deployment of 
relevant policies. SSE also prioritises the 
development and retention of experienced 
employees whose risk management 
experience is used. SSE has in place 
insurance policies in respect of all major 
operational risks. 

In SSE’s economically-regulated 
businesses, the principal risk arises from 
Ofgem’s determination of the Price Control 
for electricity distribution and transmission 
and gas distribution. In market-based 
businesses, the principal risk arises from 
the high political profile of electricity 
generation and energy supply. 

SSE has a Policy and Regulation 
Leadership Group to oversee political 
and regulatory matters. It maintains a 
high level of constructive interaction with 
regulators, policy-makers, legislators, 
officials and other opinion formers in 
the political and legislative process. 

Credit risk 

This means a risk of default by a contractual 
counter-party resulting in failure to settle 
or deliver on liabilities or an inability to 
finance its operations and investments. 

More information 
See Financial Overview on pages 

11 to 15 

and Risk and Trading Committee on page 

62 

Market risk 

This means a risk of major change 
arising in one or more of the markets 
in which SSE is an active participant. 

More information 
See Generation and Supply on pages 

20 to 35 

and Services on pages 

43 to 46 

Operational risk 

This means the risks associated with 
the day-to-day operations of SSE, across 
all of its business activities, and relating 
to processes, systems or people. 

More information 
See Business Overview on pages 

20 to 46 

Political and regulatory risk 

This means environmental, safety, 
regulatory and general legislative and 
public policy changes which could affect 
any part of SSE’s business. 

More information 
See Strategic Overview on pages 

8 to 10 

and Networks on pages 

37 to 43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
55 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

monthly reviews against actual results; 
analysis of variances and evaluation 
of key performance indicators; 
k	  receives regular reports from the 

Chief Executive, the Finance Director 
and the other Executive Directors; and 

k	  undertakes an annual evaluation of 
the Board, its Committees and 
individual Directors. 

The Executive Directors: 
k	  monitor operational and financial 

performance of SSE; 

k	  develop and implement SSE strategy, 

operational plans, policies, procedures 
and budgets; 

k	  assess and control all SSE risks; and 
k	  monitor competitive forces in each 

area of operation. 

The Internal Audit department: 
k	  works with the business units to 

develop and improve risk-management 
tools and processes in their business 
operations; 

k	  ensures that business risks are 

identified, managed and regularly 
reviewed and that the key risks are 
reported to the Audit Committee 
and Board; 

k	  ensures that the business units carry 
out regular reviews on their internal 
controls relating to the key risks; 

k	  monitors the effectiveness of SSE’s 
system of internal control through 
the distribution of reports and, where 
appropriate, action plans to senior 
managers, Directors, the Audit 
Committee and external Auditors; 
k	  monitors adherence to SSE’s key 
policies and principles; and 

k	  provides the Audit Committee and 
Board with objective assurance 
on SSE’s control environment. 

The role of the Audit Committee, Risk 
and Trading Committee and Safety, Health 
and Environment Advisory Committee in 
the Group’s system of internal control 
and risk management is set out in the 
individual committee reports. 

Reviewing the system of internal control 
and monitoring its effectiveness is 
delegated to the Audit Committee and is 
reviewed at least annually by the Board. 
The Board and the Audit Committee have 
reviewed the effectiveness of the internal 
control system in accordance with the 
Code for the period from 1 April 2009 
to 18 May 2010 (being the last practical day 
prior to the printing of this Annual Report). 
No significant failings or weaknesses have 
been identified. However, had there been, 
the Board confirms that appropriate 

action would have been taken.• 

Internal Control Process 

Safety, Health and Environment 
Advisory Committee 

Board 

Executive Directors 

Business Units 

Audit Committee 

Risk and Trading Committee 

Internal Audit 

Internal control 

Risk management depends on a strong 
system of internal control, which is 
fundamental to achieving SSE’s strategic 
objectives. The Board is responsible for the 
overall system of internal control and risk 
management, and it either directly, or 
through its committees, sets performance 
targets and policies for the management of 
key risks facing SSE. The system of internal 
control is designed to manage, rather than 
eliminate, risk of failure to achieve business 
objectives and can provide only reasonable 
and not absolute assurance against 
material misstatement or loss. 

All employees are expected to adhere to 
the Company’s business practice and the 
SSE values of – Safety, Service, Efficiency, 
Sustainability, Excellence and Teamwork – 
which are embedded in the culture. Their 
consistent application are central to all 
activities in SSE. The Teamwork value, the 
emphasis on people’s knowledge rather 
than status, and the maintenance of a very 
experienced team, complemented by the 
recruitment of additional specialist skills 
where necessary, are all designed to 
ensure that the risks associated with 
operations are fully understood. Reporting 
within the Company is structured so that 
the key issues are escalated through the 
management team, ultimately to the 
Board if appropriate. 

The key elements of SSE’s internal control 
process are summarised below: 

The Board: 
k	  approves the policies, procedures and 
framework for the maintenance of a 
sound and effective system of internal 
control ensuring: 
– the provision of quality internal 

reporting to the Audit Committee 
and other Board Committees by 
management and internal audit; 
– the provision of quality reporting 
by the external Auditors to the 
Audit Committee; 

– compliance with the Turnbull 

Guidance on Internal Control; and 

– compliance with statutory and 

regulatory obligations; 

k	  reviews the significant risks identified 
by each business unit as well as the 
mitigating action against those risks 
following review by the Audit Committee; 

k  approves and regularly reviews and 

updates SSE’s strategy and business 
development; 

k	  reviews performance through a system 
of reporting based on annual operating 
and capital expenditure budgets; 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
56 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Corporate governance (continued)
 
How the Board works
 

The framework of corporate governance 
The Board is accountable to the Company’s 
shareholders for the good conduct of the 
Company’s affairs. This report sets out how 
the Company applies the principles of the 
Combined Code on Corporate Governance 
(the Code) issued by the Financial 
Reporting Council in June 2008. 

Throughout the year the Company 
monitored developments in corporate 
governance best practice and participated 
in the consultation process on changes to 
the Combined Code and Audit Committee 
governance. Due regard is also given to 
the policy guidelines of organisations 
representing major institutional investors. 
In addition, internal procedures are 
regularly reviewed and updated by the 
Board and the various Board Committees. 

Combined Code compliance 
The Board remains committed to ensuring 
that the highest standards of corporate 
governance are maintained. The Board 
confirms that the Company has, throughout 
the period under review, complied with all 
provisions set out in Section 1 of the Code. 

Organisation 
and structure 

Role of the Board 
The Board is collectively responsible for 
creating and sustaining shareholder value 
through the overall management of SSE 
whilst ensuring that a sound system of 
internal control and risk management 
is in place. 

The Directors are fully briefed in advance 
of Board meetings on all matters to be 
discussed, including regular business 
and financial reports, and they also receive 
copies of analysts’ and brokers’ reports 
on the Company. 

The Board receives detailed financial and 
operational information to allow it to monitor 
effectively the performance of the key areas 
of the business. It also receives regular 
updates on the progress and performance 
of investments and other major decisions 
made by it, together with business reports 
and presentations from senior management. 

Memorandum and Articles of Association 
The powers of the Directors are 
determined by UK legislation and the 
Company’s Memorandum and Articles 
of Association, which are available on the 
Company’s website. Amendments to the 
Memorandum and Articles of Association 
are being proposed at the Annual General 

Meeting in 2010, to reflect the full 
implementation of the Companies Act 
2006 and the implementation of the 
Shareholder Rights Directive in the UK. 
An explanation of the changes being 
proposed are contained in the Notice 
of Annual General Meeting 2010. 

Board decisions 
A formal list of matters is specifically 

reserved to the Board for its decision, 

including:
 

k  Group strategy;
 
k  annual budget;
 
k  approval of interim and final financial 


k 

statements; 
interim dividend payments and 
recommendation of final dividends; 

k  significant changes in accounting 

policy and practice; 

k  the Group’s corporate governance 
and system of internal control; 
k  Board and Committee membership; 
k  major acquisitions, mergers, disposals 

and capital expenditure; 

k  changes in the capital and structure 

of the Group; and 

k  approval of key policies such as safety, 

health and the environment. 

the operational and financial performance 
of, and issues facing, the Company. 

Biographical information on the Chief 
Executive is set out on page 49. 

Balance of the Board 
There are four Executive Directors and five 
independent non-Executive Directors, in 
addition to the Chairman, Lord Smith of 
Kelvin. This gives the Board a good balance 
of independence and experience, ensuring 
that no one individual or group of individuals 
has undue influence over the Board’s 
decision-making. The composition of the 
Board and its Committees is regularly 
reviewed to ensure that this balance and 
mix of skills and experience is maintained. 

Non-Executive Directors 
The non-Executive Directors: 

k	  scrutinise, measure and review 

the performance of management; 
k  assist in the development of strategy; 
k  review the Group financial information; 
k  ensure systems of internal control 

and risk management are appropriate 
and effective; 

k  manage the relationship with the 

external Auditors; and 

The list is reviewed regularly by the Board 
and is published on the SSE website. 

k  review the remuneration of and 

succession planning for the Board. 

Roles of Chairman and Chief Executive 
The roles of the Chairman and the Chief 
Executive are separate and clearly defined. 

The Chairman: 
k	 

is responsible for the operation, 
leadership and governance of the Board 
ensuring that the Board operates 
effectively whilst providing appropriate 
challenge to management; and 
k	  meets with analysts and other 

representatives of institutional investors, 
and participates in both the interim 
and annual results presentations. 

The Chairman regularly meets with 
managers and employees at locations 
throughout the Group. 

Biographical information on the Chairman 
is set out on page 49. 

The Chief Executive: 
k 

is responsible for the operational 
management of SSE’s business; and 
implements the strategy and policy 
as agreed by the Board. 

k 

In discharging his responsibilities, the 
Chief Executive is advised and assisted 
by senior management and a number of 
specific Leadership Teams which oversee 

Independence and experience 
of non-Executive Directors 
The Board has assessed the independence 
of the non-Executive Directors against 
the criteria set out in the Code and is 
satisfied that they are all independent in 
character and judgement. In line with the 
recommendations of the Code, at least half 
the Board, excluding the Chairman, are 
independent non-Executive Directors. Lord 
Smith of Kelvin was also independent when 
appointed Chairman. 

The non-Executive Directors are chosen for 
their wide range of skills and experience. 
Their continuing independence of 
judgement is confirmed in the annual 
Board performance evaluation process. 
Non-Executive Directors serve on the 
Board Committees of Audit, Nomination, 
and Remuneration, and one serves on 
the Safety, Health and Environment 
Advisory Committee. Further details on 
the membership and operation of these 
Committees are set out on pages 60 to 74. 

The Chairman and non-Executive 
Directors met during the year without 
the Executive Directors being present. 

All of the non-Executive Directors have 
been appointed for fixed terms of three 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
57 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

years. Their appointment letters 
are available on the SSE website. 

Attendance at Board meetings 

Board meetings 

Board conference 
call meetings 

Senior Independent Director 
Susan Rice is the Senior Independent 
Director. She undertook management 
visits during the year and also attended 
a meeting of the Risk and Trading 
Committee. She is available to meet 
with major shareholders on request and 
attended the City presentation of SSE’s 
results. Susan carried out the Chairman’s 
performance evaluation, together with 
the other non-Executive Directors. 

Lord Smith of Kelvin 
Gregor Alexander 
Thomas Andersen 
Nick Baldwin 
Richard Gillingwater 
Colin Hood 
Ian Marchant 
René Médori 
Alistair Phillips-Davies 
Lady Rice 

6/6 
6/6 
6/6 
6/6 
6/6 
6/6 
6/6 
6/6 
6/6 
6/6 

4/4 
4/4 
4/4 
3/4 
4/4 
4/4 
4/4 
4/4 
4/4 
4/4 

Director appointments 
In accordance with the Code and the 
Company’s Articles of Association, 
all Directors are required to retire by 
rotation and stand for re-appointment 
by shareholders at the first AGM following 
their appointment and for re-appointment 
at least every three years. Nick Baldwin, 
Richard Gillingwater and Alistair Phillips-
Davies will stand for re-appointment at this 
year’s AGM. The Board evaluation process 
confirmed that the performance of the 
Directors standing for re-appointment 
continued to be effective and that they 
continue to demonstrate commitment in 
their respective roles. Biographical details 
for all the Directors are set out on page 49. 

Attendance at Board and 
Board committee meetings 
There is normally full attendance at 
Board and committee meetings, although 
occasionally there may be non-attendance 
due to unforeseen circumstances or 
prior commitments which could not be 
rearranged. If unable to attend a meeting 
the Director will provide comments and 
feedback to either the Chairman, 
Committee Chairman or Company 
Secretary, who ensure that the comments 
received are raised at the meeting. 

The Board has six full Board meetings 
during the year. These start with an evening 
meeting when the Board is normally given 
a presentation by senior management on a 
particular business topic. The meeting then 
continues the following day and is often 
followed by a meeting of one of the Board 
Committees such as the Remuneration 
Committee or the Health, Safety and 
Environmental Advisory Committee. 
The table sets out the attendance of the 
Directors at these full Board meetings. 

In addition, the Board has an Update 
Conference Call in the month between 
the bi-monthly full Board meetings. 
These calls usually last for around one 
hour and are used to update the Board 
on the business performance and brief 

the Board on any current issues. A Board 
decision or approval may be required at 
the Update Conference Call if the matter 
cannot wait until the following Board 
meeting. In these circumstances the call 
is recorded as an ad hoc Board meeting. 
Participation in the four ad hoc Board 
meetings is also shown in the table above. 

Board effectiveness 

Information and professional development 
The Directors receive accurate, timely and 
clear information, with all Committee and 
Board papers being issued for review in 
advance of meetings. At each meeting, the 
Chief Executive presents an update report 
on all aspects of the Group’s business and 
the Finance Director presents a report on 
financial performance. 

During the year, the Board and Board 
Committees were kept up to date with 
developments through a programme where 
briefings are given by Executive Directors 
and senior management on their business 
areas. Additional specialist briefings and 
presentations were given on areas such as 
corporate governance, regulation, public 
affairs, health and safety, major projects, 
and the Company’s major business activities 
generally. Separate more informal meetings 
were also held with senior management. 

On joining the Board, Directors receive a 
comprehensive induction course tailored 
to their individual requirements which 
includes meetings with the Executive 
Directors and senior management, 
visits to key sites, and meetings with key 
stakeholders. It also covers a review of the 
Group’s governance, policies, structure 
and business including details of the risks 
and operational issues facing SSE. 

All the non-Executive Directors had 
individual meetings, briefings and site visits 
during the year, separate from the full 
schedule of Board meetings. The briefings 

focused on subjects where they have specific 
knowledge or expertise, such as energy 
trading, operational matters and customer 
service. The site visits by individual non-
Executive Directors during the year included 
major project offices, main customer 
service centres, and power stations. 

The Board believes that given the 
experience and skills of the Directors and 
the briefings referred to above, any further 
personal training needs can be left to the 
discretion of the individual. The Company 
makes the necessary resources available 
should any Director request training. 

There is an agreed procedure for Directors 
to be able to take independent professional 
advice, if necessary, at the Company’s 
expense. The prior approval of the 
Chairman is required where such advice 
is likely to exceed £10,000. Any advice 
obtained shall be made available to the 
other members of the Board, if the Board 
so requests. This procedure was not 
required to be used during the year. 

All Directors have access to the advice 
and services of the Company Secretary. 

The Company continues to operate 
advanced performance coaching for some 
of the Executive Directors and for other 
members of senior management which 
is designed to develop and enhance 
individual and Company performance. 

Executive Directors’ other directorships 
Executive Directors may be invited to 
become non-Executive Directors of 
other companies. Approval may be given 
to accept such invitations recognising 
the benefit to the individual and to the 
Company. Any such appointments are 
included in the biographical information 
set out on page 49. 

Conflicts of interest 
During the year a review of the Board 
members’ interests and appointments 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
58 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Corporate governance (continued) 
How the Board works (continued) 

was carried out by the Company Secretary. 
The Board considered and authorised each 
Directors’ reported actual and potential 
conflicts of interest at the Board meeting 
in January 2010. In accordance with the 
Company’s Articles of Association and 
relevant legislation, each Director abstained 
from approval of their own position. The 
Board continues to monitor and review 
potential conflicts of interest on a regular 
basis. The Nomination Committee will keep 
under review any conflict or potential conflict 
of interest situations authorised by the Board 
and determine whether it is appropriate 
for such matter to remain so authorised. 

Performance evaluation 
The Board, the Board committees and 
the individual Directors participate in an 
annual process of performance evaluation. 

The Board evaluation process this year 
was carried out by external facilitators, 
Independent Audit Ltd. This was the first 
time that the Board evaluation had been 
carried out by an external party. The 
evaluation process involved individual 
meetings with each Director, the Company 
Secretary and senior managers who have 
experience of the Board and committee 
meetings. The findings of Independent Audit 
were issued to the Board and the senior 
managers, and formed the basis of a 
presentation and full discussion at the 
Board meeting in January 2010. The 
Board found the outcome of this external 
evaluation very helpful in focusing on certain 
areas of the Board and Company business. 
In particular, Independent Audit were asked 
to look at risk governance, and they had 
a number of helpful recommendations 
covering matters which could merit further 
consideration, such as risk management, 
structures and responsibilities. Other 
recommendations addressed Board and 
senior Executive succession planning, and 
more regular meetings of the non-Executive 
Directors and Chairman, in the absence 
of management. Following their report, a 
number of the recommendations are being 
taken forward by the Board for further 
review. The report of Independent Audit was 
however very reassuring about the high 
level of Board effectiveness in general. 

Directors also participated in detailed 
reviews of individual performance which 
were carried out in one-to-one meetings 
with the Chairman. The process for 
evaluating the Chairman involved a separate 
meeting of the non-Executive Directors 
chaired by the Senior Independent Director. 

The Board external review was welcomed 
as a constructive exercise, and will be 
repeated at regular points in the future. 

Board committees 

obligations in regard to the identification, 
release and control of inside information. 

The Board has delegated authority to five 
principal committees to carry out certain 
tasks as defined in each committee’s 
terms of reference. The terms of 
reference for all committees are set by 
the Board, are reviewed regularly, and are 
available on the SSE website. Membership 
is determined by the Board, on the 
recommendation of the Nomination 
Committee and in consultation with 
each committee chairman. Minutes 
of committee meetings are included on 
the agenda of the next Board meeting. 

The relationship between the Board, its 
committees and the management of the 
Company can be summarised as shown 
in the table below. 

In addition, there are a number of senior 
executive Leadership Teams which 
assist the Executive Directors in their 
responsibilities for the governance 
and management of the Group. 

Details of each committee, including 
membership, meetings, role and activities 
in 2009/10, are set out in the committee 
reports on pages 60 to 74. 

Engagement with 
shareholders and 
major stakeholders 

Disclosure Group 
The Disclosure Group comprises the Chief 
Executive, Finance Director, Company 
Secretary, Director of Corporate Affairs, 
Investor Relations Manager and the 
Assistant Company Secretary. It provides a 
framework for the handling and disclosure 
of inside information and other information 
of interest to shareholders and the 
investment community. The Disclosure 
Group meets regularly and assists and 
informs decisions concerning the 
identification, control and release of inside 
information and investor relations activities. 
Periodically, it reviews SSE’s disclosure 
controls and procedures and ensures that 
the relevant individuals are aware of their 

Copies of all announcements can be 
accessed on SSE’s website. 

Relations with shareholders 
The Company continued work to develop 
an effective dialogue with all shareholders, 
based on a mutual understanding of 
objectives. The Board believes that this 
is fundamental to ensuring that the 
Company’s strategy is understood and 
that any questions or issues are dealt 
with in a constructive way. 

The Company maintains regular contact 
with institutional shareholders, fund 
managers and analysts through a 
programme of dialogue, meetings, 
presentations, events and site visits led by 
the Chief Executive and Finance Director. 
The Investor Relations Manager has day-
to-day responsibility for communications 
with institutional shareholders. Brokers’ 
reports and analysts’ briefings are 
regularly distributed to Directors. The 
Board receives regular reports on the 
various issues raised by institutional 
shareholders, fund managers and 
analysts which allow Directors to form 
a view of the priorities and concerns of 
the Company’s stakeholders. As part of 
the induction programme for Directors, 
arrangements are made for analysts to 
meet with newly appointed Directors. 

The Chairman attended the Company’s 
interim and preliminary results 
presentations in May 2009 and November 
2009. The Chairman also met a number 
of major institutional shareholders 
during the year to gain a first-hand 
understanding of key issues. 

Susan Rice, the Senior Independent 
Director, is available to shareholders if 
they have concerns that contact through 
the normal channels has either failed to 
resolve or is deemed inappropriate. She 
attended the interim results presentation 
in November 2009. 

SSE’s website contains up-to-date 
information for shareholders and other 
interested parties including share price 

Governance structure 

Board of Directors 

Audit 
Committee 

Health, Safety 
and Environment 
Advisory Committee 

Nomination 
Committee 

Remuneration 
Committee 

Risk and 
Trading 
Committee 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
59 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

SSE provides advice and guidance to 
suppliers on an individual basis and to 
potential suppliers via the SSE website. 
There is an emphasis on encouraging 
suppliers and those involved in tender 
processes to propose innovative ways 
of meeting SSE’s needs in a way that 
minimises environmental impact. 

In addition to ongoing work to increase the 
sustainability of SSE’s supply chain, including 
training, recording risks, contract reviews 
and close liaison with suppliers, in 2009/10 
SSE undertook a number of initiatives to 
enhance its performance. 

SSE’s Procurement team undertook a 
review of almost 70 of the Company’s main 
suppliers to ensure that their approach to 
corporate responsibility is compatible with 
its own. The focus was on issues of bribery 
and corruption, labour conditions and 
environmental matters and the review 
looked most closely at suppliers involved in 
the supply of contracted services, including 
catering, cleaning and security; the provision 
of gas and electricity infrastructure 
components; and the supply of clothing, 
footwear and personal protective equipment. 

SSE has for several years subscribed to 
the Verify scheme, which is operated by an 
independent company, Achilles. It assesses 
the environmental, health and safety and 
quality commitment of potential suppliers 
and contractors. SSE expects existing and 
potential suppliers and contractors to 
co-operate fully with the Verify process. 

Whilst the Verify scheme is useful, SSE 
would like to see it extended to assessing 
labour standards and organisations’ 
approach to eliminating bribery and 
corruption. In 2009/10 SSE began work 
with Achilles on this with the intention of 
having Verify evolved to cover such issues 
in the near future. 

The Achilles carbon reduction programme 
allows suppliers to measure, manage 
and report their organisational footprint 
via CEMARS (Certified Emissions 
Management and Reduction Scheme). 

In 2009/10, SSE achieved its target of 
encouraging 20 of its main suppliers 
to sign up to the scheme. SSE also 
successfully completed the process 
itself and achieved CEMARS certification. 

SSE’s Head of Procurement is the 
Chair of the Achilles Carbon Reduction 
Steering Group for 2010, indicating SSE’s 
commitment to improving measurement 
and management of carbon throughout 

the supply chain.• 

information, announcements and news 
releases, investor and analyst presentations, 
and a section containing information on 
shareholder services. The Company’s Annual 
Report and other shareholder circulars 
are also published on the SSE website. 

Communications with shareholders 
Shareholders have a choice on how to 
receive their Company communications 
such as the Annual Report. The Company 
recognises the benefit of electronic 
communications and during the year, 
contacted relevant shareholders to 
encourage them to register for email 
communication. As recognition of the 
reduced cost and environmental impact 
of this form of communication, the 
Company, on behalf of shareholders, 
makes a donation to the World Wildlife 
Fund’s International Forest Programme 
for every shareholder that elects for email 
communication or receives Company 
documentation via the SSE website. 

Annual General Meeting 
The Company’s AGM will be held at 
the Bournemouth International Centre, 
Exeter Road, Bournemouth BH2 5BH on 
Thursday, 22 July 2010 at 12 noon. Details 
of the business to be proposed at the 
meeting are contained in the Notice 
of Annual General Meeting. 

The AGM provides an interesting opportunity 
for the Board to communicate with 
shareholders and provide an update on the 
performance and plans of SSE. All Directors 
attend the AGM and shareholders are 
invited to ask questions and to meet with the 
Directors and senior managers both before 
the meeting and following the conclusion 
of the formal part of the meeting. 

At the AGM, shareholders are asked 
to vote on each resolution by a show 
of hands. The Chairman announces the 
proxy votes cast for each resolution at the 
meeting, and the voting results are placed 
on the Company’s website following the 
meeting, in addition to being announced 
to the London Stock Exchange. 

Communications with other stakeholders 
The Board has a programme of events to 
meet with a range of external stakeholders 
representing the public sector, investment 
community, environmental affairs, and 
consumer interests. The purpose of these 
events is to explain the Company’s position 
on a range of business, policy and public 
interest issues and to engage in their views, 
suggestions and any areas of concern. 

More generally, working with public policy 
makers is a vital area for the Company, 

given the high profile of energy and 
environment-related issues in the UK 
and elsewhere. The Company engages 
with stakeholders in seven main ways: 

k	  constructive engagement with Ofgem, 
which is responsible for promoting 
competition, wherever appropriate, 
and regulating the monopoly 
companies which run the gas 
and electricity networks; 

k	  ongoing dialogue with Ministers and 
officials in government, including the 
devolved administrations in the UK; 

k	  submissions to government and 
Parliamentary consultations and 
inquiries; 

k  meetings with, and briefings of, elected 
members of all parties in legislatures; 

k  engagement with local authority 
elected members and officials; 
k  active participation in relevant trade 

associations and bodies; and 
k	  discussions and work with non­

governmental organisations and other 
relevant organisations such as charities. 

The Company’s objective is to ensure 
that it is able to perform its core 
purpose of providing the energy people 
need in a reliable and sustainable way. 
Its principal public policy goal at present 
is to ensure that there is in place a 
framework to enable it to invest in secure 
and lower-carbon supplies of energy in 
the UK and Ireland. 

Supply chain 

Other stakeholders include the suppliers 
and contractors upon whom SSE depends 
for the long-term success of its business. 
While the relationships between SSE and 
its contractors and suppliers are the 
responsibility of the Executive Directors 
and the rest of the management team, 
the Board recognises that SSE should 
promote responsible practices within its 
supplier and contractor base. SSE’s aims 
in this area are to: 

k	 

integrate human rights, labour, 
environmental and ethical considerations 
into its main procurement processes; 

k	  raise awareness of human rights, 
labour, environmental and ethical 
concerns amongst buyers, traders 
and suppliers; 

k	  understand where human rights, 
labour, environmental and ethical 
risks lie in its supply chain; and 
identify specific procurement activities 
where the risks and/or opportunities 
merit further investigation and conduct 
such investigations as required. 

k	 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
60 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Corporate governance (continued)
 
Audit Committee
 

René Médori 
Audit Committee Chairman 

Members and meetings 

Membership 

René Médori 
(Committee Chairman) 
Thomas Andersen 
Nick Baldwin 
Richard Gillingwater 

Attendance 
at meetings 

3/3 
2/3 
3/3 
3/3 

The Board has determined that each 
member of the Committee is independent 
and that the membership meets the 
requirements of the Code. In accordance 
with the Code, René Médori is identified 
as having recent and relevant financial 
experience through his position as 
Finance Director of a major international 
listed company. 

The Finance Director, Energy Supply 
Director, Head of Group Internal Audit 
and the external Auditors normally attend 
and report at its meetings. The Company 
Chairman also regularly attends Audit 
Committee meetings. Senior management 
including the Group Treasurer and 
Corporate Finance Manager, Group 
Financial Controller, Director of Energy 
Portfolio Management, Director of 
Corporate Affairs and Head of Portfolio 
Support may also be invited to present 
reports. During the year, the Committee 
met privately with the external Auditors, 
and separately with the Head of Group 
Internal Audit. 

The Company Secretary is Secretary 
to the Audit Committee. 

The Committee has unrestricted access 
to Company documents and information 
as well as to management and the 
external Auditors. The Audit Committee 
Chairman reports the outcome of 
Committee meetings to the Board. 

Role 
The Audit Committee assists the 
Board in the effective discharge of its 
responsibilities for financial reporting 
and internal control, together with the 
procedures for the identification, 
assessment and reporting of risks. 
The Audit Committee’s remit, which is 
set out in its terms of reference, includes 
responsibility for: 

k	  ensuring that the Company’s financial 
reports and formal announcements 
represent an accurate, clear and 
balanced assessment of the 
Company’s position and prospects; 

k  monitoring and reviewing the 

effectiveness of the Company’s 
accounting systems, internal control 

policies and procedures and 
risk management systems; 
k	  monitoring and reviewing the 

effectiveness of the Company’s 
internal audit function; 
k	  monitoring and reviewing the 

objectivity and independence of 
the external Auditors taking into 
consideration the scope of their 
work and fees paid for both audit 
and non-audit services; 
k	  monitoring and reviewing the 

significant risks identified by each 
business unit as well as the mitigating 
action against those risks; 
k	  monitoring and reviewing the 

arrangements by which employees 
can in confidence raise concerns 
about any possible improprieties 
in financial and other matters; and 
k	  reviewing the significant financial 
reporting issues and judgments. 

Activities in 2009/10 
The Audit Committee had three meetings 
in the year. The key activities of the 
Audit Committee during the year are 
set out below: 

Financial statements 
k	  reviewed the financial statements in 
the 2009 report and accounts and the 
interim results. As part of this review 
the Committee received from the 
external Auditors a report on their audit 
of the annual report and accounts and 
their review of the interim results; and 

k	  reviewed the annual and interim 

results announcements. 

Control environment and risk management 
k	  received six-monthly reports by 

Group Internal Audit setting out the 
audit programme, its progress against 
the programme, the results of key 
audits and other significant findings, 
the adequacy of management’s 
response and the timeliness of 
resolution of actions; 

k	  reviewed and agreed the Group 
Internal Audit Plan for the year 
ending 31 March 2010; 

k	  received six-monthly reports from 
energy trading and treasury setting 
out strategy, market developments, 
any significant risks and the controls 
in place to mitigate these risks; 
k	  received six-monthly reviews from 

Group Internal Audit on the Internal 
Control Risk Assessment setting out the 
Group Risk Map and Residual Risk Map; 

k	  reviewed Post-Investment Appraisal 

Reports; and 

k	  received reports under the Group 

whistleblowing policy and reviewed 
the implementation of this policy. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
61 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

removal of the external Auditors. The Audit 
Committee considers that the relationship 
with the Auditors is working well and 
remains satisfied with their effectiveness. 
There are no contractual obligations 
restricting the Company’s choice of 
external auditor. The external Auditors 
are required to rotate the audit partners 
responsible for the Group and subsidiary 
audits every five years and the current lead 
partner has been in place for one year. 

Upon the recommendation of the Audit 
Committee and approval of the Board, 
resolutions to re-appoint KPMG Audit Plc 
as Auditors, and to authorise the Directors 
to fix their remuneration, will be proposed 
at the forthcoming AGM. 

René Médori 
Chairman 

External audit process 
k	  reviewed the effectiveness of the overall 
audit process for 2009/10, meeting 
with the Auditors and management 
separately to identify any areas of 
concern in the preparation of the 
financial statements; 

k	  reviewed independence and objectivity 
and agreed the terms of appointment, 
areas of responsibility, associated 
duties and scope of the audit as set 
out in the engagement letter for the 
forthcoming year; 

k	  reviewed and agreed the audit fees, 
fees for non-recurring work and the 
regulatory reporting fee; 

k  reviewed internal control and key 
accounting and audit issues; and 
k  reviewed recommendations made

 by the Auditors in its management 
letter and the adequacy of 
management’s response. 

Independence of Auditors 
k	  reviewed changes in the Audit 

team; and 

k	  reviewed the extent of non-audit 
services provided by the Auditors 
in accordance with the established 
policy where: 
– a competitive tender process 

is required where non-audit fees 
exceed a threshold of £30,000 for 
general advice and £75,000 for 
tax-related advice; 

– the Committee must be satisfied 
that the work was best handled 
by the Auditors because of their 
knowledge of the Group; and 
– the Committee must be satisfied 

that the objectivity and independence 
of the Auditors was not affected 
by the work. 

The Audit Committee continued to 
monitor the level of non-audit work 
undertaken by the Auditors. 

The non-audit work awarded during 
the year included: 

k	  taxation advice including general 

consultancy, acquisitions, disposal 
and new markets; and 
k	  accounting due diligence. 

Full disclosure of the non-audit fees paid 
during the year is made in note 3 to the 
Financial Statements. 

KPMG Audit Plc has been the external 
auditor of the enlarged Group since 1999. 
Under its terms of reference, the Audit 
Committee has responsibility for 
recommending to the Board the 
appointment, re-appointment and 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
energy prices, customer demand 
patterns and competitor activity; 
k	  considering new business strategies, 
especially those which may signify 
a move away from the Company’s 
traditional markets and areas 
of operation; 

k	  reviewing proposals to update 

governance and control arrangements 
in line with business strategy and risk 
appetite; and 

k	  updating the Committee’s Terms of 
Reference and recommending to the 
Board their approval and adoption. 

Review 
The Risk and Trading Committee was 
included in the Board evaluation process 
undertaken by Independent Audit. It 
acknowledged the Committee’s focus on 
SSE’s participation in wholesale markets 
for electricity and gas and markets for 
coal, oil, biomass and carbon dioxide 
emissions allowances and on Treasury-
related matters. SSE’s principal risk 
categories (see pages 53 to 54) include 
financial and credit risks and so the role 
of the Risk and Trading Committee in 
overall corporate governance within SSE 
is very important. The review said that the 
Committee’s work was ‘well-regarded’ 
by those people it interviewed but also 
suggested some options for the future, 
which are being considered. 

Alistair Phillips-Davies 
Chairman 

62 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Corporate governance (continued) 
Risk and Trading Committee 

k	  reviewing current and potential future 
risks associated with the operation 
of SSE’s physical power generation 
and gas storage assets; 

k	  assessing conditions in the main 
wholesale commodity markets in 
which SSE operates, and providing 
guidance on trading strategies that 
reflect market conditions, financial 
exposures and business objectives; 
k	  considering reports on financial risk 
exposures that have arisen as a 
consequence of changing demand 
patterns, plant performance and 
commodity prices; 

k	  reviewing reports on counterpart 
credit exposures, and approving 
mitigating actions where necessary; 

k	  considering reports on wholesale 

trading activities and any breaches 
of internal limits, controls or policies 
that may have occurred; 

k	  within its delegated authorities, 

considering requests for approval of 
changes to individual trading limits, 
counterparty credit limits and 
commodity exposure limits; 

k	  considering requests to adopt new 
trading products or concepts that 
are proposed to mitigate existing 
and potential financial or operational 
risks; and 

k	  reviewing Group funding, foreign 

exchange and interest rate exposure 
together with other key financial risks. 

The Committee maintains a close 
relationship with the Company’s Audit 
Committee, its external Auditors and 
Executive Directors. 

Activities in 2009/10 
The Risk and Trading Committee met 
12 times during the year. At each meeting 
updates were provided by Committee 
members and other senior staff on the 
status of power generation and gas 
storage plant, wholesale market 
conditions, commodity exposures, 
energy trading strategies, counterparty 
credit exposures and key corporate 
funding issues including interest rate 
movements, foreign exchange exposures 
and inflation projections. 

Other activities of the Committee during 
the year included: 

k	  considering a number of proposals 
to adopt new trading products or 
strategies to hedge financial or 
operational risks; 

k  approving commercial contracts 

within its delegated authority levels; 
k  reviewing retail tariff setting options 
in the context of forecast wholesale 

Alistair Phillips-Davies 
Risk and Trading Committee 
Chairman 

Members and meetings 

Membership 

Alistair Phillips-Davies 
(Committee Chairman) 
Gregor Alexander 
Ian Marchant 

Attendance 
at meetings 

12/12 
12/12 
12/12 

The membership also includes senior 
managers from energy trading, electricity 
generation, regulation, finance and 
treasury. During the year, the Board 
Chairman and the Senior Independent 
Director each attended a meeting of 
the Committee. 

The Assistant Company Secretary 
is Secretary to the Risk and Trading 
Committee. 

The minutes of the Risk and Trading 
Committee are issued to the full Board 
as soon as available after the meeting 
and the proceedings are reported at the 
following Board meeting. 

Role 
The Risk and Trading Committee’s role is 
to support the Board’s risk management 
responsibilities by reviewing the strategic, 
market, credit, operational and liquidity 
risks and exposures arising from the 
Company’s energy trading, generation 
and treasury operations. The Committee 
provides direction on strategies to 
mitigate these risks in accordance with 
financial objectives, risk appetite and 
control requirements set by the Board. 

In addition to reviewing the wider business 
and economic environment in which SSE 
operates, the main responsibilities of the 
Committee include: 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
63 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

complements these qualities. Candidates 
from a wide range of backgrounds are 
considered and the selection process will 
generally involve interviews with a number 
of candidates, using the services of a 
professional search firm specialising 
in Board level recruitment. 

The Committee also reviews succession 
planning and leadership needs in the 
course of its work taking into account 
the risks and opportunities facing the 
Company, and from this identifies the 
skills and expertise required from the 
Board and senior management team. 

Activities in 2009/10 
The Nomination Committee had one 
meeting during the year, and reviewed 
the Board structure, succession planning, 
committee membership and Directors’ 
conflicts of interest. 

Lord Smith of Kelvin 
Chairman 

Corporate governance (continued) 
Nomination Committee 

Lord Smith of Kelvin 
Nomination Committee Chairman 

Members and meetings 

Membership 

Lord Smith of Kelvin (Committee 
and Board Chairman) 
Thomas Andersen 
Nick Baldwin 
Richard Gillingwater 
René Médori 
Lady Rice 
Ian Marchant 

Attendance 
at meetings 

1/1 
1/1 
1/1 
1/1 
1/1 
1/1 
1/1 

The Committee is chaired by the Chairman 
of the Company and its membership 
comprises of all the non-Executive 
Directors and the Chief Executive. 

The Board Chairman would not chair 
the meeting when it was dealing with any 
matter concerning the chairmanship of 
the Board. In this case the meeting would 
be chaired by a non-Executive Director 
elected by the remaining members. 
Members of the Committee do not take 
part in discussions when their own 
performance or when their continued 
appointment is being considered. 

The Company Secretary is Secretary 
to the Nomination Committee. 

Role 
The Nomination Committee’s role is to 
review the leadership needs of the Board 
and senior management, with a view to 
ensuring SSE’s continued ability to 
compete effectively in the marketplace. 
The Nomination Committee’s remit, 
which is set out in its terms of reference, 
includes responsibility for: 

k	  reviewing the structure, size and 
composition of the Board and 
its committees and making 
recommendations to the Board 
on any desired changes; 

k	  reviewing the succession plans 
for the Executive Directors; 
k	  making recommendations to the 

Board on suitable candidates to fill 
vacancies for non-Executive Directors 
and Executive Directors; 

k	  ensuring that the procedure for 

appointing new Directors is rigorous 
and transparent and that appointments 
are made on merit and against objective 
criteria for purpose; and 

k	  reviewing potential conflicts of interest 

of Directors. 

Before an appointment is made the 
Committee evaluates the skills, 
knowledge and experience of the Board 
to ensure that any new appointment 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
64 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Corporate governance (continued) 
Safety, Health and Environment Advisory Committee 

safe working conditions. SSE’s Safety 
Management System focuses on five ‘Ps’: 

work. A healthy, committed workforce 
is clearly central to business success. 

k	  Policy: defining how things get done 

in SSE; 

k  People: helping employees to act safely; 
k  Processes: managing risks and 
delivering safe systems of work; 
k  Plant: maintaining the integrity 
of plant and equipment; and 
k  Performance: managing and 
improving SHE performance. 

Safety performance 
During 2009/10, SSE’s Lost Time/ 
Reportable Injury Rate was 0.03, 
compared with 0.07 in the previous year. 
Its Total Recordable Injury Rate (TRIR), 
covering lost-time, reportable and 
medical treatment injuries, was 0.14 per 
100,000 hours worked, compared with 
0.16 in the previous year. This translated 
into 73 working days lost as a result of 
injuries across SSE, down from 361 in the 
previous year – making it SSE’s best-ever 
year for safety performance. The objective 
is to make performance better still. 

The number of dangerous or potentially 
dangerous road traffic accidents involving 
SSE employees driving Company vehicles 
was 0.34 per 100 vehicles, compared with 
0.37 the year before. 

Contractors’ safety performance 
The safety of contractors working on SSE 
sites is largely the responsibility of their 
employers, but SSE works actively with 
its contractors in increasing their safety 
standards. For this group, the TRIR was 
0.31 per 100,000 hours worked, compared 
with 0.5 in the previous year. 

The construction and operation of wind 
farms offshore presents new challenges 
and risks to SSE. Significant progress 
has been achieved to establish the best 
possible safe working procedures to 
manage these activities. 

Colin Hood 
Safety, Health and Environment 
Advisory Committee Chairman 

Members and meetings 

Membership 

Colin Hood 
(Committee Chairman) 
Thomas Andersen 

Attendance 
at meetings 

3/3 
3/3 

The membership also comprises certain 
senior executives, namely the Group 
Services Director, Director of Generation 
and the Group Safety, Health and 
Environment Manager. The Chief 
Executive also attends when required. 
The Assistant Company Secretary is 
secretary to the Committee. 

The Safety, Health and Environment 
Advisory Committee has three main 
responsibilities. They are to: 

k	  ensure that SSE’s health and safety 
policy and environment policy 
statements are adhered to; 

k  set safety, health and environmental 

targets for improved performance; and 

k  monitor safety, health and 

environmental performance in SSE. 

In exercising these responsibilities, the 
Committee focuses on SSE’s Safety and 
Sustainability values: 

k	  we believe all accidents are 

preventable, so we do everything safely 
and responsibly, or not at all; and 
k	  we operate ethically, taking the long-
term view to achieve growth while 
safeguarding the environment. 

Health and Safety Executive 
Judith Hackett, Health and Safety 
Executive Chair, spoke at SSE’s 
conference on safety for contractors in 
October 2009. Her theme was that a fully 
integrated health and safety system needs 
employee involvement and engagement, 
competent and relevant expert advice 
and guidance – and strong leadership. 
The Committee endorses this view. 

Policy 
People in SSE have many different working 
environments – from full-scale industrial 
processes to offices. One thing is the 
same, however: everyone’s role in achieving 

Health promotion 
SSE’s Health and Well-being Action Plan 
provides the basis for workplace health 
programmes and initiatives, all designed 
to help employees be in good shape for 

SSE’s policy is to deal with all sickness 
absence in a sympathetic and constructive 
way, helping people make a speedy return 
to health and to work by seeking and 
acting on medical advice. During 2009/10, 
the average number of days of absence 
from work was 5.31, compared with 5.89 
in the previous year. 

Environmental management 
SSE’s main environmental impact is 
generally regarded as emissions of carbon 
dioxide from electricity generation (see 
page 17). At the same time, many of the 
Company’s day-to-day operations take place 
in areas which are environmentally sensitive. 

The Committee’s priority is to make sure 
that the five ‘Ps’ apply to environmental 
management and that negative impacts – in 
particular, pollution to the local environment 
– are prevented. SSE’s duty to protect the 
environment starts when work is first 
planned at any particular site and continues 
until SSE clears up that site and leaves it. 

The key target in any single year is to 
ensure there are no environmental 
incidents which result in SSE receiving an 
enforcement notice from the Environment 
Agency or the Scottish Environment 
Protection Agency. There were two such 
incidents during 2009/10. In November 
2009, SSE was fined £20,000 following an 
escape of diesel from a holding tank at 
the Loch Carnan power station on Uist 
in November 2008. 

Good environmental stewardship involves 
on-site energy efficiency and management 
of waste, and SSE has specialist managers 
responsible for these areas. The goal of the 
waste management policy is to minimise 
waste and the unnecessary use of natural 
resources by re-using and recycling 
materials. During 2009/10, 5,461 tonnes 
of waste were sent from SSE’s offices 
and depots for disposal at landfill sites, 
a fall of 21.75%. 

Priorities for 2010/11 
The Committee’s priorities for 2010/11 
remain to: 

k	  support progress towards SSE’s 

ultimate goal of injury-free working; 

k  promote the health and well-being 
of people working for SSE; and 
k  ensure effective environmental 
management throughout SSE. 

Colin Hood 
Chairman 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Corporate governance (continued) 
Remuneration Report – Introduction 

a review of external benchmarks within the 
UK and within Europe, with an assessment 
of the various elements of the bonus 
and long-term incentive. It is always the 
Remuneration Committee’s goal to ensure 
that the shareholders are receiving value 
for money. 

SSE’s Remuneration Committee 
understands the external environment 
in which the Company operates. The 
Committee endorses a key point made 
by the Investment Committee of the 
Association of British Insurers (ABI) last 
December – that performance-related 
remuneration should seek to reward 
business performance ‘in line with 
corporate strategy which should aim at 
sustainable, long-term value creation’. 

Sustainable 
Sustainable is an important word used 
frequently at SSE. It refers to that part of 
our strategic focus which is on sustainable 
energy. It encompasses our corporate 
commitment to customers; our aim is to 
keep these relationships for the long term. 
It includes as well our commitment to 
deliver sustained real growth in the 
shareholder dividend, a principal source 
of an investor’s long-term return. 

SSE is one of just seven companies in the 
FTSE 100 to have delivered above-inflation 
increases in the dividend every year since 
the foundation year in 1998. Additionally, 
SSE ranks fourth amongst FTSE 100 
companies in terms of compound annual 
growth rate in dividend over that same 
period. Throughout this time, the four 
Executive Directors held either Board or 
senior management positions, and have 
led the Company to these achievements. 
Their total Board service is 38 years with 
total Company service of over 80 years 
which includes their stewardship of the 
predecessor companies Southern Electric 
and Scottish Hydro Electric. 

Lady Rice CBE 
Remuneration Committee 
Chairman 

Remuneration is an area of great 
sensitivity and plays a critical role in 
the sustained, long-term growth of the 
dividend and the success of any business. 
The reputation of a company, the morale 
of its employees, the ongoing support of 
its shareholders and the enthusiasm of 
its customers, can all be shaped to some 
extent by the strength of its remuneration 
policy. The Remuneration Committee is 
determined that SSE should have as 
robust a remuneration policy as possible. 

The spotlight in 2009/10 focussed on 
executive remuneration across the 
corporate world with reports and new 
guidance, mainly for financial services 
companies. To the extent that these offered 
a different framework for best practice, we 
assessed SSE remuneration policy against 
these guidelines. As SSE evolves and grows 
as a business, embarking on major capital 
investment programmes, we wanted 
to be sure that the remuneration policy 
continues to be fit for purpose, so we 
also initiated a major review of nearly 
all aspects of executive remuneration. 

Review 
Important factors in this review included 
the linkages between remuneration for 
Executive Directors, other senior executives 
and managers and other employees. 
Moreover, we explored new ways of 
comparing SSE’s Executive Directors’ 
performance to their peers, such as relative 
performance of the Company in relation to 
the money invested through remuneration 
in the Executive Director team. We also 
tested the external benchmarks typically 
used for comparisons. 

The review comprised a detailed survey 
of Executive Directors and some others to 
understand their views about remuneration, 

SSE’s Remuneration Committee believes 
that sustained performance over the 
medium and long term counts more than 
performance in any single year, which 
may be affected by unusual or exceptional 
issues. Sustained performance is what 
the Executive Directors continue to deliver 
and we take pride in this record. 

Performance 
At the same time, and at a time of 
extraordinary economic challenge, SSE 
delivered growth in adjusted profit before 
tax as well as in the dividend. Performance 
in strategic objectives such as safety 
performance and customer service 
strengthened again. The performance 

65 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

in all those operational areas which link 
to the Company’s core values is set out 
on pages 20 to 46 of this Report. 

The Executive Directors are committed 
to adding to the 11 successive years 
of above-inflation dividend growth by 
continuing to provide the energy people 
need in a reliable and sustainable way – 
the Company’s core purpose. 

Principles 
The Committee is governed by the 
principles of the Company’s remuneration 
policy and, in particular, by the importance 
of reinforcing the culture and the teamwork 
essential to delivering the long-term growth 
and sustainability of SSE. This reduces any 
chance of misguided incentives leading 
to inappropriate risk-taking – one of the 
key objectives of the Committee. 

The Committee considered a range 
of reports and analyses of executive 
remuneration which confirmed that this 
year’s package of salaries, benefits and 
bonuses remains below relevant median 
market levels, consistent with our practice 
over many years. The Committee also 
confirmed that remuneration for the 
Chairman and non-Executive Directors 
is also below market median. 

Long-term 
The Committee and the Executive 
Directors welcome the accountability 
regarding executive remuneration in 
companies listed on the London Stock 
Exchange. Indeed, accountability is a 
key part of the culture at SSE. 

The Remuneration Report clearly 
sets out our agenda in 2009/10 and it 
demonstrates that SSE remuneration 
is integral to the Company’s purpose, 
strategy and values. Most importantly, 
the Committee believes that it represents 
good value for shareholders over the long 
term. In 2010/11, we will complete the 
strategic review of remuneration by 
determining whether the long-term 
incentive plan is appropriately aligned 
to the Company’s future strategic plans. 

In the course of this year’s review, a 
number of shareholders were consulted 
who have already given views on the 
long-term incentives as well as other 
aspects of remuneration. I will 
welcome such feedback in the future 
and welcome feedback now on this 
Remuneration Report or remuneration 
issues more generally. 

Lady Rice CBE 
Chairman 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
66 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Corporate governance (continued) 
Remuneration Report – At a glance 

What are the principles of the SSE Executive Remuneration Policy? 

k  Attract and retain Executive Directors who run the Company effectively for the benefit of shareholders, customers and employees.
 
k  Adopt a competitive and practical approach to total remuneration which meets shareholder expectation.
 
k  Reinforce the culture and teamwork to deliver the long-term growth and sustainability of the business.
 
k  Set Total Remuneration Policy at levels which promote the long-term development of the business and reward individuals in line 


with performance. 

What is SSE’s Total Executive Remuneration Policy? 

Summary of remuneration policy 

Fixed remuneration 

Variable remuneration 

Base salary 

Short-term – annual 

Long-term – 3 years 

Pension – final salary 

Benefits in kind – 
car, private medical 

Annual Bonus Plan  75% maximum cash 
 – 
and 25% deferred shares 

Linked to individual and team performance, 
corporate, financial and operational measures 

Performance Share Plan (PSP) – 3 years 

50% linked to relative FTSE 100 TSR, 50% 
adjusted annual EPS growth RPI 3%-9% 

Minimum shareholding requirement equal to 100% Base Salary 

How is the remuneration package structured? 

Total Remuneration Policy (% each component element) 

Target 

36% 

Stretch 
27% 

13% 

18% 

33% 

9% 

26% 

38% 

Base salary/BIK 

Pension 

Bonus 

PSP 

Base salary includes 1% benefits in kind – a car allowance and private medical plan. The pension element is the average of each 
Executive Director’s present value of providing a single year of pension. Target performance comprises annual bonus awarded at target 
level (ie 50% base salary) and, for the PSP, an actuarial assumption that 62.5% of shares under award will vest. Stretch performance 
is based on a bonus of 100% of base salary with demanding targets being met. PSP is calculated based on 150% of salary. 

What were the Executive Directors paid in the year ending 31 March 2010? 

Ian Marchant 
Colin Hood 
Gregor Alexander 
Alistair Phillips-Davies 

Base salary 
£000s 

Benefits 
£000s 

840 
630 
483 
483 

19 
17 
16 
16 

Bonus 
£000s 

372 
279 
214 
214 

Total 
£000s 

1,231 
926 
713 
713 

Total (2009) 
£000s 

1,207 
908 
699 
699 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance (continued) 
Remuneration Report – Remuneration explained 

67 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Executive Directors’ salary and incentive plans 2009/10 

Performance measure 

Purpose – link to strategy 

Policy and decisions 

Base salary 

Reflects market data, role, business and 
individual performance measured against 
SSE’s strategy as set out on pages 8 to 10 
of this Report. 

Short term – Annual Bonus 

The Annual Bonus is determined by the 
Remuneration Committee’s assessment 
of the performance of SSE during the year, 
based on three key areas. 

The performance targets are clearly linked 
to SSE’s strategy in three key ways: financial 
performance; teamwork; and personal 
objectives relating to the Company’s priorities. 

Financial performance (60%) 
Group financial performance is measured 
by adjusted profit before tax, which reflects 
the underlying profits of SSE’s business. 

Teamwork (20%) 
Teamwork is measured by performance 
against the ‘SSE SET’ of core values: 
Safety; Service; Efficiency; Sustainability; 
Excellence; and Teamwork. Performance 
against these values is assessed through 
SSE’s appraisal process. 

Financial performance (60%) 
Adjusted profit before tax is a key means 
of achieving SSE’s first responsibility to 
shareholders: sustained real growth in 
the dividend. 
Teamwork (20%) 
SSE believes it will only be successful 
financially if it exercises a wider corporate 
responsibility to others, such as customers 
and employees, on whom its success 
ultimately depends. Its core values 
summarise this approach. 

Personal objectives (20%) 
In keeping with its Teamwork value, 
and to avoid setting Executive Directors 
potentially conflicting personal objectives, 
SSE believes personal objectives should 
form a part of the Annual Bonus. They are 
designed to support achievement of SSE’s 
strategy and reinforce its values. 

Long term – Performance Share Plan 

For awards granted in 2007 performance 
is measured against the following two 
elements over a three-year period. 
Total Shareholder Return (TSR) 
k	 100% vests at or above 75th percentile 
k	 25% vests at median 
k	 straight-line basis between median 

and 75th percentile 

k	 no vesting of award if median 
performance not achieved 

Adjusted Earnings per Share (EPS) 
k	 100% vests where EPS is 9% above RPI 
k	 25% vests where EPS is 3% above RPI 
k	 straight-line basis between 3% and 9% 

above RPI 

k	 no vesting if EPS minimum growth 

of RPI +3% is not achieved 

Personal objectives (20%) 
Personal objectives set during the year 
include: management of political and 
regulatory issues (Ian Marchant); major 
project construction (Colin Hood); financing 
to support investment programme (Gregor 
Alexander); and energy trading and fuel 
procurement (Alistair Phillips-Davies). 

The two elements of TSR and EPS 
reflect relative and absolute measures 
of performance. 
The relative TSR measure is dependent 
on SSE’s relative long-term share price 
performance and dividend return (sustained 
real growth is SSE’s first responsibility 
to shareholders). Further vesting of this 
element requires the Remuneration 
Committee to be satisfied with SSE’s 
underlying financial performance. 
Adjusted EPS is used to monitor SSE’s 
performance over the medium term because 
it is straightforward: it defines the amount 
of profit after tax that has been earned for 
each Ordinary Share. 

Following the annual review in November 
2009, the decision on any change was 
deferred until March 2010, when the salary 
for the Chief Executive was left unchanged, 
and the salary of the other three directors 
was increased by 2.5%. 

59% awarded 

Maximum award of up to 100% of base 
salary: 75% in cash (non-pensionable); 
25% compulsorily deferred into shares 
which only vest, subject to continued service, 
after three years. 
Financial performance (max 60%) 
During 2009/10, SSE delivered a 2.9% 
increase in adjusted profit before tax – 
resulting in a target payment of 50% 
of maximum. 
Teamwork (max 20%) 
Safety: Total Recordable Injury Rate 
improved. Service: Top-ranking performance 
in principal independent surveys. 
Efficiency: Top-ranking performance in 
electricity distribution measured by Ofgem. 
Sustainability: Additional 150MW of 
renewable energy capacity in operation. 
Excellence: Sector leadership shown 
in key areas, eg establishment of Centre 
of Excellence in Renewable Energy. 
Teamwork: Independent Board review 
confirmed Executive Directors work very 
well together. The Committee awarded an 
above target payment of 80% of maximum. 
Personal objectives (max 20%) 
Overall, the Remuneration Committee 
concluded that progress was made in each 
of these areas during 2009/10 and that 
individually and collectively the Executive 
Directors delivered good performance 
during the year – resulting in an above 
target payment of 65% of maximum. 

16.19% awarded 

Maximum award of 150% of base salary each 
year. Awards are released to the extent 
performance conditions are met. 
TSR (max 50%) 
Out-turn below 50th percentile of the 
FTSE 100, 0% of TSR element awarded. 

EPS (max 50%) 
Out-turn growth at 3.6% per annum, 
32.4% of EPS element awarded. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
68 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Corporate governance (continued) 
Remuneration Report – Remuneration explained (continued) 

Agenda 2009/10 

Regular items 

May 

Directors Remuneration Report. 
Approval of Performance Share Awards, Vesting and 
New Awards. Approval of the Annual Bonus awards. 

September 

– 

Other items 

Company remuneration methodology. 

Strategic Review. Review and confirmation 
of Short-Term Incentive targets. Emerging 
Remuneration trends. Utility Company 
comparator group review. 

November 

February 

March 

Review of Total Remuneration Policy for Executive Directors. Executive 
Director Salary Review Policy. External regulatory environment. 

Long-Term Incentive Review. Strategic 
review update. 

– 

Bonus and Share Awards. 

Review of Directors – Senior Executives Salaries and Total 
Remuneration. Chairman’s Remuneration Review. SSE Group 2010 
salary increase policy. Approval of the 2009/10 Bonus awards. 
Establishment of the 2010/11 Bonus Performance targets. 

Employment Contracts. Talent 
Management. Long-Term Incentive 
review. Utility Company remuneration. 
Strategic Review update. 

The Remuneration Committee’s composition, responsibilities and operation comply with Section B of the Corporate Governance 
Code. In forming remuneration policy, the Committee has given full consideration to the best practice provisions set out in the Code. 

This report sets out the Company’s policy 
on Executive Directors’ remuneration 
for the year ended 31 March 2010 and 
complies with the regulations made under 
the Companies Act 2006. The report will 
be presented at the AGM on 22 July 2010 
for approval and shareholders will be able 
to ask questions on the report at the AGM. 

How the Remuneration 
Committee works 

Members and meetings 

Membership 

Attendance 
at meetings 

Lady Rice (Committee Chairman) 
Nick Baldwin 
Richard Gillingwater 
Lord Smith of Kelvin 

5/5 
5/5 
5/5 
5/5 

Informal consultation takes place outwith 
the scheduled meetings as necessary. 

Terms of reference 
k	  sets the total remuneration policy 

on behalf of the Board; 

k	  approves the detailed remuneration 
terms of the Executive Directors 
including their service contracts and 
the impact on senior management 
remuneration across the organisation; 

k	  approves the remuneration of the 

Chairman; 

k	  approves the design and performance 

targets of incentive schemes; 

k	  grants awards under the Company’s 
Long-term Incentive Plans; and 

k	  monitors the total remuneration of the 
Senior Executives below Board level. 

Advisors 
k	  The Chief Executive and the Director 
of Human Resources advised the 
Committee on matters relating to 
the appropriateness of awards for 
the Executive Directors and Senior 
Executives although they were not 
present for discussions on their 
own remuneration. 

k	  In addition the Director of Human 
Resources advised on HR strategy 
and the application of policies across 
the organisation. 

k	  The Company Secretary advised the 
Committee on corporate governance 
guidelines. 

k	  Deloitte, Towers Watson and People 
Innovation Ltd (all appointed by the 
Committee) provided market information 
drawn from published surveys and 
advice on appropriate awards of 
bonuses, long-term incentives, and 
comparator group pay and performance. 
k	  Bank of America Merrill Lynch provided 
advice on shareholder views and, Ernst 
and Young provided financial policy 
updates. They were appointed by the 
Committee for these services. 

Total Remuneration 
Policy 

Total Remuneration Policy is integral to 
overall HR Strategy and the SSE values 
are supported in the objectives, plan 
design and application of the policy. 

What was new in 2009/10? 
In addition to the customary items of the 

Remuneration Agenda, the Committee 
discussed the following: 

k  Strategic Review of Executive 

remuneration in SSE; 

k  Investment Return on Executive Director 

Remuneration for shareholders; 
k  Senior Executive Total Remuneration; 
k  talent management; and 
k  employment contracts. 

During the year, the Committee completed 
a strategic review of the remuneration 
policy to assess its appropriateness 
and the extent to which objectives and 
principles of the policy are being met. 
The Board, the Executive Directors and 
selected Senior Managers participated, 
with the results discussed at a dedicated 
meeting in September and subsequently. 

The principles 
The core principles of the Company’s 
remuneration policy are outlined in 
the ‘At a Glance’ section as shown on 
page 66 together with policy details and 
diagrams which illustrate the degree 
of stretch in the target and maximum 
values of the packages. 

The policy comprises base salary, benefits 
including a defined benefit pension plan, 
and both short-term incentive and long-
term incentive plans. The current short-
and long-term incentive plans are shown 
in the chart on page 67. 

Total Remuneration Policy 
The Executive Directors’ total remuneration 
policy is to remain below median of the 
FTSE 20-50 excluding financial services. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
69 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

SSE’s policy is to retain Executive 
Directors who are motivated by the 
long-term success of the Company, rather 
than short-term remuneration. For peer 
group comparison, the Committee takes 
account of total remuneration in specific 
UK Utility companies and their reported 
financial results. 

This reflects SSE culture in which 
Executive Directors and Senior Managers 
are motivated by developing the Company 
for the future, and explains why long-term 
growth and sustainability of the business 
are of such importance when determining 
remuneration policy. 

Certain institutional shareholders were 
consulted on the implications of some 
changes proposed for tax efficiency 
purposes to bonus and deferred bonus 
payment dates for the year ending 2009/10 
only. The Committee decided to permit 
relevant employees to accelerate part 
of the short-term incentive payment to 
March and the Deferred Bonus Shares 
due to mature in June 2010. The Deferred 
Bonus Shares do not have performance 
criteria and will be retained at least until 
their maturity date. 

The balance of fixed and 
variable remuneration 
Taking into account the SSE business 
profile, the Remuneration Committee 
believes that around 50% of the total 
remuneration should be performance-
related, increasing up to 66% for 
exceptional performance as shown 
in the table on page 66. The Committee 
believes that this overall remuneration 
structure is reasonable and rewards 
performance sufficiently without causing 
undue risk taking. 

Senior executives, managers 
and employees 
The Committee is aware of the importance 
of an appropriate relationship between 
the remuneration levels of the Executive 
Directors, senior executives, managers 
and other employees within the Group. 

There are a number of senior 
executives just below Board level who 
have a significant influence on Group 
performance. Full details of their total 
remuneration, benchmarked to the 
relevant market place using the same 
methodology as for the Executive 
Directors, were reviewed by the 
Committee. The conclusion was the 
remuneration package is sufficiently 
attractive to reward this key group 
of executives and is consistent with 
the overall policy approach. 

Base salary 
The Committee is mindful of the 
remuneration increases for the different 
groups of employees and considers other 
relevant external indices such as RPI or 
CPI in the process of reviewing base 
salary for the Executive Directors. 

The Committee conducted its regular 
review of salaries for Executive Directors 
in November 2009 and deferred its 
decision until March 2010. It considered 
the following factors in the light of recent 
market and governance trends: 

k	  Total remuneration and basic salary, 
when benchmarked where relevant 
to FTSE 20-50 excluding Financial 
Services, are behind market median 
for the Executive Directors. 
k	  The Executive Directors have 

delivered again a strong financial 
performance with significant 
results to shareholders in a difficult 
trading year as dividend growth has 
exceeded inflation for the eleventh 
consecutive year. 

k	  Other salary reviews in the Group 
included the main collective 
agreement award of 3.25%. 
Management salaries increased 
by an average of 3%. 

Taking into account these points, the 
Committee recommended a salary increase 
for the Executive Directors of up to 2.5%. 
The Chief Executive elected not to accept 
a salary increase for the current year. 

Any salary increase will be effective from 
1 April 2010, fifteen months since the 
previous increase in January 2009. 

Executive Directors’ salaries 2010/11 

Ian Marchant 
Colin Hood 
Gregor Alexander 
Alistair Phillips-Davies 

£840,000 
£645,750 
£495,075 
£495,075 

Current incentive plans 
Short-term incentive – 
Annual Bonus Plan 
The purpose of the Annual Bonus 
Plan is to reward Executive Directors’ 
performance during the year, based on an 
analysis of financial results, teamworking 
and personal objectives. Performance 
is considered in the context of targets 
set in each of the areas at the start 
of the financial year. In addition, the 
Remuneration Committee considers 
Executive Directors’ management of, 
and performance in, all of the business 
issues that arose during the year. 

For 2009/10, the total Annual Bonus paid to 
the Executive Directors was 59% of salary, 
compared with 60% in the previous year and 
with the maximum payable of 100%. Around 
half of the bonus was payable in respect 
of financial performance and around half in 
respect of teamworking and performance 
against personal objectives. ‘Executive 
Directors’ salary and incentive plans 
2009/10’, on page 67, sets out performance 
metrics used in the assessment of the 
Annual Bonus for 2009/10. 

For 2010/11, the structure of the Annual 
Bonus will remain the same as in 2009/10. 
The maximum bonus payable will be 
100% of salary, split between financial 
performance (60%), teamworking (20%) 
and personal objectives (20%). In any 
single year, it is expected that the Annual 
Bonus paid will be around 50% of 
Executive Directors’ salary for on-target 
performance. The Annual Bonus is paid 
75% in cash, and 25% deferred into shares 
which vest after three years, subject to 
continued service. 

Long-term incentives – 
Performance Share Plan 
The Performance Share Plan is the main 
scheme to reward Executive Directors 
and other senior executives over a three-
year period for the continued profitable 
growth of SSE as measured, up to 
2009/10, by Earnings per Share and 
the Total Shareholder Return compared 
to the FTSE 100. 

In 2006, awards were equivalent to 100% 
of salary for the Executive Directors and 
this out-turn in 2009 was reported last 
year. Since 2007, awards equivalent to 
150% of salary have been made to 
Executive Directors and at lower rates 
to other senior executives. It is planned 
that for the next year PSP Awards should 
be on a similar basis. 

Awards will be released after three years 
subject to the meeting of demanding 
performance conditions relating to the 
Company’s relative total shareholder 
return (TSR) performance and the 
Company’s adjusted EPS growth. Further 
details of the performance targets are in 
the table on page 67. 

The TSR performance measure is 
dependent on the Company’s relative long-
term share price performance within the 
FTSE 100 bringing a market perspective 
to the plan. The vesting of this element 
requires the Committee to be satisfied with 
the underlying financial performance of the 
Company. The TSR measure is balanced 
by a key internal measure, adjusted EPS 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
70 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Corporate governance (continued) 
Remuneration Report – Remuneration explained (continued) 

growth, which is critical to the Company’s 
long-term success and ties in with the 
Group’s strategic goals. 

The Committee considered that the 
achievement of real annual adjusted EPS 
growth of 9% above RPI per annum was a 
demanding target for maximum vesting in 
light of the regulatory regime applicable 
to the Company. Further details of this 
scheme are set out on page 67. 

The first PSP award made in 2006 vested 
in full in May 2009 as both elements of 
the performance condition (relating to 
TSR and EPS performance respectively) 
were met. TSR out-turn was in the upper 
quartile of the FTSE 100 and EPS growth 
was 10.7% above inflation per annum. 
Achievement of these performance 
conditions was independently verified. 

The 2007 award will vest shortly after the 
preliminary announcement of results for 
2009/10 in May 2010. The TSR out-turn 
was below median for FTSE 100 so this 
part of the PSP will not vest. EPS growth 
was 3.6% above inflation per annum, and 
accordingly 32.4% of the EPS element in 
the 2007 award will vest. 

The Remuneration Committee has 
reviewed the performance criteria of the 
PSP. It is anticipated that for awards in 
2010/11 there will be four performance 
criteria of 25% each as follows: relative 
TSR performance compared to FTSE 100; 
relative TSR performance compared to 
a dedicated peer group of UK and other 
European utilities; EPS growth of RPI plus 
2% (threshold vesting) to 8% (full vesting); 

and Dividend per share growth of RPI plus 
2% (threshold vesting) to 6% (full vesting). 

The Remuneration Committee considered 
that the added criteria were appropriate 
when rebalancing the mix of performance 
criteria in that TSR performance 
compared to a dedicated peer group 
of UK and other European utilities (the 
MSCI Europe Utilities) provided a sector 
emphasis (whilst continuing to bring 
a market perspective to the plan) and 
the Dividend per share growth target 
reflected the Company’s objective to 
deliver strong real dividend growth in the 
future (while maintaining a dividend cover 
consistent with its established range). 
The Committee will review all targets 
to ensure that they remain both relevant 
and stretching in line with the prevailing 
business and economic environment, 
when considering future awards. 

Pensions policy 
Pension Plan membership is a very 
important part of the remuneration 
strategy because of the long-term 
goals and horizons of the business 
coupled with the need to build long-
term commitment to the Company 
from employees key to the success 
of the Company. Consequently it is SSE 
remuneration policy to invest for the 
future pay of each employee once 
their working life is completed. Each 
employee is encouraged to join the 
relevant plan. 

Full details of the Executive Directors’ 
pension plans can be found in Table B 
of the audited information on page 72. 

SSE TSR performance: 31 March 2005 to 31 March 2010 

200	 

180 

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

SSE 
FTSE 100 

Mar 05 

Mar 06 

Mar 07 

Mar 08 

Mar 09 

Mar 10 

The graph above charts the cumulative TSR (Total Shareholder Return) of SSE since 1 April 2005, 
compared to the FTSE 100 Index over the same period. The Company is a member of the FTSE 100 
and it was considered to be the most relevant benchmark for comparison purposes. For the 
purposes of defining the constituents of the FTSE 100, companies removed from the FTSE as a 
result of a business transaction will be valued at the date of removal and then indexed to the FTSE 
100 annual out-turn. Those companies acquired by another FTSE constituent will be disregarded 
as the acquiring company is a FTSE 100 participant. 

All the Executive Directors remain 
members of either the Southern Electric 
Pension Scheme or the Scottish Hydro 
Electric Pension Scheme and their plan 
membership predates their Board 
appointments. These are both funded 
final salary pension schemes and the 
terms of these schemes apply equally 
to all members. 

The Directors’ service contracts provide 
for a possible maximum pension of two 
thirds final salary at age 60. In relation 
to Executive Directors who are subject to 
the scheme-specific salary cap (which 
mirrors the provisions of the previous HM 
Revenue and Customs cap arrangements) 
the Company provides top-up (unfunded) 
arrangements which are designed to 
provide an equivalent pension on 
retirement at age 60 to that which they 
would have earned if they had not been 
subject to the salary cap. 

Overall the Executive Directors have no 
right to any special or preferential pension 
benefit terms upon leaving. However, in 
common with all members of the pension 
schemes who joined at the same time 
as the Directors, the following provisions 
relating to leaving the Company apply: 

k	  For retirement through ill-health an 
unreduced pension based on service 
to expected retirement is paid. 
k	  In the event of any reorganisation or 
redundancy an unreduced accrued 
pension is paid to a member who is 
aged 50 or above, with at least five 
years’ service or, for a member who 
has not yet reached that age, it will 
be payable with effect from 50. 

k	  From the age of 55, a scheme member 
is entitled to leave the Company and 
receive a pension, reduced for early 
payment, unless the Company gives 
consent and funds this pension being 
paid on an unreduced basis. 

Previous HM Revenue & Customs limits 
have ceased to apply to benefits provided 
by the pension schemes. If a member’s 
accrued fund exceeds the new lifetime 
allowance (LTA), the benefits payable by the 
scheme from that excess will be subject to 
a higher rate of income tax. The Company 
is maximising the use of the new allowance 
thereby providing Executive Directors 
with more of their existing benefits via 
registered schemes. In the case of Colin 
Hood, who was not subject to the previous 
earnings cap but is now limited by the 
LTA, further accrual is via an unfunded 
arrangement. There are no arrangements 
to compensate members for any change 
in their personal tax liability. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
71 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Service contract key items 

Provision 

Detailed terms 

k  12 months by either Company or Director 

Notice period 
Retirement date  k  Age 60 
Termination 
payment 

k 
k 

Up to 12 months salary (excluding any bonus or other enhancement) 
Payment in lieu of notice in staged payments subject to the 
Executive gaining new employment 
No special change of control provisions 
Obligation on departing Executives to mitigate loss 

Salary, pension and benefits 
Company car or cash allowance 
Participation in bonus scheme, employee share schemes 
and Executive incentive plans 
Private Health Insurance 

Remuneration 

k 
k 

k 

k 
k 

k 

Non competition  k  During employment and for six months after leaving 
Contract dates  k  All four contracts dated 11 March 2005 

Length of service 

Ian Marchant 
Gregor Alexander 
Colin Hood 
Alistair Phillips-Davies 

Industry service 

Length of Board service 

18 
19 
32 
13 

14 years* 
7 years 
9 years 
8 years 

* Including two years as Finance Director of Southern Electric plc. 

k	  The long service award scheme which 
purchases 10, 20, 30, 40 or 50 shares 
on behalf of an employee on the 
occasion of the employee reaching 
10, 20, 30, 40 or 50 years’ service 
respectively with the Group. 

Funding of share schemes and dilution 
Shares are purchased in the market to 
satisfy the exercise of awards under the 
Deferred Bonus Plan, the Performance 
Share Plan, and the Share Incentive Plan. 

The Company’s Sharesave Scheme uses 
unissued shares to satisfy the exercise of 
share options. As at 31 March 2010, there 
were approximately 4.6 million share 
options outstanding under this scheme, and 
if all the outstanding options were exercised 
this would amount to 0.5% of the issued 
share capital of the Company at that date. 

Service contracts 

It is the Company’s policy that 
Executive Directors should have service 
contracts with the Company which can 
be terminated on 12 months’ notice given 
by either party. 

The current Executive Directors’ service 
contracts contain the key items shown 
in the table above. 

The Company may at its discretion 
terminate any Executive Director’s 
contract by making a payment in lieu 
of notice equal to the basic salary which 
would have been received during the 
notice period (excluding any bonus and 
any other emolument referable to the 
employment). Payment may be made in 
staged payments, and will either reduce 
or cease completely where the departing 
Executive Director gains new employment. 

If an Executive Director retires or is 
made redundant, the PSP shares will 
be reduced to reflect the point during the 
three year performance period when the 
Director leaves. If the Executive Director 
leaves for any other reason, PSP share 
awards will lapse. 

In the event of a change of control of the 
Company, performance in the PSP will be 
measured to that date and will normally 
be scaled down to the period prior to the 
change of control. 

Outside appointments 
Executive Directors are entitled to accept 
a non-Executive appointment outside the 
Company with the consent of the Board, 
as such appointments can enhance 
Directors’ experience and value to the 
Company. Any fees received are retained 
by the Director. 

Share ownership policy 
Employee share ownership is a key part of 
total Remuneration policy and is designed 
to help maintain long-term commitment 
and business understanding, offering the 
opportunity to benefit from any growth in 
shareholder value. 

k	  The interests of the Executive 

Directors and other senior executives 
are closely aligned with those of other 
shareholders. The Performance Share 
Plan, the deferral of 25% of the Annual 
Bonus award and employee share 
schemes facilitate this alignment. 
k	  The Executive Directors and certain 
other senior executives are required 
to maintain a shareholding equivalent 
to one year’s salary which is built up 
within a reasonable timescale. Consent 
to sell shares is not normally given 
(unless in exceptional circumstances 
or to fund a connected tax liability) until 
this level of shareholding is reached. 
k	  It is also expected that all non-Executive 
Directors should hold a minimum of 
2,000 shares in the Company. 

The percentage shareholdings of the 
Executive Directors against the guidelines 
are shown below. 

Directors’ shareholdings as 
percentage of annual salary 

Ian Marchant 
Colin Hood 
Gregor Alexander 
Alistair Phillips-Davies 

% of salary 

286 
221 
191 
210 

Based on a share price at 31 March 2010 
of £11.01. 

All-employee share schemes 
Executive Directors are eligible to 
participate in the Company’s all-employee 
share schemes on the same terms as other 
employees. These schemes comprise: 

k	  The Sharesave Scheme which allows 
employees options to acquire shares 
using the proceeds of a monthly savings 
contract of up to £250 per month. 
Exercise of the options is not subject to 
satisfaction of any performance target. 
The option price is set at a discount 
maximum of 20% to market value. 
k	  The Share Incentive Plan (the SIP) 
which allows employees to allocate 
part of their pre-tax salary to purchase 
shares up to a maximum of £125 per 
month. Participants receive two free 
matching shares monthly for each 
share purchased up to a maximum 
of six free shares. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
72 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Corporate governance (continued) 
Remuneration Report – Remuneration in detail 

In 2009/10 Ian Marchant held a non-
Executive Director position with the John 
Wood Group plc, and received £44,000 in 
fees; and Colin Hood accepted a position 
as non-Executive Director of FirstGroup 
plc, and received £39,500 in fees. 

Non-Executive Directors 

k	  The non-Executive Directors have 
letters of appointment, and are 
appointed for fixed terms of three 
years, subject to retirement by rotation 
and re-appointment at AGMs. 

k	  They do not participate in the Bonus 
Scheme, Deferred Bonus Plan, any of 

the share option schemes, or contribute 
to any Group pension scheme although 
as indicated above are required to hold 
2000 Company shares. 

k	  The fees of the independent non-
Executive Directors are agreed by 
the Board, with the non-Executive 
Directors concerned not participating 
in this process. 

k	  The fees are reviewed against companies 
of similar size and complexity. To be 
consistent with wider remuneration 
policy, fees are set at below median. 
k	  The non-Executive Directors do not 
receive any additional fees for 
Committee Membership, only for 
Chairmanship of the Committees. 

Reasonable travelling and other 
expenses are paid for costs incurred 
in the course of their duties. 

The fees for the year ending 31 March 
2010 are listed below: 

Board 
Audit Committee Chairmanship 
Remuneration Committee 
Chairmanship 
Senior Independent Director 
Company Chairman 

£52,500 
£12,000 

£10,000 
£10,000 
£332,000 

The basic Board fee was increased 
to £54,000 and the Chairman fee was 
increased to £340,812 from 1 April 2010. 

The Auditors are required to report on the information contained in Tables A, B and D. 

Table A – Directors’ remuneration excluding LTIP and pension information 

Executive Directors 
Ian Marchant 
Gregor Alexander 
Colin Hood 
Alistair Phillips-Davies 

Non-Executive Directors 
Thomas Andersen – Appointed 1 January 2009 
Nick Baldwin 
Richard Gillingwater 
René Médori 
Lady Rice 
Lord Smith of Kelvin (Chairman) 

Former Directors 
Sir Kevin Smith – Retired 24 July 2008 

Salary/fee 
£000s 

Bonuses 
£000s 

Benefits 
£000s 

2010 

840 
483 
630 
483 

52 
52 
52 
64 
72 
332 

– 

3,060 

372 
214 
279 
214 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

1,079 

19 
16 
17 
16 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

68 

Total 
£000s 

1,231 
713 
926 
713 

52 
52 
52 
64 
72 
332 

2009 
Total 
£000s 

1,207 
699 
908 
699 

13 
50 
50 
62 
70 
321 

– 

4,207 

17 

4,096 

Notes 
In addition to the annual cash bonus amount for this year, Ian Marchant, Gregor Alexander, Colin Hood and Alistair Phillips-Davies 
will be awarded £124k, £71k, £93k and £71k respectively in the form of deferred shares in respect of the bonus due to them for 
2009/10. These share awards will not be made until June 2010 and therefore the number of shares to which the Executive Directors 
will be entitled will not be known until that date. These shares will, subject to continued employment, be released on the third 
anniversary of grant in June 2013. 

Table B – Directors’ pension information 

Accrued benefit	 

Years of 
industry 
service 

At 31 March 
2010 
£000s 

Increase in year 
including 
inflation 
£000s 

Increase in year 
excluding 
inflation 
£000s 

At 31 March 
2010 
£000s 

At 31 March 
2009 
£000s 

Transfer value of accrued benefit 

Increase less 
Directors’ 
contributions 
£000s 

Increase in year 
excluding 
inflation 
£000s 

Ian Marchant 
Gregor Alexander 
Colin Hood 
Alistair Phillips-Davies 

18 
19 
32 
13 

349 
198 
336 
147 

31 
16 
31 
16 

31 
16 
31 
14 

5,683 
3,038 
6,891 
2,154 

3,972 
2,242 
5,500 
1,552 

1,692 
778 
1,374 
584 

484 
163 
562 
196 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
73 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Members of the scheme have the option to pay additional voluntary contributions; neither the contributions nor the resulting benefits 
are included in the table above. The retirement age of Executive Directors is 60. 

The following is information relating to the pension of Gregor Alexander as a participant in the HM Revenue & Customs approved 
Scottish Hydro Electric Pension Scheme. 

(i)	  Dependants’ pensions on death are half of members’ pension entitlements, together with a capital sum equal to four times 

pensionable pay. On death in retirement, the Director’s spouse will receive a pension equal to half of that payable to the Director. 
In addition, on death within the first five years of retirement, a lump sum is payable equal to the balance outstanding of the first 
five years’ pension payments. 

(ii)	  All benefit payments are guaranteed to increase annually by the same percentage as state pensions, which are linked to the UK 

Retail Price Index. 

The following is information relating to the Directors’ pensions of Colin Hood, Ian Marchant and Alistair Phillips-Davies, as participants 
in the HM Revenue & Customs approved Southern Electric Group of the Electricity Supply Pension Scheme. 

(i)	  Dependants’ pensions on death are four-ninths of the member’s pensionable pay, together with a capital sum equal to four 

times pensionable pay. If death occurs after attaining the age of 55 an additional lump sum between three to five times notional 
pension is payable dependent upon age and length of service. 

(ii)	  On death in retirement, the Director’s spouse will receive a pension equal to two-thirds of that payable to the Director. In addition, 
on death within the first five years of retirement, a lump sum is payable equal to the balance outstanding of the first five years’ 
pension payments. 

(iii)  Post retirement increases are expected to be in line with inflation (guaranteed up to the level of 5% per annum and discretionary 

above that level). 

(iv)	  All the Executive Directors have unfunded retirement benefits which are included in their pension benefits above with provision 

in respect of their accrued value included in the Company’s Balance Sheet. 

Table C – Directors’ share interests 

Gregor Alexander 
Thomas Andersen 
Nick Baldwin 
Richard Gillingwater 
Colin Hood 
Ian Marchant 
René Médori 
Alistair Phillips-Davies 
Lady Rice 
Lord Smith of Kelvin 

31 March 2010 

31 March 2009 

Shares held 

Shares under 
option 

Shares held 

Shares under 
option 

85,917 
2,000 
2,244 
2,000 
129,376 
218,500 
2,050 
94,631 
4,904 
22,600 

161,936 
– 
– 
– 
211,984 
281,166 
– 
162,220 
– 
– 

46,128 
2,000 
2,119 
2,000 
28,308 
142,204 
2,050 
31,625 
4,632 
22,600 

151,576 

– 
– 
292,664 
276,370 
– 
186,150 
– 
– 

Notes 
From 31 March 2010 to 18 May 2010, the following changes to the interests of Directors took place: 

Under a standing order for reinvestment of an ISA, on 5 April 2010 Gregor Alexander acquired 13 shares. 

The Register of Directors’ Interests (which is open to shareholders’ inspection) contains full details of Directors’ shareholdings 
and options to subscribe for shares. 

Table D (page 74) shows the interests of the Executive Directors in awards granted under the Deferred Bonus Scheme (DBS), 
Deferred Bonus Plan 2006 and the Performance Share Plan (PSP) and in options granted under the ShareSave Scheme during 
the year ended 31 March 2010. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
­
74 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Corporate governance (continued) 
Remuneration Report – Remuneration in detail (continued) 

Table D –Directors’ long term incentive plan interests 

Ian Marchant 

Colin Hood 

Gregor Alexander 

Alistair Phillips-Davies 

Share plan 

DBS 
DBP 20065 
DBP 2006 
DBP 2006 
PSP3 
PSP2 
PSP 
PSP 
Sharesave 
Sharesave 

DBS4 
DBS 
DBS 
DBS 
DBS 
DBP 20065 
DBP 2006 
DBP 2006 
PSP3 
PSP2 
PSP 
PSP 
Sharesave 
Sharesave 

DBS 
DBP 20065 
DBP 2006 
DBP 2006 
PSP3 
PSP2 
PSP 
PSP 
Sharesave 
Sharesave 
Sharesave 

DBS4 
DBS 
DBS 
DBP 20065 
DBP 2006 
DBP 2006 
PSP3 
PSP2 
PSP 
PSP 
Sharesave 

Date of
award 

06/06/06
08/06/07 
10/06/08 
02/06/09 
27/07/06 
26/07/07 
10/06/08 
02/06/09 
01/10/04
01/10/08

11/07/02
02/07/03
20/07/04
30/06/05
06/06/06
08/06/07 
10/06/08 
02/06/09 
27/07/06 
26/07/07 
10/06/08 
02/06/06 
01/10/05
01/10/07

06/06/06
08/06/07 
10/06/08 
02/06/09 
27/07/06 
26/07/07 
10/06/08 
02/06/09 
01/10/04
01/10/05
01/10/09

20/07/04
30/06/05
06/06/06
08/06/07 
10/06/08 
02/06/09 
27/07/06 
26/07/07 
10/06/08 
02/06/09 
01/10/05 

Normal
 exercise period 
(or vesting date) 

 No. of shares 
under award as at 
1 April 2009 

Option 
exercise 
price 

Additional 
shares awarded 
during the year6

No. of 

No. of shares 
shares released  under award at 
31 March 2010 
 during the year 

 06/06/09-06/06/16 
08/06/10 
10/06/11 
02/06/12 
May 2009 
May 2010 
May 2011
May 2012 
 01/10/09-31/03/10 
 01/10/11-31/03/12 

 11/07/05-11/07/12 
 02/07/06-02/07/13 
 20/07/07-20/07/14 
 30/06/08-30/06/15 
 06/06/09-06/06/16 
08/06/10 
10/06/11 
02/06/12 
May 2009 
May 2010 
May 2011
May 2012 
 01/10/10-31/03/11 
 01/10/10-31/03/11 

 06/06/09-06/06/16 
08/06/10 
10/06/11 
02/06/12 
May 2009 
May 2010 
May 2011 
May 2012 
 01/10/09-31/03/10 
 01/10/10-31/03/11 
 01/10/14-31/03/15 

 20/07/07-20/07/14 
 30/06/08-30/06/15 
 06/06/09-06/06/16 
08/06/10 
10/06/11 
02/06/12 
May 2009 
May 2010 
May 2011 
May 2012 
01/10/10-31/03/11 

622p 
1274p 

886p 
1306p 

622p 
886p 
1042p 

46,081 
11,962 
9,709

54,142
75,313
 77,670 

1,051 
442 

16,108 
19,116 
25,249 
26,079 
33,446 
8,598 
7,087 

40,607 
56,485 
 58,253 

1,492 
144 

23,311 
6,518
5,493 

28,301 
42,364 
44,661 

630 
298 

16,211 
17,386 
23,311 
6,588
5,463 

28,301 
42,364 
44,661 

1,865 

886p 

10,730

107,302 

8,047 

80,476 

6,169 

61,698 

1,253 

6,169 

61,698 

46,0817 
11,9628 

 54,142 

1,0519 

16,1088 
19,1168 
25,2498 
26,0798 
33,4468 
8,5988 

40,607 

23,3117 
 6,5188 

28,301 

6309 

16,2117 
17,3867 
23,3117 
 6,5888 

28,301 

 9,709 
 10,730 

 75,313 
77,670 
107,302 

442 

7,087 
8,047 

56,485 
58,253 
80,476 
1,492 
144 

5,493 
6,169 

42,364 
44,661 
61,698 

298 
1,253 

5,463 
6,169 

42,364 
44,661 
61,698 
1,865 

1.  Shares which are released under the DBS, DBP 2006, and PSP attract additional shares in respect of the notional reinvestment of dividends. In addition to the shares 

released under DBS and DBP 2006, as indicated in the table above, the following shares were realised arising from such notional reinvestment of dividends: Ian Marchant – 
7,852 shares, Colin Hood – 36,800 shares, Gregor Alexander – 4,040 shares, Alistair Phillips-Davies – 10,926 shares. In addition to the shares released under the PSP, as 
indicated in the table above, the following shares were realised arising from such notional reinvestment of dividends: Ian Marchant –7,040 shares, Colin Hood – 5,280 shares, 
Gregor Alexander – 3,678 shares, Alistair Phillips-Davies – 3,678 shares. 

2.  The performance conditions applicable to awards under the PSP since 2007 are described on page 67. 
3.  The 2006 award under the PSP was subject to a slightly different target in that full vesting would occur after three years for EPS growth of RPI plus 8% and TSR at or 

above 75th percentile, and 30% of the award vesting for the median performance for TSR and EPS growth of RPI plus 3%. 

4.  The DBS was the Company’s main long-term incentive arrangement prior to the introduction of the PSP in 2006. Vesting of shares was dependent on continued service 

over a three year period. The number of shares placed under option under the DBS depended on meeting financial and non-financial performance criteria in the 
financial years preceding the award, and therefore no further performance condition applies to the vesting of DBS options. 

5.	  Since 2007, 25% of annual bonus payable to Executive Directors and Senior Managers has been satisfied as a conditional award of shares under the DBP 2006. Vesting of shares 
is dependent on continued service over a three year period. In view of the linkage to annual bonus, no further performance condition applies to the vesting of DBP 2006 awards. 

6.  The market value of a share on the date on which these awards were made was 1174p. 
7.  The market value of a share on the date on which these awards were realised was 1130p. 
8.  The market value of a share on the date on which these awards were realised was 1111p. The vesting date of 10 June 2010 for the awards granted in 2007 was 

accelerated, with the consent of the Committee, to March 2010. 

9.  The market value of a share on the date this option was exercised was 1158p. 

The closing market price of the shares at 31 March 2010 was 1101p and the range for the year was 1039p to 1198p. Awards granted during the year were granted under 
the DBP 2006 and the PSP. Options were granted under the Sharesave scheme. The aggregate amount of gains made by the Directors on the exercise of share options 
and realisation of awards during the year was £5,832,166.48 (2009 – £840,423.00). No options or awards lapsed in the year. 

This report was approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by: 

Lady Rice CBE Remuneration Committee Chairman, 18 May 2010 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
Corporate governance (continued) 
Other statutory information 

75 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Principal activities 
Scottish and Southern Energy plc is 
the holding company of the Group. Its 
subsidiaries are organised into the main 
businesses of: 

k  electricity generation, transmission, 

distribution and supply; 

k  gas storage, distribution and supply; 
k  electrical and utility contracting; 
k  home services, supplying a wide range 
of electrical and gas appliances and 
complementary products; and 

k  telecommunications. 

Business review 
The Company is required to set out a fair 
review of the business of the Group and 
a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties facing the Group (known 
as a Business Review). The Business 
Review is required to set out a balanced 
and comprehensive analysis of the 
development and performance of the 
Group’s business during the financial year 
ended 31 March 2010 and of the position 
of the Group at the end of that financial 
year. The information that fulfils these 
requirements, and is deemed to be the 
Directors’ Report, is contained within 
pages 4 to 76 of this Annual Report. 

Directors 
The Directors during the year and at the 
date of this report are: 

Executive 
Ian Marchant, Chief Executive 
Gregor Alexander 
Colin Hood 
Alistair Phillips-Davies 

Non-Executive 
Lord Smith of Kelvin, Chairman 
Thomas Andersen 
Nick Baldwin 
Richard Gillingwater 
René Médori 
Lady Rice 

Nick Baldwin, Richard Gillingwater 
and Alistair Phillips-Davies retire by 
rotation at the AGM and, being eligible, 
and in accordance with the Articles 
of Association, will offer themselves 
for re-appointment. 

Biographical details of all Directors are 
set out on page 49. Details of the service 
contract for Alistair Phillips-Davies and 
the letters of appointment for Nick Baldwin 
and Richard Gillingwater are set out in the 
Remuneration Report on pages 71 and 72. 

The interests of the Directors in 
the Ordinary Shares of the Company 

at 31 March 2010 are set out in the 
Remuneration Report on page 73. 

Directors’ insurance and indemnities 
The Directors have the benefit of the 
indemnity provision contained in the 
Company’s Articles of Association. The 
Directors of the Company have been 
granted a qualifying third party indemnity 
provision which was in force throughout the 
financial year and remains in force. The 
Company also purchased and maintained 
throughout the financial year directors’ 
and officers’ liability insurance in respect 
of itself and for its Directors and Officers. 

Results and dividends 
The Group profit attributable to 
shareholders for the financial year 
amounted to £1,235.3m. The Directors 
recommend a final dividend of 49p per 
Ordinary Share which, subject to approval at 
the AGM, will be payable on 24 September 
2010 to shareholders on the Register of 
Members at close of business on 30 July 
2010. With the interim dividend of 21p per 
Ordinary Share paid on 26 March 2010, 
this makes a total dividend of 70p per 
Ordinary Share. 

Going concern 
After making enquiries, the Directors 
have a reasonable expectation that the 
Company and the Group have adequate 
resources to continue in operational 
existence for the foreseeable future. The 
Group expects to issue further debt in the 
capital markets during 2010/11 to meet 
its funding requirements. The Financial 
Statements are therefore prepared on 
a going concern basis. Further details 
of the Group’s liquidity position and going 
concern review are provided in note 28. 

Share capital 
Details of the Company’s authorised and 
issued share capital at 31 March 2010, 
which includes options granted under the 
Group’s employee share option schemes, 
are set out in notes 25 and 27 to the 
Financial Statements. 

Annual General Meeting 
The 21st AGM of the Company will be 
held on 22 July 2010 at 12 noon in the 
Bournemouth International Centre, Exeter 
Road, Bournemouth BH2 5BH. The Notice 
of Annual General Meeting 2010, which 
contains full explanations of the business 
to be conducted at the AGM, is set out 
in a separate shareholder circular. 

Substantial shareholdings 
At 18 May 2010, the following interests 
in the issued Ordinary Share capital 
of the Company have been disclosed 

in accordance with the requirements 
of the UK Listing Authority’s Disclosure 
and Transparency Rules: 

Entity 

Capital Research 
and Management 
Company 
Legal & General 
Group Plc 
Norges Bank 

Number 

of shares*  Percentage* 

46,267,405 

5.02% 

36,673,080 
27,941,614 

3.97% 
3.03% 

* At date of disclosure by relevant entity. 

Since the date of disclosure to the 
Company, the interests of the 
shareholders listed above may have 
increased or decreased. No requirement 
to notify the Company of any increase 
or decrease would have arisen unless 
the holding moved up or down through 
a whole number percentage level. 

Creditor payment policy 
It is the Company’s policy that payment 
terms are agreed at the outset of a 
transaction and are adhered to; that bills 
are paid in accordance with the contract; 
and that there are no alterations to payment 
terms without prior agreement. The number 
of suppliers’ days represented by trade 
creditors was 38 days at 31 March 2010. 

Accounting policies, financial 
instruments and risk 
Details of the Group’s accounting 
policies, together with details of financial 
instruments and risk, are provided at 
notes 1 and 28 to the Accounts. 

Additional information 
Where not provided elsewhere in the 
Directors’ Report, the following provides 
the information required to be disclosed 
by Section 992 of the Companies Act 2006. 

Each Ordinary Share of the Company 
carries one vote at general meetings 
of the Company. 

There are no restrictions on the transfer 
of Ordinary Shares in the capital of the 
Company other than certain restrictions 
which may from time to time be imposed 
by law (for example, insider trading law). 
In accordance with the Listing Rules of 
the Financial Services Authority, certain 
employees are required to seek the approval 
of the Company to deal in its shares. 

Employees who participate in the Share 
Incentive Plan whose shares remain in 
the schemes’ trusts give directions to the 
trustees to vote on their behalf by way 
of a Form of Direction. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
76 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Corporate governance (continued) 
Other statutory information (continued) 

The Company is not aware of any 
agreements between shareholders that 
may result in restrictions on the transfer 
of securities and/or voting rights. 

The rules governing the appointment 
of Directors are set out in the Corporate 
Governance Report on page 57. The 
Company’s Articles of Association may 
only be amended by a special resolution 
at a general meeting of shareholders. 

The Company is not aware of any 
significant agreements to which it is party 
that take effect, alter or terminate upon a 
change of control of the Company following 
a takeover. The Company is not aware of 
any contractual or other agreements which 
are essential to its business which ought 
to be disclosed in this Directors’ Report. 

Details of any post balance sheet events 
are provided at note 31 to the accounts. 

Auditors 
Upon the recommendation of the Audit 
Committee and approval of the Board, 
resolutions to re-appoint KPMG Audit Plc 
as Auditors, and to authorise the Directors 
to fix their remuneration, will be proposed 
at the forthcoming AGM. 

Each of the Directors who held office at 
the date of approval of this Directors’ 
Report confirms that, so far as each 
Director is aware, there is no relevant 
audit information of which the Company’s 
Auditors are unaware and each Director 
has taken all the steps that ought to have 
been taken in his duty as a Director to 
make himself or herself aware of any 
relevant audit information and to establish 
that the Company’s Auditors are aware 
of that information. 

By Order of the Board 

Vincent Donnelly 
Company Secretary 
18 May 2010 

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect 
of the annual report and the financial statements 

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report 
and the Group and parent company financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations. Company law 
requires the Directors to prepare Group and parent company 
financial statements for each financial year. Under that law 
they are required to prepare the Group financial statements 
in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and applicable 
law and have elected to prepare the parent company financial 
statements on the same basis. 

Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the Group and parent company and of 
their profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the Group and 
parent company financial statements, the Directors are required to: 

k  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently; 

k  make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; 
k  state whether they have been prepared in accordance with 

IFRS as adopted by the EU; and 

k  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and the 
parent company will continue in business. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time 
the financial position of the parent company and enable them to 
ensure that its financial statements comply with the Companies 
Act 2006. They have general responsibility for taking such steps 
as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the 
Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities. 

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also 
responsible for preparing a Directors’ Report, Directors’ 
Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance Statement 
that complies with that law and those regulations. 

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity 
of the corporate and financial information included on the 
Company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may 
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

We confirm that to the best of our knowledge: 

k  the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the 
applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit 
or loss of the Company and the undertakings included 
in the consolidation taken as a whole; and 

k  the Directors’ Report includes a fair review of the 

development and performance of the business and the 
position of the issuer and the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description 
of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face. 

For and on behalf of the Board 

Ian Marchant 
Chief Executive 
18 May 2010 

Gregor Alexander 
Finance Director 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent auditors’ report 
to the members of Scottish and Southern Energy plc 

7777 

IntrIntroduction

oduction ttoo SSSESE

DirDirectectororss’’ rreport
eport

Financial ssttatatements
Financial
ements 

SharShareholder

eholder infinformation
ormation 

We have audited the financial statements of Scottish and Southern Energy plc for the year ended 31 March 2010 set out on pages 
78 to 149. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the EU and, as regards the parent company financial statements, as applied in accordance 
with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. 

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to 
them in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility 
to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions 
we have formed. 

Respective responsibilities of Directors and Auditors 
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement set out on page 76, the Directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit the 
financial statements in accordance with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those standards 
require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s (APB’s) Ethical Standards for Auditors. 

Scope of the audit of the financial statements 
A description of the scope of an audit of financial statements is provided on the APB’s website at www.frc.org.uk/apb/scope/UKP. 

Opinion on financial statements 
In our opinion:
 
k 

k 
k 

k 

k 

the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 March 2010
 
and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended; 
the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU; 
the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and as 
applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and 
the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards 
the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. 

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 
In our opinion: 
k 

the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 
2006; and 
the information given in the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent 
with the financial statements. 

Matters on which we are required to report by exception 
We have nothing to report in respect of the following: 

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: 
k  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 

from branches not visited by us; or 
the parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement 
with the accounting records and returns; or 

k 

k  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or 
k  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit. 

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review: 
k 
k 

the Directors’ statement, set out on page 75, in relation to going concern; and 
the part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the June 2008 
Combined Code specified for our review. 

John Luke (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
For and on behalf of KPMG Audit Plc, Statutory Auditor 
Chartered Accountants 
Saltire Court 
20 Castle Terrace 
Edinburgh 
EH1 2EG 
18 May 2010 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
78 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Consolidated income statement 
for the year ended 31 March 

Revenue 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 
Operating costs 
Other operating income 

Operating profit before jointly 
controlled entities and associates 

Jointly controlled entities and associates: 
Share of operating profit 
Share of interest 
Share of movement on derivatives 
Share of tax 

Share of profit on jointly controlled 
entities and associates 

Operating profit 
Finance income 
Finance costs 

Profit before taxation 
Taxation 

Profit for the year 

Attributable to: 
Equity holders of the parent 
Minority interest 

Basic earnings per share (pence) 
Diluted earnings per share (pence) 
Adjusted earnings per share (pence) 

Dividends paid in the year (£m) 

Note 

2 

3 

13 

2 
6 
6 

7 

9 
9 
9 

8 

2010 

2009 

Before 
exceptional 
items and certain 
remeasurements 
£m 

Exceptional 
items and certain 
remeasurements 
(note 4) 
£m 

Before 
exceptional 
items and certain 
remeasurements 
£m 

Exceptional 
items and certain 
remeasurements 
(note 4) 
£m 

Total 
£m 

Total 
£m 

21,550.4 
(19,504.8) 

2,045.6 
(683.7) 
– 

– 
432.2 

432.2 
– 
–

21,550.4 
(19,072.6) 

2,477.8 
(683.7) 
– 

25,424.2 
(23,552.7) 

1,871.5 
(576.5) 
– 

– 
(1,291.7) 

(1,291.7) 
– 
102.7 

25,424.2 
(24,844.4) 

579.8
 
(576.5)
 
102.7
 

1,361.9 

432.2 

1,794.1 

1,295.0 

(1,189.0) 

106.0 

264.1 
(107.1) 
– 
(50.1) 

106.9 

1,468.8 
203.2 
(432.0) 

1,240.0 
(292.2) 

947.8 

– 
– 
4.1 
(1.2) 

264.1 
(107.1) 
4.1 
(51.3) 

2.9 

109.8 

435.1 
– 
(36.5) 

398.6 
(110.9) 

1,903.9 
203.2 
(468.5) 

1,638.6 
(403.1) 

287.7 

1,235.5 

246.4 
(128.2) 
– 
(39.3) 

78.9 

1,373.9 
209.7 
(369.8) 

1,213.8 
(300.6) 

913.2 

– 
– 
3.8 
(1.1) 

2.7 

(1,186.3) 
– 
25.8 

(1,160.5) 
359.6 

(800.9) 

246.4 
(128.2) 
3.8 
(40.4) 

81.6 

187.6 
209.7 
(344.0) 

53.3 
59.0 

112.3 

947.6 
0.2 

287.7 
– 

1,235.3 
0.2 

913.2 
– 

(800.9) 
– 

112.3 
– 

134.0p 
133.9p 
110.2p 

£618.5m 

12.7p 
12.8p 
108.0p 

£551.9m 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of comprehensive income 
for the year ended 31 March 

Profit for the year 

(Loss)/gain on effective portion of cash flow hedges 
Taxation on cashflow hedges 

Effective net investment hedge 
Taxation on net investment hedge 

Actuarial losses and other equity movements on retirement benefit schemes 
Taxation on actuarial losses and other equity movements on defined benefit pension schemes 

Exchange difference on translation of foreign operations 

Jointly controlled entities and associates: 
Share of (loss)/gain on effective portion of cash flow hedges 
Share of taxation on cashflow hedges 

Share of actuarial losses on retirement benefit schemes 
Share of taxation of actuarial losses on retirement benefit schemes 

Net share from jointly controlled entities and associates 

Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income for the period 

Attributable to: 
Equity holders of the parent 
Minority interest 

79 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Consolidated 

2010 
£m 

1,235.5 

(26.6) 
2.1 

(24.5) 

(47.2) 
13.2 

(34.0) 

(508.8) 
142.5 

(366.3) 

2009 
£m 

112.3 

22.9 
(6.4) 

16.5 

(142.9) 
40.0 

(102.9) 

(278.9) 
78.1 

(200.8) 

0.4 

221.7 

(30.0) 
19.1 

(10.9) 

(82.1) 
23.0 

(59.1) 

(70.0) 

(494.4) 

4.4 
(1.2) 

3.2 

(53.2) 
14.9 

(38.3) 

(35.1) 

(100.6) 

741.1 

11.7 

740.9 
0.2 

741.1 

11.7 
– 

11.7 

 
 
80 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Balance sheets 
as at 31 March 

Assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Biological assets 
Intangible assets: 
Goodwill 
Other intangible assets 

Investments in associates and jointly controlled entities 
Investments in subsidiaries 
Other investments 
Trade and other receivables 
Deferred tax assets 
Derivative financial assets 

Non-current assets 

Intangible assets 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Derivative financial assets 

Current assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities 
Loans and other borrowings 
Trade and other payables 
Current tax liabilities 
Provisions 
Derivative financial liabilities 

Current liabilities 

Loans and other borrowings 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Provisions 
Retirement benefit obligations 
Derivative financial liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity: 
Share capital 
Share premium 
Capital redemption reserve 
Equity reserve 
Hedge reserve 
Translation reserve 
Retained earnings 

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the parent 
Minority interest 

Total equity 

Consolidated 

Company 

Note 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

11 
12 

10 
10 
13 
14 
13 
17 
23 
28 

10 
16 
17 
18 
28 

22 
19 
20 
24 
28 

22 
23 
19 
24 
26 
28 

25 

8,204.2 
4.4 

726.3 
288.2 
1,037.3 
– 
9.2 
– 
157.1 
466.3 

7,232.2 
– 

724.0 
253.0 
918.7 
– 
18.3 
– 
100.1 
449.2 

10,893.0 

9,695.5 

213.3 
272.5 
5,018.8 
261.7 
1,468.3 

7,234.6 

213.9 
366.7 
5,659.6 
295.9 
1,537.7 

8,073.8 

18,127.6 

17,769.3 

903.7 
4,064.5 
216.9 
6.5 
2,020.7 

7,212.3 

5,143.3 
624.0 
324.5 
83.2 
720.3 
899.0 

7,794.3 

1,060.1 
4,364.9 
254.6 
13.8 
2,451.0 

8,144.4 

4,336.1 
594.7 
426.0 
60.2 
273.5 
959.5 

6,650.0 

15,006.6 

3,121.0 

14,794.4 

2,974.9 

461.5 
857.5 
22.0 
– 
(16.2) 
113.4 
1,686.6 

3,124.8 
(3.8) 

3,121.0 

460.2 
835.3 
22.0 
0.8 
19.6 
146.6 
1,492.7 

2,977.2 
(2.3) 

2,974.9 

2010 
£m 

– 
– 

– 
– 
473.9 
2,172.1 
– 
3,456.1 
116.9 
47.5 

6,266.5 

– 
– 
2,428.0 
99.7 
56.6 

2,584.3 

8,850.8 

815.6 
2,619.3 
4.0 
– 
45.2 

3,484.1 

3,341.4 
– 
– 
– 
251.1 
82.8 

3,675.3 

7,159.4 

1,691.4 

461.5 
857.5 
22.0 
– 
21.0 
– 
329.4 

1,691.4 
– 

1,691.4 

2009 
£m 

– 
– 

– 
– 
456.9 
2,154.2 
– 
2,066.9 
32.7 
– 

4,710.7 

– 
– 
3,465.7 
135.1 
178.1 

3,778.9 

8,489.6 

916.4 
2,635.5 
– 
– 
130.8 

3,682.7 

2,868.5 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

2,868.5 

6,551.2 

1,938.4 

460.2 
835.3 
22.0 
0.8 
43.3 
– 
576.8 

1,938.4 
– 

1,938.4 

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 18 May 2010 and signed on their behalf by: 

Gregor Alexander 
Finance Director 

Lord Smith of Kelvin 
Chairman 

Scottish and Southern Energy plc, Registered No: SC117119 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of changes in equity 
for the year ended 31 March 

81 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Consolidated 
Reconciliation of movement in reserves 

Share 
capital 
£m 

Share 

Capital 
premium  redemption 
reserve 
£m 

account 
£m 

Equity 
reserve 
£m 

Hedge  Translation 
reserve 
reserve 
£m 
£m 

Retained 
earnings 
£m 

Minority 
interest 
£m 

Total 
£m 

At 1 April 2009 

460.2 

835.3 

22.0 

0.8 

19.6 

146.6 

1,492.7 

(2.3)  2,974.9 

Profit for the year 
Effective portion of changes in fair 
value of cash flow hedges (net of tax) 

Effective net investment hedge 
(net of tax) 

Exchange differences on translation 
of foreign operation 

Actuarial gains on retirement benefit 
schemes (net of tax) 

Jointly controlled entities and 
associates: 
Share of change in fair value of 
effective cash flow hedges 

Share of actuarial losses on retirement 
benefit schemes (net of tax) 

Total comprehensive income for 
the period 

Dividends to shareholders 
Convertible bond converted to equity 
Issue of shares 
Credit in respect of employee 
share awards 

Investment in own shares 
Current and deferred tax recognised 

in equity in respect of employee 
share awards 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
0.9 
0.4 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
15.8 
6.4 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

At 31 March 2010 

461.5 

857.5 

22.0 

Company 
Reconciliation of movement in reserves 

Share 
capital 
£m 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
(0.8) 
– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

1,235.3 

0.2 

1,235.5 

– 

(24.5) 

– 

– 

– 

(34.0) 

(0.4) 

0.8 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(366.3) 

(10.9) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(59.1) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(24.5) 

(34.0) 

0.4 

(366.3) 

(10.9) 

(59.1) 

(35.8) 

(33.2) 

809.9 

0.2 

741.1 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

–

(618.5) 
– 
– 

17.9 
(15.8) 

0.4 

(1.7) 
– 
– 

(620.2) 
15.9 
6.8 

– 
– 

– 

17.9 
(15.8) 

0.4 

(16.2) 

113.4 

1,686.6 

(3.8)  3,121.0 

Share 

Capital 
premium  redemption 
reserve 
£m 

account 
£m 

Equity 
reserve 
£m 

Hedge 
reserve 
£m 

Retained 
earnings 
£m 

Total 
£m 

At 1 April 2009 

460.2 

835.3 

22.0 

0.8 

43.3 

576.8 

1,938.4 

Profit for the year 
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow 
hedges (net of tax) 
Actuarial gains on retirement benefit schemes (net of tax) 

Total comprehensive income for the period 
Dividends to shareholders 
Convertible bond converted to equity 
Issue of shares 
Increase in investment in subsidiaries 
Investment in own shares 

– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
0.9 
0.4 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
15.8 
6.4 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

At 31 March 2010 

461.5 

857.5 

22.0 

– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
(0.8) 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

575.9 

575.9 

(22.3) 
– 

(22.3) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

21.0 

– 
(206.9) 

369.0 
(618.5) 
– 
– 
17.9 
(15.8) 

(22.3) 
(206.9) 

346.7
 
(618.5)
 
15.9
 
6.8
 
17.9
 
(15.8)
 

329.4 

1,691.4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Statement of changes in equity (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

Consolidated 
Reconciliation of movement in reserves 

Share 
capital 
£m 

Share 

Capital 
premium  redemption 
reserve 
£m 

account 
£m 

Equity 
reserve 
£m 

Hedge  Translation 
reserve 
reserve 
£m 
£m 

Retained 
earnings 
£m 

Minority 
interest 
£m 

Total 
£m 

At 1 April 2008 

435.1 

315.7 

22.0 

3.9 

2.3 

25.4 

2,175.6 

0.3 

2,980.3 

Profit for the year 
Effective portion of changes in fair 
value of cash flow hedges (net of tax) 

Effective net investment hedge 
(net of tax) 

Exchange differences on translation 
of foreign operation 

Actuarial gains on retirement benefit 
schemes (net of tax) 

Jointly controlled entities and 
associates: 
Share of change in fair value of 
effective cash flow hedges 

Share of actuarial losses on retirement 
benefit schemes (net of tax) 

Total comprehensive income for 
the period 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Dividends to shareholders 
Convertible bond converted to equity 
Issue of shares 
Credit in respect of employee 
share awards 

Investment in own shares 
Current and deferred tax recognised 

in equity in respect of employee 
share awards 

– 
3.5 
21.6 

– 
61.6 
458.0 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

At 31 March 2009 

460.2 

835.3 

22.0 

Company 
Reconciliation of movement in reserves 

Share 
capital 
£m 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
(3.1) 
– 

– 
– 

– 

0.8 

– 

16.5 

– 

– 

– 

(102.9) 

(2.4) 

224.1 

112.3 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(200.8) 

3.2 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(38.3) 

17.3 

121.2 

(126.8) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

112.3 

16.5 

(102.9) 

221.7 

(200.8) 

3.2 

(38.3) 

11.7 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

(551.9) 
– 
– 

14.3 
(15.8) 

(2.7) 

(2.6) 
– 
– 

(554.5) 
62.0 
479.6 

– 
– 

– 

14.3 
(15.8) 

(2.7) 

19.6 

146.6 

1,492.7 

(2.3)  2,974.9 

Share 

Capital 
premium  redemption 
reserve 
£m 

account 
£m 

Equity 
reserve 
£m 

Hedge 
reserve 
£m 

Retained 
earnings 
£m 

Total 
£m 

At 1 April 2008 

435.1 

315.7 

22.0 

3.9 

7.1 

356.2 

1,140.0 

Profit for the year 
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow 
hedges (net of tax) 
Actuarial gains on retirement benefit schemes (net of tax) 

Total comprehensive income for the period 
Dividends to shareholders 
Convertible bond converted to equity 
Issue of shares 
Credit in respect of employee share awards 
Investment in own shares 

– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
3.5 
21.6 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
61.6 
458.0 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

At 31 March 2009 

460.2 

835.3 

22.0 

– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
(3.1) 
– 
– 
– 

0.8 

– 

852.0 

852.0 

36.2 
– 

36.2 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
(78.0) 

774.0 
(551.9) 
– 
– 
14.3 
(15.8) 

36.2 
(78.0) 

810.2
 
(551.9)
 
62.0
 
479.6
 
14.3
 
(15.8)
 

43.3 

576.8 

1,938.4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flow statements 
for the year ended 31 March 

83 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Consolidated 

Company 

Note 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

Cash flows from operating activities 
Profit for the year after tax 
Taxation 
Movement on financing and operating derivatives 
Finance costs 
Finance income 
Share of profit/loss of jointly controlled entities and associates 
Income from investment in subsidiaries 
Pension service charges less contributions paid 
Depreciation and impairment of assets 
Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets 
Impairment of inventories 
Release of provisions 
Release of deferred income 
Decrease/(increase) in inventories 
Decrease/(increase) in receivables 
(Decrease)/increase in payables 
Increase in provisions 
Charge in respect of employee share awards (before tax) 
Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Profit on disposal of 50% of Greater Gabbard Offshore Winds 
Loss/(profit) on disposal of fixed asset investment 

Cash generated from operations 

Dividends received from jointly controlled entities 
Dividends paid to minority investment holders 
Dividends received from subsidiaries 
Finance income 
Finance costs 
Income taxes paid 
Payment for consortium relief 

Net cash from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
Purchase of other intangible assets 
Deferred income received 
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 
Proceeds from disposal of 50% of Greater Gabbard Offshore Winds 
Purchase of 50% of Greater Gabbard Offshore Winds 
Proceeds from sale of fixed asset investment 
Other loans to jointly controlled entities 
Purchase of businesses and subsidiaries 
Cash acquired in purchases 
Investment in jointly controlled entities and associates 
Loans and equity repaid by jointly controlled entities 
Increase in other investments 

Net cash from investing activities 

13 
15 

1,235.5 
403.1 
(395.7) 
432.0 
(203.2) 
(109.8) 
– 
(88.8) 
356.4 
22.2 
3.0 
(7.1) 
(15.2) 
97.2 
914.3 
(486.8) 
5.9 
17.9 
(5.7) 
– 
0.1 

2,175.3 

23.7 
(1.7) 
– 
102.5 
(341.4) 
(307.7) 
– 

1,650.7 

(995.0) 
(4.2) 
18.7 
40.2 
– 
– 
0.9 
(336.4) 
(67.8) 
9.7 
(61.8) 
34.5 
(1.1) 

(1,362.3) 

112.3 
(59.0) 
1,265.9 
369.8 
(209.7) 
(81.6) 
– 
(49.3) 
315.9 
14.4 
8.2 
(47.5) 
(16.7) 
(127.7) 
(2,048.3) 
958.0 
4.7 
14.3 
(1.7) 
(102.7) 
(2.2) 

317.1 

39.8 
(2.6) 
– 
74.4 
(219.2) 
(255.5) 
(0.4) 

(46.4) 

(1,172.2) 
(37.5) 
24.8 
3.8 
308.5 
(40.0) 
2.4 
(262.0) 
(28.4) 
0.1 
(64.4) 
79.7 
(12.5) 

(1,197.7) 

575.9 
(0.6) 
44.9 
235.6 
(259.7) 
– 
(577.5) 
(44.2) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(161.3) 
119.4 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(67.5) 

– 
– 
577.5 
223.0 
(206.4) 
(300.6) 
– 

226.0 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(17.0) 
– 
– 

(17.0) 

852.0 
(40.8) 
(37.5) 
447.0 
(256.9) 
– 
(970.7) 
(14.5) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(1,508.9) 
(538.0) 
– 
– 
– 

(2.2) 

(2,070.5) 

–
 
–
 
970.7
 
192.2
 
(348.2)
 
(255.3)
 
(0.4)
 

(1,511.5) 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
2.4 
– 
(2.1) 
– 
– 
60.0 
– 

60.3 

 
 
 
 
84 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Cash flow statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

Cash flows from financing activities 
Proceeds from issue of share capital 
Dividends paid to Company’s equity holders 
Employee share awards share purchase 
New borrowings 
Borrowings acquired in purchases 
Repayment of borrowings 

Net cash from financing activities 

Consolidated 

Company 

Note 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

6.8 
(618.5) 
(15.8) 
1,338.3 
– 
(1,035.3) 

(324.5) 

479.6 
(551.9) 
(15.8) 
3,203.1 
– 
(1,835.3) 

1,279.7 

6.8 
(618.5) 
(15.8) 
1,299.7 
– 
(916.6) 

(244.4) 

479.6 
(551.9) 
(15.8) 
3,266.5 
– 
(1,696.3) 

1,482.1 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents 

(36.1) 

35.6 

(35.4) 

30.9 

Cash and cash equivalents at the start of year 
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year 

18 

18 

293.6 
(36.1) 
(5.0) 

252.5 

243.1 
35.6 
14.9 

293.6 

135.1 
(35.4) 
– 

99.7 

104.2 
30.9 
– 

135.1 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes on the financial statements 
for the year ended 31 March 

85 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

1.  SiGNifiCANT ACCOuNTiNG POLiCiES 

General information 
Scottish and Southern Energy plc (the Company) is a company domiciled in Scotland. The address of the registered office is given on 
the back cover. The Group’s operations and its principal activities are set out in the Directors’ Report on pages 6 to 46. The consolidated 
financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2010 comprise those of the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as 
the Group). The Company financial statements present information about the Company as a separate entity and not about the Group. 
Under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 the Company is exempt from the requirement to present its own income statement 
and related notes. 

Basis of preparation 
Statement of compliance 
The financial statements were authorised for issue by the Directors on 18 May 2010. The financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards and its interpretations as adopted by the European Union (adopted IFRS). 

Going concern 
The Directors consider that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future and has 
sufficient short-term and medium-term facilities to meet its funding requirements for 2010/11. In addition, the Group expects to issue 
further debt in the capital markets in 2010/11. The Financial Statements are therefore prepared on a going concern basis. Further 
details of the Group’s liquidity position and going concern review are provided in note 28 of the Financial Statements on page 138. 

Basis of measurement 
The financial statements of the Group and the Company are prepared on the historical cost basis except for derivative financial 
instruments, biological assets and the assets of the Group pension schemes which are stated at their fair value, and the liabilities 
of the Group pension schemes which are measured using the projected unit credit method. The Directors believe the financial 
statements present a true and fair view. The financial statements of the Group and Company are presented in pounds sterling. 
Operations and transactions conducted in currencies other than pounds sterling are included in the consolidated financial 
statements in accordance with the Group’s foreign currencies accounting policy. 

Use of estimates and judgements 
The preparation of financial statements conforming with adopted IFRS requires the use of certain accounting estimates. It also 
requires management to exercise judgement in the process of applying the accounting policies. The areas involving a higher level 
of judgement or estimation are summarised at pages 93 and 94. 

Exceptional items and certain remeasurements 
As permitted by IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements, the Group has disclosed additional information in respect of jointly 
controlled entities and associates, exceptional items and certain remeasurements on the face of the income statement to aid 
understanding of the Group’s financial performance. An item is treated as exceptional if it is considered unusual by nature and 
scale and of such significance that separate disclosure is required for the financial statements to be properly understood. Certain 
remeasurements are remeasurements arising on certain commodity, interest rate and currency contracts which are accounted 
for as held for trading or as fair value hedges in accordance with the Group’s policy for such financial instruments. This excludes 
commodity contracts not treated as financial instruments under IAS 39 where held for the Group’s own use requirements. 

Standards, amendments and interpretations 
The following accounting standards, amendments and interpretations have been adopted by the Group from 1 April 2009: 

k 

k 

k 

IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments – Disclosures’ (amendment) is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009. 
The amendment requires enhanced disclosures about fair value measurement and liquidity risk. In particular, the amendment 
requires disclosure of fair value measurements by level of a fair value measurement hierarchy. As the amendment only results 
in additional disclosures, there is no impact on the Group’s reported results. 

IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’, effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009, replaces IAS 14, Segment 
Reporting and requires operating segments to be identified on the basis of internal reports about components of the Group that 
are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker, which has been identified as the Board. The adoption of IFRS 8 has 
led to a change in the segmental information disclosed, but has had no impact on the Group’s reportable segments or on the 
reported results or financial position of the Group. Further information can be found in note 2. 

IAS 1 (Revised) ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’ is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009. 
The revised standard prohibits the presentation of income and expense in the statement of changes in equity, requiring non-
shareholder changes in equity to be presented separately from shareholder changes in equity. All non-shareholder changes 
in equity are required to be presented in a performance statement. IAS 1 (Revised) permits a choice as to whether to present 
a single performance statement (being a Statement of Comprehensive Income) or two statements (being an Income Statement 
and a Statement of Comprehensive Income). The Group has elected to present two statements. Other changes introduced by 
the revised standard include a requirement to give the Statement of Changes in Equity equal prominence to the other Primary 
Statements. These Financial Statements have been prepared under the revised disclosure requirements. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
86 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

1.  SiGNifiCANT ACCOuNTiNG POLiCiES (continued) 

k	 

IFRS 2 (Amendment) ‘Share-based Payments – Vesting Conditions and Cancellations’, is effective for annual periods beginning 
on or after 1 January 2009. This amendment restricts the definition of ‘vesting conditions’ to a condition that includes an explicit 
or implicit requirement to provide services. Any other conditions are non-vesting conditions which have to be taken into account 
to determine the fair value of the equity instruments granted. In the case that the award does not vest as the result of a failure 
to meet a non-vesting condition that is within the control of either the entity or the counterparty, this must be accounted for as 
a cancellation. The main impact of this amendment for the Group arises from cancellations by employees of contributions to the 
Group’s Sharesave schemes; in the event of a cancellation the Group must recognise immediately the amount of the expense 
that would have otherwise been recognised over the remainder of the vesting period. We have reviewed our Share Based 
Payments for the amendment and concluded that it has an immaterial impact on previously reported results and balances. 

k	 

IFRIC 12, ‘Service concession arrangements’, is effective for accounting periods ending on or after 29 March 2009. This amendment 
applies to contractual arrangements whereby a private sector operator participates in the development, financing, operation 
and maintenance of infrastructure for public sector services, for example, under private initiative (PFI) contracts. The Group has 
contracts with various local authorities under PFI arrangements. These contracts qualify for accounting under IFRIC 12. The 
adoption of IFRIC 12, which applies retrospectively, did not have a material impact on previously reported results and balances. 

The following amendments to existing standards and interpretations were also effective for the current period, but the adoption of 

these amendments to existing standards and interpretations did not have a material impact on the Financial Statements of the Group:
 

k 
k 
k 

k 

k 
k 

IAS 23 (Amendment), Borrowing Costs;
 
IAS 39 (Amendment), Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement – Reclassification of Financial Assets;
 
IFRS 1 (Amendment), First-time adoption of IFRS, and IAS 27 (Amendment), Presentation of Financial Statements – Puttable 

financial instruments and obligations arising on liquidation; 
IFRIC 9 (Amendment), Re-assessment of Embedded Derivatives, and IAS 39 (Amendment), Financial Instruments: Recognition 
and Measurement; 
IFRIC 13, Customer Loyalty Programmes; and 
IFRIC 15, Agreements for the Construction of Real Estate. 

At the date of authorisation of these Financial Statements, the following standards, amendments to existing standards and interpretations
 
issued by the IASB and IFRIC, which have not been adopted in these Financial Statements, were in issue but not yet effective:
 

k 
k 
k 

k 
k 
k 

IFRS 3 (Revised), Business Combinations, effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2009;
 
Improvements to IFRSs (2009), effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2009 (or later);
 
IFRS 2 (Amendment), Share Based Payment – Group Cash-settled Share-based Payment Transactions, effective for annual 

periods commencing on or after 1 January 2010; 
IAS 27 (Revised), Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements, effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2009; 
IFRIC 16, Hedges of Net Investment in a Foreign Operation; and 
IFRIC 18, Transfers of Assets from Customers, effective for annual periods beginning on or after 31 October 2009. 

The above have not been early adopted by the Group and the impact of adopting these standards and amendments to existing 
standards is currently being assessed. 

Additionally, the following standards, amendments to existing standards and interpretations, which were also in issue at the date 
of authorisation of these Financial Statements but not yet effective and have not received EU endorsement have not therefore been 
adopted by the Group in these Financial Statements: 

k 
k 

k 

IFRIC 17, Distributions of Non-cash Assets to Owners, effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2009; 
IAS 39 (Amendment), Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement – Eligible Hedged Items, effective for annual periods 
beginning on or after 1 July 2009; and 
IFRIC 19, Extinguishing Financial Liabilities with Equity Investments, effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2010. 

Basis of consolidation 
The financial statements consolidate the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries together with the Group’s share 
of the results and net assets of its jointly controlled entities and associates. 

Subsidiaries 
Subsidiaries (including special purpose entities) are those entities controlled by the Group or the Company. Control exists when the 
Group has the power, directly or indirectly, to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity in order to obtain benefits from its 
activities. In assessing control, potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are taken into account. The financial 
statements of subsidiaries acquired are consolidated in the financial statements of the Group from the date that control commences 
until the date control ceases. All business combinations are accounted for by applying the purchase method of accounting. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
87 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

The special purpose entities referred to relate to entities in which the Group has a 50% shareholding but whose activities the Group 
is deemed to control under SIC-12 Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities. 

In the Company, investments in subsidiaries are carried at cost less any impairment charges. 

Associates 
Associates are those entities in which the Group has significant influence but not control over the financial and operating policies, 
namely where the Group has a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. The consolidated financial statements 
include the Group’s share of the total recognised gains and losses of associates on an equity accounted basis, from the date that 
significant influence commences until the date that significant influence ceases. 

Joint ventures 
Jointly controlled entities are those entities over whose activities the Group has joint control, established by contractual agreement. 
In the consolidated financial statements, investments are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Jointly controlled 
operations are businesses which use assets and liabilities that are separable from the rest of the Group. In these arrangements, the 
Group accounts for its own share of property, plant and equipment, carries its own inventories, incurs its own expenses and liabilities 
and raises its own finance. 

In the Company, investments in jointly controlled entities are carried at cost less any impairment charges. 

Transactions eliminated on consolidation 
Intra-Group balances and any unrealised gains and losses or income and expenses arising from Intra-Group transactions, are 
eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. Unrealised gains and losses arising from transactions with associates 
and jointly controlled entities are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the entity. 

Accounting policies 
Revenue recognition: energy, services and goods relating to the sale of energy 
Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that economic benefits will flow to the Group and that the revenue can be 
reliably measured. Revenue comprises sales of energy, use of system income, gas storage facility revenue, the value of services 
and facilities provided and goods sold during the year in the normal course of business. 

Revenue on energy sales comprises sales to retail end-user customers including an estimate of the value of electricity and gas 
supplied to customers between the date of the last meter reading and the year end. Revenue on energy sales also includes monies 
received from the electricity and gas balancing markets in the UK and other wholesale market energy sales. Unread energy sales 
are estimated using historical consumption patterns taking account of industry volume reconciliation processes. Revenue associated 
with business interruption insurance claims is recognised as revenue in the income statement only when it is virtually certain that 
the claim will be successful. 

Revenue from use of energy systems includes an estimation of the volume of electricity distributed or transmitted by customers 
based on independently procured electricity settlement systems data. Annual revenue is dependent on being approved by the industry 
regulator, Ofgem. Certain circumstances may result in the regulatory ‘allowed’ income being over- or under-recovered in the financial 
year. Any over- or under-recovery is included in the calculation of the following year’s regulatory use of system revenue within agreed 
parameters. No adjustment is made for over- or under-recoveries in the year that they arise. 

Where the Group has an ongoing obligation to provide services, revenues are recognised as the service is performed and amounts 
billed in advance are treated as deferred income and excluded from current revenue. For one-off services, such as connections, 
revenue is recognised at the date of service. Revenue from fixed-fee service contracts is recognised over the life of the contract 
in relation to the benefit received by the customer. 

Gas storage facilities revenues are recognised evenly over the contract period, whilst revenues for the injection and withdrawal 
of gas are recognised at the point of gas flowing into or out of the storage facilities. 

Sales of goods are recognised when goods are delivered and title has passed, along with the risks and rewards of ownership. 

Government grants and customer contributions 
A government grant is recognised in the balance sheet initially as deferred income when there is reasonable assurance that it will be 
received and that the Group will comply with the conditions attaching to it. Grants that compensate the Group for expenses incurred 
are recognised in the income statement on a systematic basis in the same years in which the expenses are incurred. Grants that 
compensate the Group for the cost of an asset are recognised in the income statement on a systematic basis over the useful life of 
the asset to match the depreciation charge. Customer contributions in respect of major connections and capital grants have been 
recorded as deferred income and released to the income statement over the estimated life of the related assets. 

Leases 
The determination of whether an arrangement contains a lease is dependent on whether the arrangement relates to use and control 
of a specific asset. Leases are classified as finance leases if the arrangement transfers substantially all the risks and rewards 
of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are categorised as operating leases. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

1.  SiGNifiCANT ACCOuNTiNG POLiCiES (continued) 

(i)	  Operating lease obligations 

Payments made under operating leases are recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of 
the lease. Lease incentives received are recognised in the income statement as an integral part of the total lease expense. 

(ii)	  Finance lease obligations 

Assets held under finance leases are capitalised and held as part of property, plant and equipment. The accounting policy 
for such arrangements is described on page 89. 

Minimum lease payments are apportioned between the finance charge and the reduction of the outstanding liability. The finance 
charge is allocated to each year during the lease term in order to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining 
balance of the liability. 

Foreign currencies 
The consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, which is the functional currency of the Company and the 
Group’s presentational currency. Each entity in the Group determines its own functional currency and items included in the financial 
statements of each entity are measured accordingly. 

Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. Any gain or loss arising 
on the restatement of such items is taken to the income statement with the exception of exchange gains or losses on foreign 
currency borrowings that provide a hedge against a net investment in a foreign entity or exchange gains or losses incurred as part 
of a qualifying cash flow hedge. Exchange gains or losses on net investment hedges are taken against the consolidated translation 
reserve, a separate component of equity, to the extent the hedge is effective. Non-monetary assets that are measured in terms 
of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated at the historic rate at the date of transaction. 

For the purpose of presenting the consolidated financial statements, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations are 
translated into pounds sterling at the balance sheet closing rate. The results of these operations are translated at the average rate in 
the relevant period. Exchange differences on retranslation of the opening net assets and the results are transferred to the translation 
reserve and are reported in the statement of recognised income and expense. Exchange differences on foreign currency borrowings, 
foreign exchange contracts or foreign currency swaps used as part of a hedge against net investment in a foreign entity are transferred 
to the translation reserve. 

Finance income and costs 
Finance income comprises interest receivable on funds invested and expected returns on pension scheme assets recognised in the 
income statement. Finance costs comprise interest payable on borrowings and finance leases, the release of discounting on provisions, 
interest on pension scheme liabilities and accretion of the debt component on the convertible loan less capitalised interest. 

Interest on the funding attributable to major capital projects is capitalised during the years of construction and depreciated as part 
of the total cost over the useful life of the asset. 

Interest income and costs are recognised in the income statement as they accrue, on an effective interest method. The issue costs 
and interest payable on bonds and all other interest payable and receivable is reflected in the income statement on the same basis. 

Taxation 
Taxation on the profit for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Taxation is recognised in the income statement unless it 
relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity. 

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the 
balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. 

Deferred tax is calculated using the balance sheet liability method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying 
amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. The following 
temporary differences are not provided for: goodwill not deductible for tax purposes, the initial recognition of assets or liabilities 
other than in business combinations that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit, and differences relating to investments in 
subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax provided is based 
on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or 
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset where there is a legally enforceable right of offset within the same tax authority and 
where the Company intends to either settle them on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. 

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset 
can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
89 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Dividends 
Dividend income is recognised on the date the Group’s right to receive payments is established. 

Property, plant and equipment 
(i)  Owned assets 

Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairments. The cost of self-
constructed assets includes the cost of materials, direct labour and other directly attributable costs. All items of property, plant 
and equipment are accounted for under the cost model within IAS 16. 

Where an item of property, plant and equipment comprises major components having different useful lives, the components 
are accounted for as separate items of property, plant and equipment, and depreciated accordingly. 

(ii)  Leased assets 

Leases where the Group assumes substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. 

Assets held under finance leases are recognised as part of the property, plant and equipment of the Group at the fair value or, 
if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments, each determined at the inception of the lease. The corresponding 
liability is included in the balance sheet as a finance lease obligation. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges 
and reduction of lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance 
charges are charged directly against income, unless they are directly attributable to qualifying assets, in which case they are 
capitalised in accordance with the Group’s general policy on borrowing costs. 

Benefits received and receivable as an incentive to enter into an operating lease are also allocated on a straight line basis over 
the lease term. 

(iii)  Hydro civil assets 

The Group is obliged under the Reservoirs Act 1975 to maintain its hydro infrastructure network, including its dams, tunnels and 
other hydro civil engineering structures (hydro civil assets). All items of property, plant and equipment within hydro civil assets, 
with the exception of land, are subject to depreciation. 

In accordance with the transition provisions of IFRS 1, the Group identified the carrying value of these assets at privatisation and 
has treated this value as deemed cost. Following this assessment, the assets, and all subsequent enhancement and replacement 
expenditure, has been subject to depreciation over a useful economic life of 100 years. All subsequent maintenance expenditure 
is chargeable directly to the income statement. 

(iv)  Depreciation 

Depreciation is charged to the income statement to write off cost, less residual values, on a straight line basis over their estimated 
useful lives. Depreciation policy, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at least annually, for all asset classes to ensure 
that the current method is the most appropriate. The estimated useful lives are as follows: 

Hydro civil assets 
Power stations 
Wind farm developments 
Overhead lines, under ground cables and other network assets 
Gas storage facilities 
Other transmission and distribution buildings, plant and equipment 
Shop refurbishment, fixtures, equipment, vehicles and mobile plant 

Heritable and freehold land is not depreciated. 

Years 

100 
20 to 60 
20 to 25 
40 to 80 
25 to 50 
10 to 45 
3 to 10 

Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over their expected useful lives on the same basis as owned assets or, where 
shorter, over the term of the relevant lease. 

(v)  Subsequent expenditure 

It is the Group policy to capitalise qualifying replacement expenditure and depreciate it over the expected useful life of the 
replaced asset. Replaced assets are derecognised at this point and the costs recorded as costs of disposal. Where an item 
of property, plant and equipment is replaced and it is not practicable to determine the carrying amount of the replaced part, 
the cost of the replacement adjusted for inflation will be used as an approximation of the cost of the replaced part at the time 
it was acquired or constructed. 

Expenditure incurred to replace a component of an item of property, plant and equipment that is accounted for separately 
is capitalised. Other subsequent expenditure is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits of the item 
of property, plant and equipment to which it relates. 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

1.  SiGNifiCANT ACCOuNTiNG POLiCiES (continued) 

Biological Assets 
Biological assets, such as living trees, are measured at their fair value less estimated point of sale costs. The valuation of forest 
assets is based on discounted cash flow models whereby the fair value of the biological asset is calculated using cash flows from 
continuous operations, that is, each forest asset is split into an appropriate grouping based on the maturity and/or type of trees. 
An expected future volume of Timber that will be produced from each of these groups is then derived. The expected volume is used 
to apply a market value to the groups of trees based on the market value of Standing Timber. These market values are discounted 
based on the time to full maturity to appropriately value each grouping. 

Periodic changes resulting from growth, felling prices, discount rate, costs and other premise changes are included in operating 
profit on the income statement. 

Business Combinations 
The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for under the purchase method. The acquired business is measured at the date of 
acquisition as the aggregate fair value of assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities as required under IFRS 3 Business Combinations 
excluding non-current assets (or disposal groups) that are classified as held-for-sale, which are recognised and measured at fair 
value less costs to sell. The excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of the acquired business is represented as goodwill. 

Intangible assets 
(i)	  Goodwill and impairment testing 

Goodwill arising on a business combination represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over the Group’s interest in the fair 
value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of a subsidiary, associate or jointly controlled entity at the date 
of acquisition. 

Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is reviewed for 
impairment at least on an annual basis. 

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to those cash-generating units expected to benefit from the 
combination’s synergies. The cash-generating units used for goodwill impairment testing purposes are the operating units 
one level below the Group’s segmental businesses or are the segments themselves. The cash-generating units are therefore 
representative of how goodwill was recognised but do not represent business segments as reported to management. 

If the carrying amount of the cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount, an impairment charge will be recognised 
immediately in the income statement and will not be subsequently reversed. The recoverable amount is the higher of the 
cash-generating unit’s fair value less costs to sell and its value-in-use. The impairment charge will initially be adjusted 
against the goodwill allocated to the cash-generating unit. Thereafter, the remaining assets of the cash-generating unit 
will be written-down proportionately. 

Goodwill may also arise upon investments in jointly-controlled entities and associates. Such goodwill is recorded within the 
carrying amount of the Group’s investment and any impairment loss is included within the share of result from jointly-controlled 
entities and associates. 

On disposal or closure of a previously acquired business, any attributed goodwill will be included in determining the profit or loss 
on disposal. 

(ii)	  Research and development 

Expenditure on research activities is charged to the income statement as incurred. Expenditure on development activities, 
whereby research findings are applied to a plan or design for the production of new or substantially improved products or 
processes, is capitalised if the product or process is considered to be technically and commercially feasible and the Group 
intends to complete the intangible asset for use or for sale. 

(iii)  Allowances and emissions 

The European Emissions trading scheme (EU ETS) has been in operation since 1 January 2005. The IASB withdrew IFRIC 3 Emission 
Rights in June 2005 and it has not been replaced with definitive guidance or interpretation for CO2 (‘carbon’) emissions trading. 

The Group recognises carbon allowances granted in a period at nominal value (nil value). Carbon allowances purchased are 
recorded at cost within intangible assets. A liability is recognised when the level of emissions in any compliance period exceed 
the level of allowances held and this is recorded as a current liability. Up to the level of allowances held the liability is measured 
at the cost of purchased allowances. When the carbon emission liability exceeds the carbon allowances held, the net liability is 
measured at the anticipated settlement price. Movements in the market value of the liability are recognised in operating profit. 
Forward carbon contracts are measured at fair value with gains or losses arising on remeasurement being recognised in the 
income statement. The intangible asset is surrendered at the end of the compliance period reflecting the consumption of the 
economic benefit and is derecognised at its carrying value. As a result, no amortisation is booked but an impairment charge 
may be recognised should the carrying value exceed market value. Where allowances granted are used to settle a liability 
relating to a previous period, a creditor balance is recorded for the increased liability in the current period. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
91 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Under the Renewable Obligations Certificates (ROCs) scheme, certificates obtained from own generation are awarded by a third 
party, Ofgem. Self-generated certificates are recorded at market value and purchased certificates are recognised at cost, both 
within intangible assets. The liability under the renewables obligation is recognised based on electricity supplied to customers, 
the percentages set by Ofgem and the prevailing market price. The intangible asset is surrendered at the end of the compliance 
period reflecting the consumption of economic benefit. As a result no amortisation is recorded during the period. 

(iv)  Development wind assets 

Costs capitalised as development wind intangibles represent the costs incurred in bringing individual wind farm projects to the 
consented stage. Costs associated with reaching the consent stage include options over land rights, planning application costs 
and environmental impact studies. These may be costs incurred directly or part of the fair value exercise on acquisition of a 
controlling interest in a project. Development wind assets are not amortised until the asset is substantially complete and ready 
for its intended use. The asset is subject to impairment testing on an annual basis until this time. At the point that the project 
reaches the consent stage and is approved by the Board, the carrying value of the project is transferred to property, plant and 
equipment as assets under construction. Amortisation is over the expected useful life of the related operational asset. The asset 
is derecognised on disposal, or when no future economic benefits are expected from their use. 

(v)  Other intangible assets 

Other intangible assets that have been acquired by the Group including brands are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation 
and impairment losses. Software licenses are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation. Expenditure on internally generated 
brands is expensed as incurred. Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated 
useful life of these other intangible assets. The amortisation periods utilised are as follows: 

Brand values 
Application software licences 
Customer lists 
Contracts 

Years 

10 
5 
5 
Shorter of contract term or 5 

Impairment testing 
The carrying amounts of the Group’s assets, other than inventories or deferred tax, are reviewed for impairment whenever events 
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If there is evidence of impairment, the 
recoverable amount, being the higher of the fair value less costs to sell and the value-in-use of the asset, is estimated to determine 
the extent of any such impairment. For goodwill and other intangible assets with an indefinite life or which are not ready for use, the 
test for impairment is carried out annually. For financial assets measured at amortised cost the impairment is measured as the 
difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the financial 
asset’s original effective interest rate. 

Inventories and work in progress 
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (on a first-in, first-out basis) and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated 
selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and selling expenses. The cost of fuel stocks 
is based on the weighted average principle. The valuation of work in progress is based on the cost of labour, the cost of contractors, 
the cost of materials plus other directly attributable costs. 

Recognition of revenue and profit on construction contracts 
Where the outcome of a construction contract can be estimated reliably, revenue and costs are recognised by reference to the stage 
of completion of the contract activity at the balance sheet date. This is normally measured as the proportion of cost incurred on work 
performed to date compared to the estimated total contract cost, except where this would not be representative of the stage of completion. 
Variations in contract work, claims and incentive payments are included to the extent that they have been agreed with the customer. 

When it becomes probable that total contract costs will exceed total contract revenue, the expected loss is recognised as an expense 
immediately in the income statement. 

Employee benefit obligations 
(i)  Defined benefit pension schemes 

The Group operates two defined benefit pension schemes, one of which is operated by the Company. Pension scheme assets 
are measured using bid market values. Pension scheme liabilities are measured using the projected unit credit actuarial method 
and are discounted at the current rate of return on a high quality corporate bond of equivalent term and currency to the liability. 

Any increase in the present value of liabilities within the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes expected to arise from 
employee service in the year is charged as service costs to operating profit. 

The expected return on the schemes’ assets and the increase during the year in the present value of the schemes’ liabilities 
arising from the passage of time are included in finance income and finance costs, respectively. Actuarial gains and losses are 
recognised in full in the consolidated statement of recognised comprehensive income. Pension scheme surpluses, to the extent 
that they are considered recoverable, or deficits are recognised in full and presented on the face of the balance sheet. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
92 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

1.  SiGNifiCANT ACCOuNTiNG POLiCiES (continued) 

(ii)	  Defined contribution pension schemes 

The Group also operates a number of defined contribution pension schemes. The assets of the schemes are held separately 
from those of the Group in independently administered funds. The amounts charged represent the contributions payable 
to the schemes in the year and are charged directly to the income statement. 

(iii)  Equity and equity-related compensation benefits 

The Group operates a number of employee share schemes as described in the Remuneration Report and note 27. These 
schemes enable Group employees to acquire shares of the Company. 

The exercise prices of the sharesave scheme are set at a discount to market price at the date of the grant. The fair value of the 
sharesave scheme option granted is measured at the grant date by use of a Black-Scholes model. The fair value of the options 
granted is recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over the period that the scheme vests. Estimates are updated for 
non-market conditions at each balance sheet date with any adjustment in respect of the current and prior years being 
recognised in the income statement. 

The costs associated with the other main employee schemes are recognised over the period to which they relate. 

The charge related to the equity shares in the Company awarded under the share schemes is treated as an increase in the cost 
of investment held by the Company in the subsidiary companies of the Group. 

Financial instruments 
The Group uses a range of financial instruments to hedge exposures to financial risks, such as interest rate, foreign exchange and 
energy price fluctuations in its normal course of business and in accordance with the Group’s risk management policies. The Group’s 
risk management policies are further explained in note 28. 

Accounting policies under IAS 32 and 39: 
(i)	 

Interest rate and foreign exchange derivatives 
Financial derivative instruments are used by the Group to hedge interest rate and currency exposures. All such derivatives are 
recognised at fair value and are re-measured to fair value each reporting period. Certain derivative financial instruments are 
designated as being held for hedging purposes. The designation of the hedge relationship is established at the inception of the 
hedge and procedures are applied to ensure the derivative is highly effective in achieving its objective and that the effectiveness 
of the hedge can be reliably measured. The treatment of gains and losses on remeasurement is dependent on the classification 
of the hedge and whether the hedge relationship is designated as either a fair value or cash flow hedge. Derivatives that are not 
designated as hedges are treated as if held for trading, with all fair value movements being recorded through the income statement. 

A derivative classified as a fair value hedge recognises gains and losses from remeasurement immediately in the income 
statement. Loans and borrowings are measured at cost except where they form the underlying transaction in an effective fair 
value hedge relationship. In such cases, the carrying value of the loan or borrowing is adjusted to reflect fair value movements 
with the gain or loss being reported in the income statement. 

A derivative classified as a cash flow hedge recognises the portion of gains or losses on the derivative which are deemed 
to be effective directly in equity in the hedge reserve. Any ineffective portion of the gains or losses is recognised in the income 
statement. When hedged cash flows result in the recognition of a non-financial asset or liability, the associated gains or losses 
previously recognised in equity are included in the initial measurement of the asset or liability. For all other cash flow hedges, 
the gains or losses that are recognised in equity are transferred to the income statement in the same period in which the hedged 
cash flows affect the income statement. 

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, or no longer qualifies 
for hedge accounting. At the point of discontinuation, any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument recognised in equity 
remains in equity until the forecast transaction affects profit or loss. On settlement, the cumulative gain or loss recognised in 
equity is recognised in the income statement. 

(ii)	  Commodity derivatives 

Within its regular course of business, the Group routinely enters into sale and purchase derivative contracts for commodities 
such as electricity, gas, coal and oil. Where the contract was entered into and continues to be held for the purpose of receipt 
or delivery in accordance with the Group’s expected sale, purchase or usage requirements, the contracts are designated as 
‘own use’ contracts and are measured at cost. These contracts are not within the scope of IAS 39. 

Derivative commodity contracts which are not designated as own use contracts are accounted for as trading derivatives and are 
recognised in the balance sheet at fair value. Where a hedge accounting relationship is designated and is proven to be effective, 
the changes in fair value will be recognised in accordance with the rules noted in part (i) to this note. 

Other commodity contracts, where own use is not established and a hedge accounting relationship is not designated, are 
measured at fair value with gains and losses on remeasurement being recognised in the income statement in cost of sales. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
93 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

(iii)  Embedded derivatives 

Derivatives embedded in other financial instruments or other host contracts are treated as separate derivatives where the 
characteristics of the derivatives are not closely related to those of the host contracts. 

(iv)  Net investment hedges 

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations are accounted in a manner similar to effective cash flow hedges. Any gain or 
loss on the effective portion of the hedge is recognised in equity, in the translation reserve, and any gain or loss on the ineffective 
portion of the hedge is recognised in the income statement. On disposal of the foreign operation, the cumulative value of any 
gains or losses recognised directly in equity is transferred to the income statement. 

(v)  Convertible bond 

The Group issued a convertible bond which represented debt that could be converted to share capital at the option of the holder, 
where the number of shares issued did not vary with changes in their fair value. This was accounted for as a compound financial 
instrument, net of transaction costs. The equity component of the convertible bond was calculated as the excess of the issue 
proceeds over the present value of the future interest and principal payments, discounted at the market rate of interest applicable 
to similar liabilities that did not have a conversion option. The interest expense recognised in the income statement was 
calculated on initial recognition using the effective interest method. 

(vi)  Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form 
an integral part of the Group’s cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose 
of the statement of cash flows. 

(vii) Trade receivables 

Trade receivables do not carry any interest and are measured at cost less an appropriate allowance for irrecoverable receivables. 

(viii) Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 

All such loans and borrowings are initially recognised at fair value including transaction costs and are subsequently measured 
at amortised cost, except where the loan or borrowing is the hedged item in an effective fair value hedge relationship. 

(ix)  Share Capital 

Ordinary Shares are accounted for as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown 
in equity as a deduction from the proceeds received. 

Provisions 
A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, 
and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. If the effect is material, provisions are 
determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time 
value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. 

Decommissioning costs 
The estimated cost of decommissioning at the end of the useful lives of certain assets is reviewed periodically. Provision is made 
for the estimated cost of decommissioning. Decommissioning dates are uncertain and vary according to asset lives but are expected 
to fall in the period up to 2035. A corresponding decommissioning asset is recognised and is included within property, plant and 
equipment. Changes in these provisions are recognised prospectively. The unwinding of the discount on the provision is included 
in finance costs and the depreciation for the asset is straight-line over the expected useful life of the asset. 

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty 
In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, management necessarily makes judgements and estimates that have a 
significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements. Changes in the assumptions underlying the estimates could 
result in a significant impact to the financial statements. The most critical of these accounting judgement and estimation areas are noted. 

(i)  Revenue recognition 

Revenue on energy sales includes an estimate of the value of electricity or gas supplied to customers between the date of the 
last meter reading and the year end. This will have been estimated by using historical consumption patterns and takes into 
consideration industry reconciliation processes for total consumption by supplier. At the balance sheet date, the estimated 
consumption by customers will either have been billed (estimated billed revenue) or accrued (unbilled revenue). Management 
apply judgement to the measurement of the quantum of the estimated consumption and to the valuation of that consumption. 
The judgements applied, and the assumptions underpinning these judgements are considered to be appropriate. However, 
a change in these assumptions would impact upon the amount of revenue recognised. 

(ii)  Retirement benefits 

The assumptions in relation to the cost of providing post-retirement benefits during the period are set after consultation with 
qualified actuaries. While these assumptions are believed to be appropriate, a change in these assumptions would impact the 
earnings of the Group. The value of scheme assets is impacted by the asset ceiling test which restricts the surplus that can 
be recognised to assets that can be recovered fully through refunds or reductions in future contributions. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
94 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

1.  SiGNifiCANT ACCOuNTiNG POLiCiES (continued) 

(iii)  Impairment testing 

The Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication 
that the value of those assets is impaired. In assessing for impairment, assets that do not generate independent cash flows 
are allocated to an appropriate cash generating unit (CGU). The recoverable amount of the assets, or the appropriate CGU, is 
measured as the higher of their fair value less costs to sell and value in use. Value in use calculations requires the estimation 
of future cash flows to be derived from the respective CGUs and to select and an appropriate discount rate in order to calculate 
their present value. The fair values less costs to sell methodology used for the wind farms CGUs also requires the discounting 
of cash flows from the projects within the respective CGUs. The estimation of the timing and value of underlying projected cash 
flows and the selection of appropriate discount rates involves management judgement. Subsequent changes to these estimates 
or judgements may impact the carrying value of the assets within the respective CGUs. 

(iv)  Provisions and contingencies 

The assessments undertaken in recognising provisions and contingencies have been made in accordance with IAS 37. The 
evaluation of the likelihood of the contingent events has required best judgement by management regarding the probability 
of exposure to potential loss. Should circumstances change following unforeseeable developments, this likelihood could alter. 

(v)  Financial Instruments – fair values 

The valuation of the financial instruments is based upon published price quotations in active markets and valuation techniques 
where such information is not available. Energy commodity contracts are classified as either derivative contracts under IAS 39 
or as contracts for the Group’s own use requirements. Only IAS 39 derivatives are accounted for on a fair value basis. More detail 
on this is included in note 28. 

(vi)  Exceptionals and remeasurements 

The criteria for identifying what constitutes an exceptional item are outlined in note 1 Exceptional items and certain 

remeasurements.
 

2.  SEGMENTAL iNfORMATiON 

The Group has adopted IFRS 8 Operating Segments in the financial statements. IFRS 8 requires operating segments to be identified 
on the basis of internal reports about components of the Group that are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker in 
order to allocate resources to the segment and to assess its performance. In the Group’s case the chief operating decision maker 
has been identified as the Board. In contrast, the predecessor Standard (IAS 14 ‘Segment Reporting’) required an entity to identify 
two sets of segments (business and geographical), using a risks and rewards approach. Following the adoption of IFRS 8 the Group’s 
reportable segments have not changed. 

The Group’s operating segments are therefore those used internally by the Board to run the business and make strategic decisions. 
The operating segments are also the Group’s reportable segments. 

The Group’s operating segments are the distribution and transmission of electricity in the North of Scotland, the distribution of 
electricity in the South of England (together referred to as Power Systems), the generation and supply of electricity and sale of gas 
in Great Britain and Ireland (Generation and Supply) and other businesses. In addition to this the Group’s 50% equity share in Scotia 
Gas Networks plc, a business which distributes gas in Scotland and the South of England (refer to note 13), is included as a separate 
segment where appropriate due to its significance. 

The types of products and services from which each reportable segment derives its revenues are: 

Segment 

Geographical location  Description 

Power Systems 

UK 

Transmits and distributes electricity to over 3 million businesses, offices and homes. 

Generation and Supply  Great Britain, 

Ireland and 
Europe 

The Group views this as a single value chain within a vertically-integrated business. 
It generates and supplies electricity to domestic, commercial and industrial customers 
in Great Britain and Ireland. In addition it also supplies gas to customers in the same 
locations. Generation is provided by a portfolio of thermal power stations and from 
renewable sources of energy. 

Other businesses: 
Contracting 

UK and Ireland 

Connections 

Metering 
Gas Storage 
Telecoms 

UK 

UK 
UK 
UK 

Mechanical and electrical contracting services, public and highway lighting and electrical 
and instrumentation engineering. 
Electricity and gas connections for homes, offices and businesses, out-of-area electricity 
networks, licensed gas transportation and water and sewerage services. 
Supplies, installs and maintains electricity meters and provides data collection services. 
Develops, owns and operates under ground onshore gas storage facilities. 
Provides network capacity, data centre and bandwidth services to customers. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
95 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

The measure of profit used by the Board is adjusted operating profit, which is before exceptional items, the impact of IAS 32 and 39 
and after the removal of taxation and interest on profits from jointly controlled entities and associates. 

Analysis of revenue, operating profit, assets and other items by segment is provided below. All revenue and profit before taxation 
arise from operations within Great Britain, Ireland and mainland Europe. 

(a)  Revenue by segment 

Power Systems 
Scotland 
England 

Generation and Supply 
Retail 
Wholesale and trading 
Other 

Other businesses 

Total revenue 

Intra-segment revenue (i) 

External revenue 

2010 
£m 

309.1 
473.5 

782.6 

8,234.4 
12,000.3 
216.4 

20,451.1 

1,173.9 

22,407.6 

2009 
£m 

292.1 
450.9 

743.0 

8,516.5 
15,409.4 
440.7 

24,366.6 

1,077.2 

26,186.8 

2010 
£m 

105.5 
212.2 

317.7 

– 
12.0 
7.8 

19.8 

519.7 

857.2 

2009 
£m 

104.1 
204.1 

308.2 

8.2 
– 
20.7 

28.9 

425.5 

762.6 

2010 
£m 

203.6 
261.3 

464.9 

2009 
£m 

188.0 
246.8 

434.8 

8,234.4 
11,988.3 
208.6 

20,431.3 

654.2 

8,508.3 
15,409.4 
420.0 

24,337.7 

651.7 

21,550.4 

25,424.2 

(i)	  Intra-segment revenue is derived from use of system income received by the Power Systems businesses from Generation and Supply, provision 

of Contracting, Metering and Connections services, use of Gas Storage facilities, Telecoms infrastructure charges, internal heat and light charges 
and other Corporate services. All are provided at arm’s length basis. 

Revenue within Generation and Supply includes retail sales from energy supply customers, wholesale and trading revenue and other 
sales. Wholesale and Trading revenue includes revenues from generation plant output and the gross value of all wholesale power and 
gas sales including settled physical and financial trades. These are entered into to optimise the performance of the generation plants 
and to support the energy supply business. Purchase trades are included in cost of sales. 

Revenue from the Group’s investment in Scotia Gas Networks (SSE share being: 2010 – £373.5m; 2009 – £365.7m) is not recorded 
in the revenue line in the income statement. 

External revenue split by geographic location is as follows: 

UK 
Europe 

(b)  Operating profit by segment 

2010 

2010 
£m 

21,123.2 
427.2 

21,550.4 

2009 
£m 

25,045.7 
378.5 

25,424.2 

Power Systems 
Scotland 
England 

Scotia Gas Networks 

Energy Systems 
Generation and Supply 
Other businesses 

Unallocated expenses (ii) 

Segment Result 
reported to the 
Board (i) 
£m 

158.9 
256.9 

415.8 
183.7 

599.5 
896.0 
140.3 

1,635.8 
(9.8) 

1,626.0 

Before 
exceptional 
items and certain 

JCE/Associate 
share of interest 

Exceptional 
items and certain 
and tax (i)  remeasurements  remeasurements 
£m 

£m 

£m 

– 
– 

– 
(130.5) 

(130.5) 
(26.5) 
(0.2) 

(157.2) 
– 

(157.2) 

158.9 
256.9 

415.8 
53.2 

469.0 
869.5 
140.1 

1,478.6 
(9.8) 

1,468.8 

– 
– 

– 
2.4 

2.4 
432.7 
– 

435.1 
– 

435.1 

Total 
£m 

158.9 
256.9 

415.8 
55.6 

471.4 
1,302.2 
140.1 

1,913.7 
(9.8) 

1,903.9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
96 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

2.  SEGMENTAL iNfORMATiON (continued) 

Power Systems 
Scotland 
England 

Scotia Gas Networks 

Energy Systems 
Generation and Supply 
Other businesses 

Unallocated expenses (ii) 

2009 

Segment Result 
reported to the 
Board (i) 
£m 

Before 
JCE/Associate  exceptional items 
and certain 
remeasurements 
£m 

share of interest 
and tax (i) 
£m 

Exceptional 
items and certain 
remeasurements 
£m 

160.4 
243.3 

403.7 
180.5 

584.2 
832.0 
134.1 

1,550.3 
(8.9) 

1,541.4 

– 
– 

– 
(146.3) 

(146.3) 
(20.9) 
(0.3) 

(167.5) 
– 

(167.5) 

160.4 
243.3 

403.7 
34.2 

437.9 
811.1 
133.8 

1,382.8 
(8.9) 

1,373.9 

– 
– 

– 
3.9 

3.9 
(1,190.2) 
– 

(1,186.3) 
– 

(1,186.3) 

Total 
£m 

160.4 
243.3 

403.7 
38.1 

441.8 
(379.1) 
133.8 

196.5 
(8.9) 

187.6 

(i)	  The adjusted operating profit of the Group is reported after removal of the Group’s share of interest, fair value movements on financing derivatives 
and tax from jointly controlled entities and associates. The share of Scotia Gas Networks Limited interest includes loan stock interest payable to 
the consortium shareholders. The Group has accounted for its 50% share of this, £33.8m (2009 – £33.6m), as finance income (note 6). 

(ii)	  Unallocated expenses comprise corporate office costs which are not directly allocable to particular segments. 

The Group’s share of operating profit from jointly controlled entities and associates has been recognised in the Generation and Supply 
segment other than that for Scotia Gas Networks Limited, which is recorded in a separate segment, and PriDE (South East Regional 
Prime), which is recognised in Other businesses (£0.9m before tax; 2009 – £1.4m before tax). 

(c)  Assets 

Power Systems 
Scotland 
England 

Scotia Gas Networks (i) 

Energy Systems 

Generation and Supply 
Other businesses 
Corporate and unallocated 

Less: inter-segment 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

1,757.5 
2,660.2 

4,417.7 
422.4 

4,840.1 

1,621.7 
2,479.6 

4,101.3 
424.5 

4,525.8 

16,023.0 
1,845.2 
12,028.3 

34,736.6 
(16,609.0) 

16,069.8 
1,640.8 
12,763.6 

35,000.0 
(17,230.7) 

18,127.6 

17,769.3 

Segment assets consist of property, plant and equipment, goodwill, other intangible assets, financial assets (operating derivatives) 
and receivables. Unallocated assets include pension assets, deferred tax assets, financial assets (financing derivatives), investments 
and cash and cash equivalents. 

(i)	  The asset balance represents the Group’s net investment in Scotia Gas Networks Limited. The Group’s share of the capital additions in Scotia Gas 

Networks Limited is not included within Property, Plant and Equipment. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
(d)  Capital expenditure 

Power Systems 
Scotland 
England 

Scotia Gas Networks (iii) 

Energy Systems 

Generation and Supply 
Other businesses 
Corporate and unallocated 

Capital additions to 
Intangible Assets 
(note 10) 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

484.7 
– 
1.6 

486.3 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

351.3 
– 
2.4 

353.7 

Capital additions does not include assets acquired in acquisitions or assets acquired under finance leases. 

(e)  included within operating profit 

Power Systems
 
Scotland 
England 

Generation and Supply 
Other businesses 
Corporate and unallocated 

Depreciation/impairment 
on Property, Plant and 
Equipment (note 11) 

2010 
£m 

48.5 
79.7 

128.2 

182.4 
47.8 
– 

356.4 

2009 
£m 

45.2 
75.2 

120.4 

142.7 
52.8 
– 

315.9 

97 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Capital additions to 
Property, Plant and 
Equipment (note 11) 

2010 
£m 

135.8 
198.7 

334.5 
– 

334.5 

487.9 
164.8 
– 

987.2 

2009 
£m 

128.9 
185.7 

314.6 
– 

314.6 

757.6 
218.6 
– 

1,290.8 

Amortisation/impairment 
of Intangible Assets 
(note 10) 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

– 
– 

– 

15.8 
2.6 
3.8 

22.2 

–
 
–
 

– 

4.8 
5.5 
4.1 

14.4 

The Group’s share of Scotia Gas Networks Limited depreciation (2010 – £53.1m; 2009 – £52.1m) and amortisation (2010 – nil; 2009 – nil) 
is not included within operating costs. 

3.  OThER OPERATiNG iNCOME AND ExPENSE 

Group operating costs can be analysed thus: 

Distribution costs 
Administration costs 

2010 
£m 

220.5 
463.2 

683.7 

2009 
£m 

205.3 
371.2 

576.5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
98 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

3.  OThER OPERATiNG iNCOME AND ExPENSE (continued) 

Group operating profit is stated after charging (or crediting) the following items: 

Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment (note 11) 
Impairment of inventories (note 16) 
Research and development costs 
Operating lease rentals (note 30) 
Release of deferred income in relation to customer contributions and capital grants 
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Loss/(gain) on disposal of fixed asset investments 
Impairment of intangible assets (note 10) 
Amortisation of brand costs (note 10) 
Amortisation of intangible assets (note 10) 

Auditors’ remuneration 

Statutory audit services – audit of the Group’s accounts 
Statutory audit of subsidiary accounts 

Audit of parent and subsidiary entities 

Tax services 
Other services 

2010 
£m 

356.4 
3.0 
3.7 
271.2 
(15.2) 
(5.7) 
0.1 
13.1 
1.0 
8.1 

2010 
£m 

0.2 
0.7 

0.9 

0.2 
0.1 

2009 
£m 

315.9
 
8.2
 
4.4
 
220.6
 
(16.7)
 
(1.7)
 
(2.2)
 
2.2
 
1.1
 
11.1
 

2009 
£m 

0.2 
0.6 

0.8 

0.4 
0.4 

Tax service fees incurred in the year were £0.2m (2009 – £0.4m). In addition to the amounts shown above, the auditors received 
fees of £0.06m (2009 – £0.04m) for the audit of the Scottish Hydro Electric Pension Scheme. Other service fees include fees incurred 
in relation to potential acquisitions and work in relation to regulatory accounts and returns required by Ofgem. A description of the 
work of the Audit Committee is set out on pages 60 and 61 and includes an explanation of how auditor objectivity and independence 
is safeguarded when non-audit services are provided by the auditors. 

Amounts paid to the Company’s auditor in respect of services to the Company other than the audit of the Company’s financial 
statements have not been disclosed as the information is required instead to be disclosed on a consolidated basis. 

4.  ExCEPTiONAL iTEMS AND CERTAiN REMEASuREMENTS 

(i)  Exceptional items 
In the previous financial year, the Group disposed of 50% of its equity shareholding in Greater Gabbard Offshore Winds Limited (GGOWL) 
to npower renewables Limited, the UK fully owned subsidiary of RWE Innogy GmbH for a total cash consideration of £308.5m. 

GGOWL was originally a jointly controlled entity between Airtricity, acquired by SSE in February 2008, and Fluor International Limited. 
In May 2008, SSE acquired Fluor’s 50% stake for a cash consideration of £40.0m, while stating its intention to dispose of it later in the year. 

The total proceeds on disposal was £308.5m, which comprised £165.6m reimbursement of 50% of the capital costs already incurred 
in developing the project and £142.9m in relation to the 50% of the equity. The gain on sale recognised was £102.7m, which has been 
disclosed separately in the income statement as an exceptional item. While no tax charge was recognised in relation to the gain on 
disposal, a tax credit was recognised on the reversal of deferred tax related to the derecognition of fair value items deemed to have 
been part of the costs of disposal (£5.7m). 

(ii)  Certain remeasurements 
Certain remeasurements arising from IAS 39 are disclosed separately to aid understanding of the underlying performance of the Group. 
This category includes the movement on derivatives as described in note 28. 

(iii)  Taxation 
The Group has separately recognised the tax effect of the exceptional items and certain remeasurements summarised above. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
99 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

2010 
£m 

– 

– 

432.2 
(36.5) 
2.9 

398.6 

398.6 

– 

– 
(110.9) 

(110.9) 

2009 
£m 

102.7 

102.7 

(1,291.7) 
25.8 
2.7 

(1,263.2) 

(1,160.5) 

5.7 

5.7 
353.9 

359.6 

287.7 

(800.9) 

Consolidated 

2010 
£m 

574.9 
53.8 
17.9 
37.9 

684.5 
(87.4) 

597.1 

2009 
£m 

530.1 
48.0 
14.3 
35.4 

627.8 
(79.9) 

547.9 

Consolidated 

Company 

2010 
Number 

20,177 

2009 
Number 

18,795 

2010 
Number 

4 

2009 
Number 

4 

These transactions can be summarised thus: 

Exceptional items 
Gain on disposal of share in Greater Gabbard Offshore Winds (note 15) 

Certain remeasurements 
Movement on operating derivatives 
Movement on financing derivatives 
Share of movement on derivatives in jointly controlled entities (net of tax) 

Gain/(loss) before taxation 

Exceptional items 
Taxation on other exceptional items 

Taxation on certain remeasurements 

Taxation 

Impact on profit for the year 

5.  DiRECTORS AND EMPLOYEES 

(i)  Staff Costs 

Staff costs: 
Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Share-based remuneration (note 27) 
Pension costs (note 26) 

Less: capitalised as property, plant and equipment 

Employee numbers: 

Numbers employed at 31 March 

The average number of people employed by the Group (including Executive Directors) during the year was: 

Power Systems 
Generation and Supply 
Contracting, Connections and Metering 
Other businesses and corporate services 

Consolidated 

Company 

2010 
Number 

2,088 
9,007 
6,150 
2,063 

2009 
Number 

2,045 
8,536 
5,714 
1,901 

19,308 

18,196 

2010 
Number 

2009 
Number 

– 
– 
– 
4 

4 

– 
– 
– 
4 

4 

The costs associated with the employees of the Company, who are the executive Directors of the Group, are borne by Group companies. 
No amounts are charged to the Company. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 100 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

5.  DiRECTORS AND EMPLOYEES (continued) 

(ii)  Directors’ remuneration and interests 
Information concerning Directors’ remuneration, shareholdings, options, long term incentive schemes and pensions is shown in the 
Remuneration Report on pages 65 to 74. No Director had, during or at the end of the year, any material interest in any other contract 
of significance in relation to the Group’s business. 

6.  fiNANCE iNCOME AND COSTS 

Recognised in income statement 

2010 

2009 

finance income: 
Return on pension scheme assets 
Interest income from short term deposits 

Other interest receivable: 
Scotia Gas Networks loan stock 
Other jointly controlled entities and associates 
Other receivable 

Foreign exchange translation of monetary 
assets and liabilities 

Total finance income 

finance costs: 
Bank loans and overdrafts 
Other loans and charges 
Interest on pension scheme liabilities 
Accretion of convertible debt component 
Notional interest arising on discounted provisions 
Foreign exchange translation of monetary 
assets and liabilities 
Finance lease charges 
Less: interest capitalised (i) 

Total finance costs 

Changes in fair value of financing derivative assets 
or liabilities at fair value through profit or loss 

Net finance costs 

Finance income 
Finance costs 

Net finance costs 

Before 
exceptional items 
and certain 
remeasurements 
£m 

Exceptional 
items and certain 
remeasurements 
£m

Before 
exceptional items 
and certain 

Exceptional 
items and certain 
remeasurements  remeasurements 
£m

£m 

100.7 
3.5 

33.8 
20.1 
35.1 

10.0 

203.2 

(49.9) 
(284.1) 
(127.5) 
– 
(3.5) 

– 
(13.2) 
46.2 

(432.0) 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

Total 
£m 

100.7 
3.5 

33.8 
20.1 
35.1 

10.0 

203.2 

(49.9) 
(284.1) 
(127.5) 
– 
(3.5) 

– 
(13.2) 
46.2 

135.3 
9.4 

33.6 
14.6 
16.8 

– 

209.7 

(149.9) 
(132.9) 
(130.1) 
(0.6) 
(5.1) 

(2.4) 
– 
51.2 

Total 
£m 

135.3 
9.4 

33.6 
14.6 
16.8 

– 

209.7 

(149.9) 
(132.9) 
(130.1) 
(0.6) 
(5.1) 

(2.4) 
– 
51.2 

(369.8) 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

(432.0) 

(369.8) 

– 

(36.5) 

(36.5) 

– 

25.8 

25.8 

(228.8) 

(36.5) 

(265.3) 

(160.1) 

25.8 

(134.3) 

203.2 
(432.0) 

– 
(36.5) 

203.2 
(468.5) 

209.7 
(369.8) 

– 
25.8 

209.7 
(344.0) 

(228.8) 

(36.5) 

(265.3) 

(160.1) 

25.8 

(134.3) 

(i)  The capitalisation rate applied in determining the amount of borrowing costs to capitalise in the period was 6.62% (2009 – 5.46%). 

Recognised in equity 

(Losses)/gains on effective portion of cash flow hedges (i) 
Share of jointly controlled entity/associate (losses)/gains on effective portion of cash flow hedges (i) 

(i)  Before deduction of tax. 

2010 
£m 

(26.6) 
(30.0) 

(56.6) 

2009 
£m 

22.9 
4.4 

27.3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
101 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

(265.3) 

(134.3) 

(33.8) 
(73.3) 

(107.1) 
– 
36.5 

(335.9) 

(100.7) 
127.5 
3.5 
13.2 

(292.4) 

2010 

2009 

Before 
exceptional items 
and certain 
remeasurements 
£m 

Exceptional 
items and certain 
remeasurements 
£m 

(33.6) 
(94.6) 

(128.2) 
0.6 
(25.8) 

(287.7) 

(135.3) 
130.1 
5.1 
– 

(287.8) 

Total 
£m 

298.6 
(10.1) 

288.5 

Adjusted net finance costs are arrived at after the following adjustments: 

Net finance costs 
(add)/less: 
Share of interest from jointly controlled entities and associates: 
Scotia Gas Networks loan stock 
Other jointly controlled entities and associates 

Accretion of convertible debt component 
Movement on financing derivatives 

Adjusted finance income and costs 
(add)/less: 
Return on pension scheme assets 
Interest on pension scheme liabilities 
Notional interest arising on discounted provisions 
Finance lease charges 

Adjusted finance income and costs for interest cover calculations 

7.  TAxATiON 

Analysis of charge recognised in the income statement: 

Before 
exceptional items 
and certain 

Exceptional 
items and certain 
remeasurements  remeasurements 
£m 

£m 

Current tax 
UK corporation tax 
Adjustments in respect of previous years 

Total current tax 

Deferred tax 
Current year 
Adjustments in respect of previous years 

Total deferred tax 

277.4 
(19.1) 

258.3 

32.2 
1.7 

33.9 

– 
– 

– 

110.9 
– 

110.9 

Total 
£m 

277.4 
(19.1) 

258.3 

143.1 
1.7 

144.8 

298.6 
(10.1) 

288.5 

13.8 
(1.7) 

12.1 

– 
– 

– 

(359.6) 
– 

(345.8) 
(1.7) 

(359.6) 

(347.5) 

Total taxation charge/(credit) 

292.2 

110.9 

403.1 

300.6 

(359.6) 

(59.0) 

The charge/(credit) for the year can be reconciled to the profit per the income statement as follows: 

Group profit before tax 
Less: share of results of associates and jointly controlled entities 

Profit/(loss) before tax 
Tax on profit/(loss) on ordinary activities at standard UK corporation 
tax rate of 28% (2009 – 28%) 

Tax effect of: 
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 
Non taxable income 
Impact of foreign tax rates and foreign dividends 
Adjustments to tax charge in respect of previous years 
Consortium relief not paid for 
Utilisation of tax losses 
Effect of enhanced reliefs and incentives 
Other items 

Group tax charge/(credit) and effective rate 

2010 
£m 

1,638.6 
(109.8) 

1,528.8 

428.1 

7.6 
(2.3) 
(0.2) 
(17.4) 
(9.8) 
– 
(2.4) 
(0.5) 

403.1 

2010 
% 

28.0 

0.5 
(0.2) 
– 
(1.1) 
(0.6) 
– 
(0.2) 
– 

26.4 

2009 
£m 

53.3 
(81.6) 

(28.3) 

(7.9) 

3.7 
(34.4) 
0.3 
(11.8) 
(9.1) 
(1.5) 
– 
1.7 

(59.0) 

2009 
% 

28.0 

(13.1) 
121.5 
(1.1) 
41.7 
32.2 
5.3 
– 
(6.0) 

208.5 

 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 102 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

7.  TAxATiON (continued) 

The adjusted current tax charge is arrived at after the following adjustments: 

Total taxation charge/(credit) 
Effect of adjusting items (see below) 

Total taxation charge/(credit) on adjusted basis 
(add)/less: 
Share of current tax from jointly controlled entities and associates 
Exceptional items 
Tax on movement on derivatives 
Deferred tax (excluding share of jointly controlled entities) 

Adjusted current tax charge and effective rate 

The adjusted effective rate is based on adjusted profit before tax being: 

2010 
£m 

403.1 
– 

403.1 

15.8 
– 
(110.9) 
(33.9) 

274.1 

2010 
% 

26.4 
4.8 

31.2 

1.2 
– 
(8.6) 
(2.6) 

21.2 

Profit before tax 
(add)/less: 
Exceptional items and certain remeasurements 
Share of tax from jointly controlled entities and associates 
Accretion of convertible debt component 

Adjusted profit before tax 

Tax (credit)/charge recognised directly in equity 

Relating to: 
Pension scheme actuarial movements 
Cash flow and net investment hedge movements 
Share based payments 

2009 
£m 

(59.0) 
– 

(59.0) 

11.9 
5.7 
353.9 
(12.1) 

300.4 

2010 
£m 

1,638.6 

(398.6) 
50.1 
– 

1,290.1 

2009 
% 

208.5 
(213.2) 

(4.7) 

1.0 
0.5 
28.2 
(1.0) 

24.0 

2009 
£m 

53.3 

1,160.5 
39.3 
0.6 

1,253.7 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

142.5 
(15.3) 
0.4 

(157.4) 

(78.1) 
(34.5) 
2.7 

(109.9) 

All tax recognised directly in equity is deferred tax other than £nil (2009 – £(0.5)m) current tax relating to employee share awards. 

8.  DiviDENDS 

Amounts recognised as distributions from equity: 
Final dividend for the previous year of 46.2p (2009 – 42.4p) per share 
Interim dividend for the current year of 21.0p (2009 – 19.8p) per share 

2010 
£m 

425.1 
193.4 

618.5 

2009 
£m 

370.0 
181.9 

551.9 

Proposed final dividend for the current year of 49.0p (2009 – 46.2p) per share 

452.3 

425.2 

The proposed final dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting and has not been included as a 
liability in these financial statements. The final dividend paid for the previous year, £425.1m (46.2p, 2009 – 42.4p), was declared on 
21st May 2009, approved at the Annual General Meeting on 23rd July 2009 and was paid to shareholders on 25th September 2009. 
An interim dividend for the current year, £193.4m (21.0p, 2009 – 19.8p), was paid on 26th March 2010.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
103 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

9.  EARNiNGS PER ShARE 

Basic earnings per share 
The calculation of basic earnings per share at 31 March 2010 is based on the net profit attributable to equity shareholders and a weighted 
average number of Ordinary Shares outstanding during the year ended 31 March 2010. All earnings are from continuing operations. 

Adjusted earnings per share 
Adjusted earnings per share has been calculated by excluding the charge for deferred tax, net finance income relating to pensions, 
items disclosed as exceptional, and the impact of certain remeasurements as described in note 4. 

Basic 
Exceptional items and certain remeasurements (note 4) 

Basic excluding exceptional items and certain remeasurements 
Adjusted for: 
Deferred tax (note 7) 
Deferred tax from share of jointly controlled entities and associates results 
Accretion of convertible debt component (note 6) 

Adjusted 

Basic 
Convertible debt interest (net of tax) 
Dilutive effect of convertible debt 

Diluted 
Exceptional items and certain remeasurements 

Diluted excluding exceptional items and certain remeasurements 

(i)  Earnings attributable to equity holders of the parent. 

The weighted average number of shares used in each calculation is as follows: 

For basic and adjusted earnings per share 
Effect of exercise of share options 

Effect of dilutive convertible debt 

For diluted earnings per share 

Year ended 
31 March 
2010 
Earnings (i) 
£m 

1,235.3 
(287.7) 

947.6 

33.9 
34.3 
–

134.0 
(31.2) 

102.8 

3.7 
3.7 
– 

1,015.8 

110.2 

1,235.3 
–
– 

1,235.3 
(287.7) 

947.6 

134.0 
– 
(0.1) 

133.9 
(31.2) 

102.7 

Year ended 
31 March 
2010 
Earnings 
per share 
pence 

Year ended 
31 March 
2009 
Earnings (i) 
£m 

Year ended 
31 March 
2009 
Earnings 
per share 
pence 

112.3 
800.9 

913.2 

12.1 
27.4 
0.6 

953.3 

112.3 
1.2 
–

113.5 
800.9 

914.4 

12.7 
90.7 

103.4 

1.4 
3.1 
0.1 

108.0 

12.7 
0.1 
– 

12.8 
90.5 

103.3 

31 March 2010 
Number of 
shares 
(millions) 

31 March 2009 
Number of 
shares 
(millions) 

921.9 
0.4 

922.3 
0.7 

923.0 

883.0 
0.8 

883.8 
1.7 

885.5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 104 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued)
 
for the year ended 31 March
 

10.  iNTANGiBLE ASSETS 

Consolidated 

Cost: 
At 1 April 2008 
Prior year acquisitions 
Additions 
Acquisitions 
Transfer to property, plant and 
equipment (note 11) 

Disposals 
Exchange adjustments 

At 31 March 2009 
Additions 
Acquisitions (note 15) 
Transfer to property, plant and 

equipment (note 11) 

Disposals 
Exchange adjustments 

At 31 March 2010 

Aggregate amortisation and impairment: 
At 1 April 2008 
Charge for the year 

At 31 March 2009 
Charge for the year 

At 31 March 2010 

Carrying amount: 

At 31 March 2010 

At 31 March 2009 

At 1 April 2008 

Allowances 

and  Development 

Wind farm 
assets  developments 
(iii) 
£m 

(ii) 
£m 

Brands 
(iv) 
£m 

Other 
intangibles 
(v) 
£m 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
0.5 
36.5 

– 
– 
– 

222.7 
1.1 
33.3 
147.9 

(213.0) 
– 
28.3 

220.3 
13.3 
12.5 

(11.7) 
– 
(7.3) 

11.4 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
0.4 

11.8 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

47.3 
8.8 
2.4 
– 

– 
– 
1.3 

59.8 
1.6 
2.0 

– 
– 
– 

37.0 

227.1 

11.8 

63.4 

1,295.3 

Total 

£m 

1,085.7 
11.1 
353.7 
169.9 

(213.0) 
(260.4) 
89.2 

1,236.2 
486.3 
69.5 

(11.7) 
(461.5) 
(23.5) 

Goodwill 

£m 

certificates 
(i) 
£m 

659.0 
1.2 
– 
22.0 

– 
(17.4) 
59.2 

724.0 
– 
18.5 

– 
– 
(16.2) 

726.3 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

145.3 
– 
318.0 
– 

– 
(243.0) 
– 

220.3 
470.9 
– 

– 
(461.5) 
– 

229.7 

(6.4) 
– 

(6.4) 
(10.0) 

(16.4) 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

(2.0) 
(2.2) 

(4.2) 
(3.1) 

(7.3) 

726.3 

724.0 

659.0 

213.3 

213.9 

138.9 

37.0 

– 

– 

219.8 

216.1 

220.7 

(3.7) 
(1.1) 

(4.8) 
(1.0) 

(5.8) 

6.0 

7.0 

7.7 

(18.8) 
(11.1) 

(29.9) 
(8.1) 

(38.0) 

(30.9) 
(14.4) 

(45.3)
 
(22.2)
 

(67.5) 

25.4 

29.9 

28.5 

1,227.8 

1,190.9 

1,054.8 

2010 
£m 

213.3 

726.3 
288.2 

2009 
£m 

213.9 

724.0 
253.0 

1,227.8 

1,190.9

The Company does not hold intangible assets. 

Intangible assets have been analysed as current and non-current as follows: 

Current 
Non-current: 
Goodwill 
Other 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
105 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

(i)  Allowances and Certificates 

Allowances and Certificates consist of purchased carbon emissions allowances and generated or purchased renewable 
obligations certificates (ROCs). 

(ii)  Development assets 

Development costs relate to the design, construction and testing of thermal and renewable generation sites and devices which 
the Group believes will generate probable future economic benefits. 

(iii)  Wind farm developments 

Costs capitalised as development wind intangibles including options over land rights represent the costs incurred in bringing 
individual wind farm projects to the consented stage. Costs associated with reaching the consent stage include planning 
application costs and environmental impact studies. These may be costs incurred directly or at cost as part of the fair value 
exercise on acquisition of a controlling interest in a project. At the point the development reaches the consent stage and is 
approved for construction, the carrying value is transferred to Property, Plant and Equipment (note 11). At the point a project 
is no longer expected to reach the consent stage, the carrying amount of the project is impaired. The acquisitions in the year 
includes all items in note 15. 

(iv)  Brands 

Included within brands are the acquired brands of Atlantic Electric and Gas and the Airtricity supply brand used in Ireland. The 
Group has assessed the economic life of brands to be 10 years and the brands are being amortised over this period. The charge 
is reported as part of operating costs. 

(v)  Other intangible assets 

Included within other intangible assets are customer lists, contracts, application software license fees, software development work, 
software upgrades and purchased PC software packages. Amortisation is over the shorter of the contract term or five years. 

impairment review of goodwill 
Goodwill is allocated to those cash-generating units (CGUs) expected to benefit from the respective business combination 
for impairment testing purposes. Certain goodwill valuations have changed in the current year following retranslation. 

A summary of the goodwill allocated to CGUs and the Group’s operating segments is presented below: 

Cash-generating unit 

Ireland wind farms 
UK wind farms 
European wind farms 
UK Supply 
UK Generation 
Gas Storage 
Other (i) 

Operating Segment 

Generation and Supply 
Generation and Supply 
Generation and Supply 
Generation and Supply 
Generation and Supply 
Other Businesses 
Other Businesses 

2010 
£m 

160.3 
232.0 
24.4 
187.0 
50.5 
58.7 
13.4 

726.3 

2009 
£m 

164.4 
241.0 
24.3 
187.0 
40.0 
56.2 
11.1 

724.0 

(i)	  Represents goodwill balances across a number of business units. The amount of goodwill allocated to these units is not significant compared to 
the aggregate carrying value of the business units or the aggregate value of goodwill held by the Group. The conclusion of the impairment tests 
conducted is that no impairment is required. 

The recoverable amount of the UK Supply, UK Generation, Gas Storage and Other CGUs is determined by reference to value-in-use 
calculations. These calculations use, as a starting point, pre-tax cash flow projections based on the Group’s five year business model 
as approved by the Board. The Group’s business model is based on past experience and reflects the Group’s view of markets, prices, 
risks and its strategic objectives. Commodity prices used are based on observable market data and, where this is not available, on 
internal estimates. The recoverable amount of the wind farm CGUs is based on the fair value less costs to sell methodology. The basis 
applied has been deemed appropriate as it is consistent with the way in which the economic value of the individual CGUs are assessed 
by management and would be by other market participants. The method applied is to determine fair value by assessing the discounted 
pre-tax cash flows expected to be earned by the individual wind farm projects within the respective CGUs. The three identified CGUs 
(Ireland wind farms, UK wind farms, European wind farms) share many of the same risk factors and are discounted accordingly. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 106 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

10.  iNTANGiBLE ASSETS (continued) 

The key assumptions used for the main value-in-use calculations are as follows: 

Cash-generating unit 

All wind farms (onshore and offshore) 
UK Supply 
UK Generation (excluding wind) 
Gas Storage 

2010 
Discount rate 
(%) 

2009 
Discount rate 
(%) 

9.5%-11.5%  10.0%-12.0% 
12.2% 
10.5% 
11.0% 

10.2% 
10.8% 
10.8% 

2010 and 2009 
Cash flow 
projection 
period (years) 

25 
5 
15 
20 

Management have determined the pre-tax cash flows of each CGU based on past performance and its expectations of market 
development. Further detail on how the cash flow projections have been derived is included in the specific commentaries. The 
discount rates used are pre-tax nominal and reflect specific risks attributable to the relevant operating segments. The discount 
rates used have been benchmarked against externally published rates used by comparable quoted companies operating in the 
respective market sectors. The inflation rates used in estimating future income and expenditure are based on publicly available 
forecasts for the areas of operation of the CGU and internal estimates. These have been set at 2.5% for all territories. The 
recoverable amount derived from the value-in-use calculation is compared to the carrying amount of each CGU to determine 
whether the respective CGUs require to be impaired. 

Specific comments on the key value-in-use and fair value less costs to sell calculations for the main CGUs and the results 
of the tests conducted follow: 

All wind farm CGus 
For goodwill impairment testing purposes, all wind farm CGUs were established following the acquisition of the Airtricity group 
in 2008. In order to assess the respective recoverable amounts against an appropriate carrying value, goodwill has been allocated 
to the main geographic regions in which the business operates. The established CGUs (Ireland, UK, rest of Europe) are then assessed 
by considering the specific market attributes of those regions. Currency cash flows are set at the exchange rate at the time the 
impairment test is conducted. Aside from these specific market factors, the basis of review of the respective CGUs is identical. 

Wind farm projects have an estimated useful life of up to 25 years and it is considered appropriate by management to assess the 
carrying amount against cash flow projections covering this period. The Ireland and UK wind CGUs include wind farms in operation 
and all CGUs include projects in the construction phase or in the development portfolio phase. These development projects are those 
which have not received consent or have not concluded all environmental or planning studies and as a consequence the associated 
cash flows have been probability adjusted. 

Cash inflows for all projects are based on expected generation output from projects based on wind studies and past experience 
and are valued at forward power prices based on market information, where available, continuing government support for wind 
ROCs and internal model assumptions. 

Cash outflows are based on planned capital expenditure and expected maintenance costs. The power prices and costs of operation 
are the most significant distinguishing factors in the respective CGU regions. Growth is based on the expected output of the 
respective wind farms at their available operational capacity over their life cycle. 

Outcome of tests 
The recoverable amounts of all wind farms CGUs exceeded the respective carrying values at the time of the impairment test. 
While cash flow projections are subject to inherent uncertainty, reasonably possible changes in the key assumptions applied 
in assessing the fair value less costs-to-sell would not cause a change to the conclusion reached.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
107 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

uK Supply 
Goodwill carried in relation to the acquisition, in 2001, of Swalec is attributed to the Group’s UK retail electricity and gas supply 
business CGU. The Group manages its’ UK Generation and Supply activities as one integrated business but for the purposes of 
the value-in-use calculation only, the projected cash flows of the Supply business are considered independently. This is reliant on 
judgement being applied in relation to the margin being earned by the Supply business. The margin assumed is based on current 
contractual terms and historic gross margin percentages earned. Revenues are based on the expected market share derived from 
the market share at the time of the approval of the business model adjusted for forecasted growth. Growth in customer numbers 
is anticipated at around 2.6% per annum over the forecast period and cash outflows associated with increased customer service 
are incorporated accordingly. This growth rate is supported by reference to both past performance and management expectation. 
Margins also take account of forward wholesale energy price curves for both electricity and gas. The CGU excludes the Airtricity 
supply business in Ireland, which did not have goodwill attributed to it in any event. 

Outcome of test 
The recoverable amount of the UK Supply CGU exceeded the respective carrying value at the time of the impairment test. While cash 
flow projections are subject to inherent uncertainty, reasonably possible changes in the key assumptions applied in assessing the 
value-in-use would not cause a change to the conclusion reached. 

uK Generation (excluding wind) 
Goodwill recognised on the Group’s acquisition of Fiddler’s Ferry and Ferrybridge (FFF) and Medway is attributed to the UK 
Generation portfolio CGU. These plants are operated as part of the integrated Generation and Supply business segment. For the 
purpose of the value-in-use calculation only, the projected cash flows of the main UK Generation plants have been considered as an 
independent CGU. The plants included in this CGU include all gas, coal and hydro generation plants but excludes cash flows from 
contract energy plants, combined heat and power plants and embedded generation plants, as these plants operate independently 
of the main generation production portfolio. 

Assumptions on market prices are made by reference to forward market prices and published market estimations, where available, 
and to internal model inputs beyond the observable period. Prices forecast include wholesale power prices and input costs such as 
wholesale gas prices, coal and oil prices as well as carbon emissions costs. Forecasts of availability and efficiency are based on 
management expectation and past performance. Historic average temperatures and rainfall have been assumed. The period of the 
cash flow projections applied is between 5 and 10 years but it should be noted that the assets which are the basis of the review have 
remaining useful economic lives of between 15 and, in the case of hydro civil assets, 100 years. The discount rates applied have been 
standardised at a pre-tax nominal rate of 10.8%, compared with 10.5% in the prior year. Growth has been assumed to follow the 
expected operational availability of the plants within the CGU over the period noted. 

Outcome of test 
The recoverable amount of the main UK Generation CGU exceeded its carrying value at the time of the impairment test. While cash 
flow projections are subject to inherent uncertainty, reasonably possible changes in the key assumptions applied in assessing the 
value-in-use would not cause a change to the conclusion reached. 

Gas Storage 
Goodwill was recognised on the acquisition of the Hornsea gas storage facility in 2002/03. Initial cash flow projections are based 
on gross margins expected to be achieved in the period of the five year business model. Beyond this period, cash flows have been 
extrapolated at a growth rate lower than the long-term growth rate of the economy for a further period of 15 years, which takes the 
CGU toward the end of its expected economic life. This longer period more accurately reflects the long-term infrastructure nature 
of these assets and the returns that can be expected to be earned. Assumptions on margin for the business plan period are based 
on expected demand for gas storage and take into account published and projected gas wholesale prices, planned capital expenditure 
required to maintain the value of the facility and estimated operating costs. 

Outcome of test 
The recoverable amount of the gas storage CGU exceeded its carrying value at the time of the impairment test. While cash flow 
projections are subject to inherent uncertainty, reasonably possible changes in the key assumptions applied in assessing the 
value-in-use would not cause a change to the conclusion reached. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 108 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued)
 
for the year ended 31 March
 

11.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EquiPMENT 

Consolidated 
Cost: 
At 1 April 2008 
Prior year acquisitions 
Additions 
Transfer from Intangible Assets (note 10) (iii) 
Disposals 
Disposal of 50% of Greater Gabbard (iv) 
Exchange rate adjustments 

At 31 March 2009 
Additions 
Recognition of finance leases (vi) 
Acquisitions (note 15) (ii) 
Transfer from Intangible Assets (note 10) (iii) 
Disposals 
Exchange rate adjustments 

At 31 March 2010	 

Depreciation: 
At 1 April 2008 
Charge for the year 
Disposals 
Exchange rate adjustments 

At 31 March 2009 
Charge for the year (v) 
Disposals 
Exchange rate adjustments 

At 31 March 2010 

Net book value 

At 31 March 2010 

At 31 March 2009 

At 1 April 2008 

Power 
generation and 
gas storage 
assets 
£m 

Land and 
buildings 
£m 

Vehicles and 
Network  miscellaneous 
equipment 
£m 

assets 
£m 

4,217.1 
(4.2) 
813.9 
213.0 
– 
(397.4) 
124.8 

4,967.2 
531.5 
387.8 
6.4 
11.7 
(67.9) 
(35.2) 

145.9 
– 
65.4 
– 
– 
– 
– 

211.3 
29.2 
– 
7.3 
– 
– 
– 

4,875.0 
– 
368.1 
– 
(3.4) 
– 
– 

5,239.7 
387.2 
– 
7.5 
– 
(2.2) 
– 

260.9 
– 
43.4 
– 
(9.4) 
– 
– 

294.9 
39.3 
– 
5.2 
– 
(65.5) 
(0.7) 

Total 
£m 

9,498.9 
(4.2) 
1,290.8 
213.0 
(12.8) 
(397.4) 
124.8 

10,713.1
 
987.2
 
387.8
 
26.4
 
11.7
 
(135.6)
 
(35.9)
 

5,801.5 

247.8 

5,632.2 

273.2 

11,954.7 

1,008.1 
156.8 
– 
11.2 

1,176.1 
183.8 
(46.1) 
(3.7) 

1,310.1 

4,491.4 

3,791.1 

3,209.0 

27.0 
4.6 
– 
– 

31.6 
5.7 
– 
– 

37.3 

1,944.0 
137.4 
(3.3) 
– 

2,078.1 
145.0 
(0.7) 
– 

185.5 
17.1 
(7.4) 
(0.1) 

195.1 
21.9 
(35.8) 
(0.5) 

3,164.6 
315.9 
(10.7) 
11.1 

3,480.9
 
356.4
 
(82.6)
 
(4.2)
 

2,222.4 

180.7 

3,750.5 

210.5 

179.7 

118.9 

3,409.8 

3,161.6 

2,931.0 

92.5 

99.8 

75.4 

8,204.2 

7,232.2 

6,334.3 

(i)	  The net book value of generation and gas storage assets includes decommissioning costs with a net book value of £22.0m, (2009 – £21.8m). 
In the year to 31 March 2010 the net book value of decommissioning costs related to office and computer equipment was reduced by £0.6m 
to £1.3m (2009 – £1.9m). This arises from the Group’s obligations under the EU Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) directive. 

(ii)  In the year to 31 March 2010, assets acquired in business combinations included the coal-fired generation assets at Uskmouth, the network 

assets of Atlasconnect Ltd, the data centre assets of Cantono data centre and the operational assets of the ESBC street-lighting business. 

(iii)  Represents the carrying value of wind farm development assets transferred from intangible assets (note 10) which have reached the consent 

stage and have been approved for construction. 

(iv)  On disposal of 50% of the shareholding of Greater Gabbard Offshore Winds, the value of property, plant and equipment expended to the date of 

disposal was part refunded by the acquiring joint venture partner, RWE Innogy, and partly equity accounted as the investment in the joint venture 
(see note 15). 

(v)	  There were no impairment charges in the year (2009 – £nil). 

(vi)  Of this total £369.3m relates to the recognition of the power purchase agreement entered into with Marchwood Power Ltd. 

Land and buildings is predominantly heritable or freehold. Generation assets comprise generating stations and related plant 
and machinery and include all hydro civil assets. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
109 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

At the balance sheet date the cumulative amounts capitalised in respect of assets in the course of construction were as follows: 

Generation and gas storage assets 
Network assets 
Corporate land and buildings 

2010 
£m 

784.0 
204.7 
1.9 

990.6 

2009 
£m 

464.9 
124.5 
58.3 

647.7 

Included within the assets in the course of construction is the Group’s share of expenditure on the Aldbrough gas storage facility. 

Included within property, plant and equipment are the following assets held under finance leases: 

Cost 
At 1 April 2008 
Disposal 

At 31 March 2009 
Additions 

At 31 March 2010 

Depreciation 
At 1 April 2008 
Charge for the year 

At 31 March 2009 
Charge for the year 

At 31 March 2010 

Net book value 

At 31 March 2010 

At 31 March 2009 

At 1 April 2008 

Power 
generation and 
gas storage 
assets 
£m 

Vehicles and 
Network  miscellaneous 
equipment 
£m 

assets 
£m 

– 
– 

– 
387.8 

387.8 

– 
– 

– 
11.3 

11.3 

376.5 

– 

– 

5.1 
(0.1) 

5.0 
– 

5.0 

4.7 
0.3 

5.0 
– 

5.0 

– 

– 

0.4 

7.0 
– 

7.0 
– 

7.0 

6.2 
0.8 

7.0 
– 

7.0 

– 

– 

0.8 

Total 
£m 

12.1 
(0.1) 

12.0 
387.8 

399.8 

10.9 
1.1 

12.0 
11.3 

23.3 

376.5 

– 

1.2 

The Company does not hold any property, plant or equipment. 

12.  BiOLOGiCAL ASSETS 

The Group acquired approximately 2,394 hectares of forest land including planted trees during the year. The living trees are accounted 
for as biological assets and are disclosed in the table below: 

At 1 April 
Purchases during the year 

At 31 March 

2010 
£m 

–
 
4.4
 

4.4 

The pre-tax discount rate used in determining the fair value in 2010 was 8.0%. A 2.0% decrease/(increase) in the discount rate would 

increase/(decrease) the fair value of biological assets by approximately £0.6m.
 

No trees were harvested during the year.
 

The Company does not hold any biological assets.
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 110 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued)
 
for the year ended 31 March
 

13. iNvESTMENTS 

(a)  Associates and joint ventures 

Consolidated 
Share of net assets/cost 
At 1 April 2008 
Transfer out (i) 
Transfer in (ii) 
New equity investments 
Increase in shareholder loans 
Repayment of shareholder loans 
Dividends received 
Share of profit after tax 
Share of other reserves adjustments 
Exchange rate adjustments 

At 31 March 2009 
Transfer (out)/in (iii) 
Disposal 
New equity investments 
Increase in shareholder loans 
Repayment of shareholder loans 
Conversion of loan to equity 
Dividends received 
Share of profit after tax 
Share of other reserves adjustments 
Exchange rate adjustments 

Scotia Gas Networks 

Other jointly 
controlled entities 

Associates 

Investment 
£m 

Shareholder 
loans 
£m 

Investment 
£m 

Shareholder 
loans 
£m 

Investment 
£m 

Shareholder 
loans 
£m 

219.1 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(45.0) 
38.1 
(54.6) 
– 

157.6 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
55.6 
(57.8) 
– 

281.9 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(15.0) 
– 
– 
– 
– 

266.9 
– 
– 
– 
16.6 
(16.6) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

207.1 
(38.0) 
36.8 
25.5 
– 
– 
(14.5) 
9.9 
19.5 
10.8 

257.1 
(8.6) 
(1.0) 
16.8 
– 
– 
– 
(8.5) 
28.9 
(14.0) 
(6.7) 

92.9 
– 
– 
– 
22.2 
(19.7) 
– 
– 
– 
– 

95.4 
– 
– 
– 
11.4 
(17.9) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

88.9 

116.8 
– 
– 
13.6 
– 
– 
(25.3) 
33.6 
– 
– 

138.7 
18.8 
– 
45.0 
– 
– 
3.2 
(15.2) 
25.3 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
3.0 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

3.0 
– 
– 
– 
46.5 
– 
(3.2) 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Total 
£m 

917.8 
(38.0) 
36.8 
42.1 
22.2 
(34.7) 
(84.8) 
81.6 
(35.1) 
10.8 

918.7 
10.2 
(1.0) 
61.8 
74.5 
(34.5) 
– 
(23.7) 
109.8 
(71.8) 
(6.7) 

At 31 March 2010 

155.4 

266.9 

264.0 

215.8 

46.3 

1,037.3 

(i)	  At 14 May 2008, the Group acquired the 50% of Greater Gabbard Offshore Winds Limited not already carried, for a net consideration of £33.4m, 
including cash of £40.0m. At this point, the Group assumed 100% ownership and consequently the carrying value held as investment in jointly 
controlled entities was transferred with the entity being fully consolidated in the accounts. 

(ii)	  At 3 November 2008, the Group disposed of 50% of Greater Gabbard Offshore Winds Limited and consequently recognised the remaining fair value 
equity investment as investment in jointly controlled entities at that point. The Group also has an interest-bearing loan of £426.9m (2009 – £183.5m) 
in the venture. 

(iii)  Transfers (out)/in represent £8.6m of investment in Aquamarine Limited which has been reclassified as an associate from a joint venture 

following a reduction in our shareholding from 50.0% to 47.8%, £10.0m in relation to RockTron (Widnes) Limited, where we have increased our 
shareholding from 17.5% to 49.9%, and £0.2m in relation to Smarter Grid Solutions Limited, which has been transferred to associates as the 
Group’s shareholding has increased from 12.5% to 29.9%. 

Company 
Share of net assets/cost 
At 1 April 2008 
Repayment of shareholder loans 
Dividend received 

At 31 March 2009 
Transferred from other investments 
Repayment of shareholder loans 
Increase in shareholder loan 
New equity investments 

At 31 March 2010	 

Scotia Gas Networks 

Other joint ventures 
and associates 

Investment 
£m 

Shareholder 
loans 
£m 

Investment 
£m 

Shareholder 
loans 
£m 

Total 
£m 

235.0 
– 
(45.0) 

190.0 
– 
– 
– 
– 

190.0 

281.9 
(15.0) 
– 

266.9 
– 
(16.6) 
16.6 
– 

266.9 

– 
– 
– 

– 
10.0 
– 
– 
7.0 

17.0 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

516.9 
(15.0) 
(45.0) 

456.9
 
10.0
 
(16.6)
 
16.6
 
7.0
 

473.9 

The investment in Scotia Gas Networks is disclosed separately to aid understanding of the Group’s financial performance.

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
111 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Details of the principal jointly controlled entities, operations and associates are as follows: 

Country of 
incorporation 

31 March 2010 
holding % 

31 March 2009 

Holding %  Principal activity 

Jointly Controlled Entities 
PriDE (SERP) Limited (ii) 
Seabank Power Limited (iii) 
Scotia Gas Networks Limited (v) 
Marchwood Power Limited (i) 
Braes of Doune Wind Farm (Scotland) 
Scotland 
Limited (vi) 
Midas Energy Limited (vi) 
Republic of Ireland 
Greater Gabbard Offshore Winds Limited (vi)  England and Wales 
IE CHP (UK and Eire) Limited (iv) 
Greenway Energy Limited 

England and Wales 
England and Wales 
England and Wales 
England and Wales 

Scotland 
Republic of Ireland 

Associates 
England and Wales 
Barking Power Limited (i) 
England and Wales 
Derwent Co-generation Limited (i) 
Scotland 
Aquamarine Power Limited (iv) 
England and Wales 
Vital Holdings Limited (iv) 
England and Wales 
Insource Energy Limited (iv) 
England and Wales 
Onzo Limited (iv) 
England and Wales 
Geothermal International Limited (iv) 
England and Wales 
RockTron (Widnes) Limited 
Smarter Grid Solutions Limited (iv) 
England and Wales 
Walney (UK) Offshore Windfarms Limited (vi)  England and Wales 

50.0 
50.0 
50.0 
50.0 

50.0 
50.0 
50.0 
50.0 
50.0 

30.0 
49.5 
47.8 
30.0 
35.0 
24.5 
20.0 
49.9 
29.9 
25.1 

50.0  Defence estates contractor 
50.0  Electricity generation 
50.0  Investment in gas networks 
50.0  Electricity generation 

50.0  Wind generation 
50.0  Wind generation 
50.0  Wind development 
50.0  Fuel cell power systems 
50.0  Wind Development 

30.0  Electricity generation 
49.5  Electricity generation 
50.0  Marine energy conversion 
30.0  Efficient energy provision 
33.3  Energy and waste management 
24.5  Energy displays 
20.0  Ground source heat pump systems 
17.5  Ash Separation Plant 
12.5  Active Network Management 
–  Offshore wind development 

Location of 
operations 

31 March 2010 
holding % 

31 March 2009 

Holding %  Principal activity 

Jointly Controlled Operations 
(unincorporated) 
Aldbrough 
Beatrice 

England 
Scotland 

66.7 
50.0 

66.7  Development of gas storage facility 
50.0  Development of offshore wind farm facility 

The above companies’ shares consist of Ordinary Shares only. All companies operate in Great Britain and Ireland. Seabank Power 
Limited and Marchwood Power Limited have accounting periods ending on 31 December. All other companies have accounting 
periods ending on 31 March. 

(i)  Shares held by SSE Generation Limited 
(ii)  Shares held by Southern Electric Contracting Limited 
(iii)  Shares held by SSE Seabank Investments Limited 
(iv)  Shares held by SSE Venture Capital Limited 
(v)  Shares held by Scottish and Southern Energy plc 
(vi)  Shares held by SSE Renewables Holdings Limited (or subsidiaries) 

At 31 March 2010, the Group had invested £40.4m (2009 – £35.8m) in Marchwood Power Limited. In addition to this, the Group had 
provided interest-bearing loans of £141.5m (2009 – £123.0m) to Marchwood Power and £426.9m (2009 – £183.5) to Greater Gabbard 
Offshore Winds, which are reported in other receivables (note 17). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 112 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

13. iNvESTMENTS (continued) 

The material significance of the Scotia Gas Networks Limited investment warrants separate disclosure from other jointly controlled 
entities. Accordingly, the result from the Group’s share of these businesses is included as a separate segment in the analysis of Group 
operating profit (note 2). The results of Scotia Gas Networks Limited, of which the Group has a 50% share, can be illustrated thus: 

2010 

2009 

Before 
exceptional items 
and certain 

Exceptional 
items and certain 
remeasurements  remeasurements 
£m

£m 

Operating profit 
Finance costs: excluding loan stock 
Finance costs: interest on loan stock 

Profit before tax 
Taxation 

Profit for the year 

367.3 
(126.0) 
(67.5) 

173.8 
(67.5) 

106.3 

– 
6.8 
– 

6.8 
(1.9) 

4.9 

Before 
exceptional items 
and certain 
remeasurements 
£m 

Exceptional 
items and certain 
remeasurements 
£m

361.0 
(173.0) 
(67.1) 

120.9 
(52.4) 

68.5 

– 
10.8 
– 

10.8 
(3.0) 

7.8 

Total 
£m 

367.3 
(119.2) 
(67.5) 

180.6 
(69.4) 

111.2 

Total 
£m 

361.0 
(162.2) 
(67.1) 

131.7 
(55.4) 

76.3 

SSE share of profit 

53.2 

2.4 

55.6 

34.2 

3.9 

38.1 

As an investor, Scottish and Southern Energy plc received £33.8m (2009 – £33.6m) in relation to loan stock interest payable to the Group. 

The balance sheet of Scotia Gas Networks Limited can be summarised as follows (100%): 

Scotia Gas Networks Limited 

31 March 2010 

31 March 2009 

Non-current 
assets 
£m 

5,331.3 

5,042.0 

Current 
assets 
£m 

271.6 

184.2 

Current 
liabilities 
£m 

Non-current 
liabilities 
£m 

(672.6) 

(262.8) 

(4,619.4) 

(4,648.0) 

The financial statements of the Group’s other jointly controlled entities and associates can be summarised as follows (100%): 

Jointly Controlled Entities 

31 March 2010 

31 March 2009 

Associates 

31 March 2010 

31 March 2009 

(b) Other investments 

At 1 April 2008 
Additions in the year 
Disposals in the year 

At 31 March 2009 
Additions in the year 
Transfers to Associates in the year 

At 31 March 2010 

Current 
assets 
£m 

Non-current 
assets 
£m 

Current 
liabilities 
£m 

Non-current 
liabilities 
£m

Revenues 
£m 

Profit 
after tax 
£m 

166.0 

122.3 

1,179.8 

554.6 

(135.3) 

(1,002.8) 

(91.6) 

(411.6) 

415.3 

320.3 

188.2 

163.9 

438.5 

453.3 

(116.6) 

(108.0) 

(110.6) 

(140.8) 

451.2 

570.7 

Solarcentury 
£m 

Sigma 
£m 

RockTron 
£m

4.1 
– 
– 

4.1 
– 
– 

4.1 

1.3 
1.1 
– 

2.4 
0.5 
– 

2.9 

– 
10.0 
– 

10.0 
– 
(10.0) 

– 

Other 
£m 

0.6 
1.4 
(0.2) 

1.8 
0.6 
(0.2) 

2.2 

68.8 

21.7 

74.6 

99.6 

Total 
£m 

6.0 
12.5 
(0.2) 

18.3 
1.1 
(10.2) 

9.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
113 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

14.  SuBSiDiARY uNDERTAKiNGS 

Details of the principal subsidiary undertakings are as follows: 

Country of 
incorporation 

2010 
holding % 

2009 
Holding % 

Principal activity 

England and Wales 
England and Wales 
Ireland 
Scotland 
England and Wales 
England and Wales 
England and Wales 

SSE Services plc (i) 
SSE Energy Supply Limited (i) 
SSE Renewables Holdings Limited (i) 
SSE Telecommunications Limited (i) 
SSE Generation Limited (i) 
Medway Power Limited (ii) 
Keadby Generation Limited (viii) 
SSE Renewables Developments (UK) Limited (ix)  Northern Ireland 
SSE Renewables (Ireland) Limited (iii) 
Airtricity Limited (iii) 
Airtricity Energy Supply (Northern Ireland) Limited (x)  Northern Ireland 
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission Limited (iv)  Scotland 
Scottish Hydro Electric Power Distribution plc (iv)  Scotland 
Southern Electric Power Distribution plc (iv) 
S+S Limited (iv) 
SSE Contracting Group Limited (i) 
Southern Electric Contracting Limited (v) 
Southern Electric Gas Limited (vi) 
SSE Hornsea Limited (vi) 
Neos Networks Limited (vii) 

England and Wales 
Scotland 
England and Wales 
England and Wales 
England and Wales 
England and Wales 
England and Wales 

Ireland 
Ireland 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

Finance and IT support services 
Electricity supply 

100 
100 
100  Wind farm developer 
Telecommunication services 
100 
Electricity generation 
100 
Electricity generation 
100 
100 
Electricity generation 
100  Wind generation development 
100  Wind generation development 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

Energy supply 
Energy supply 
Transmission of electricity 
Distribution of electricity 
Distribution of electricity 
Electricity connections 
Holding company 
Electrical contractor 
Gas supply 
Gas storage 
Telecommunication services 

The above companies’ shares consist of Ordinary Shares only. All companies operate in Great Britain and Ireland. All companies 
have accounting periods ending on 31 March. 

Shares in the above subsidiaries are held by: 

(i)  Scottish and Southern Energy plc 
(ii)  SSE Generation Limited 
(iii)  SSE Renewables Holdings Limited 
(iv)  SSE Power Distribution Limited 
(v)  SSE Contracting Group Limited 
(vi)  SSE Energy Supply Limited 
(vii)  SSE Telecommunications Limited 
(viii) Keadby Power Limited 
(ix)  SSE Renewables Holdings (UK) Limited 
(x)  SSE Renewables Group (UK) Limited 

investment in subsidiaries 

Company 
At 1 April 2008 
Increase in existing investments (i) 

At 31 March 2009 
Increase in existing investments (i) 

At 31 March 2010 

Total 
£m 

2,137.8 
16.4 

2,154.2 
17.9 

2,172.1 

(i)	  The increase in existing investments held by the Company relates to equity shares in the Company awarded to the employees of the subsidiaries 
of the Group under the Group’s share schemes, which are recognised as in increase in the cost of investment in those subsidiaries as directed 
by IFRIC 11. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 114 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

14.  SuBSiDiARY uNDERTAKiNGS (continued) 

Service concession arrangements 
In 50:50 partnership with Royal Bank Leasing Limited, the Group has established three companies to provide street-lighting services 
to councils under the Private Finance Initiative (PFI). These services are thereafter sub-contracted to Southern Electric Contracting 
Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary. The companies established are as follows: 

Company 

Council 

Tay Valley Lighting (Stoke on Trent) Limited 
Tay Valley Lighting (Newcastle and North Tyneside) Limited 
Tay Valley Lighting (Leeds) Limited 

Stoke-on-Trent 
Newcastle and North Tyneside 
Leeds City Council 

Under SIC-12 Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities, despite being 50% owned, the Tay Valley Lighting companies are categorised 
as subsidiaries and are accounted for accordingly since the Group bears the majority of the risks and rewards. The debt associated 
with these companies is non-recourse to the Group. The arrangements for all three companies are materially similar. 

In addition to these, the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of entities which perform similar services under three PFI 
contracts. The terms of the service concession arrangement are similar to those operated by the Tay Valley Lighting companies. 
The council and contract holder within the acquired group are as follows: 

Company 

Dorset Lighting (Finance) Limited 
Ealing Lighting (Finance) Limited 
Islington Lighting (Finance) Limited 

Council 

Dorset County Council 
London Borough of Ealing 
London Borough of Islington 

Finally, the Group has entered into arrangements to operate services under three new PFI contracts from 1 April 2010. The council 
and the contract holder, which are wholly owned, are as follows: 

Company 

Tay Valley Lighting (Hampshire) Limited 
Tay Valley Lighting (Southampton) Limited 
Tay Valley Lighting (West Sussex) Limited 

Characteristics of the arrangements 

Council 

Hampshire County Council 
Southampton City Council 
West Sussex County Council 

Description 
The contracts are 25 year arrangements to replace ageing street-lighting stock and to subsequently maintain the new assets 
throughout each Councils’ areas. 

Significant terms 
The cash flows under the PFI arrangements come from the unitary charge for these services paid by the Councils. The unitary charge 
can only be adjusted if performance under the contract falls below the required standards. Any significant change to the services 
proposed by either party is subject to a formal change procedure and agreement to such a change is required by the other party. 

Nature and extent of rights and obligations 
The assets are part of the public highway and ownership of the assets remains with the Councils. The contract holding companies 
are licensed to replace and maintain the assets for the period of the contract. This obligation is passed down to Southern Electric 
Contracting Limited or to other companies within the Seeboard Trading group through the operating sub-contract. Any failure to 
provide the services to the required standards will result in financial penalties which are taken from the unitary charge. 

The companies have 25 year contracts with no extension options. Termination during this period can be initiated through a number 
of routes including service provider default, force majeure or the event of a risk becoming uninsurable, authority default, voluntary 
authority termination, or termination for a prohibited act or breach of refinancing provisions. In all cases, a formula exists for 
calculating compensation payments to the service provider. 

Throughout the contract period there are a number of circumstances under which the companies could potentially be required 
to provide additional services: 

(i)  Changes in the law 

If circumstances arise where by a change in legislation would mean a change in the way the services are to be provided 
the companies would be liable for part of the cost of this change. This liability is capped. 

(ii)  Final survey 

The Councils have the ability to deduct a percentage of the unitary charge in the last two years if an independent survey 
indicates the assets are unlikely to have a 5-year residual life.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15.  ACquiSiTiONS AND DiSPOSALS 

(a)  Acquisitions 

In the year, the Group acquired the following companies. 

Entity acquired 

Country of incorporation 

Date of acquisition 

Abernedd Power Company Limited (i) 
Slieve Divena Wind Farm No 2 Ltd (ii) 
Cantono Data Centre (Business) (iii) 
Uskmouth Power Company Limited (iv) 
Munkflohogen Airtricity Vind AB (ii) 
Gaxsjohojden Airtricity Vind AB (ii) 
ESBC Streetlighting (Business) (v) 
Atlasconnect Limited (iii) 
Veddige Vindkraft AB (ii) 

England and Wales 
Northern Ireland 
Unincorporated 
England and Wales 
Sweden 
Sweden 
Unincorporated 
Scotland 
Sweden 

20 May 2009 
22 May 2009 
31 May 2009 
13 August 2009 
17 September 2009 
17 September 2009 
30 November 2009 
09 March 2010 
15 March 2010 

115 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Shareholding 
acquired 

Provisional 
consideration 
£m 

100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
97% 
97% 
100% 
100% 
100% 

39.3 
7.3 
5.8 
27.4 
1.9 
1.2 
5.8 
0.8 
2.3 

91.8 

The acquired businesses conduct the following activities: (i) thermal generation development, (ii) construction and development 
of wind farms, (iii) telecoms services, (iv) thermal power station, (v) street-lighting maintenance contractor. 

The provisional book values and fair values of the assets and liabilities acquired were as follows: 

Goodwill 
Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Other net current liabilities 
Deferred tax 

Net assets 

Less: Non controlling interest 

Total consideration 

Carrying value 
of acquired 
entities 
£m 

Fair value of 
acquired 
entities 
£m 

4.1 
0.5 
93.4 
9.7 
(2.0) 
– 

105.7 

18.5 
51.0 
26.4 
9.7 
(21.2) 
7.5 

91.9 

(0.1) 

91.8 

The non-controlling interest values were calculated by taking a proportionate share of the recognised amounts of the acquiring 
companies identifiable net assets at the respective acquisition dates. The total consideration was represented by £67.8m cash, 
including fees paid on the Group’s behalf and £24.0m deferred consideration. 

No significant profit or loss was recognised from these acquisitions in the period to 31 March 2010. 

(b)  Acquisitions in the previous year 

(i)  Greater Gabbard Offshore Winds Limited (GGOWL) 
GGOWL was originally a jointly controlled entity between Airtricity, acquired by SSE in February 2008, and Fluor International Limited. 
The company was created specifically to develop the Greater Gabbard Offshore wind farm in the outer Thames Estuary. On 14 May 
2008, Airtricity Holdings acquired the remaining 50% equity shareholding in Greater Gabbard Offshore Winds Limited (GGOWL) from 
Fluor International Limited for cash consideration of £40.0m, increasing its stake from 50% to 100%. Subsequently, on 3 November 
2008, Airtricity Holdings sold 50% of its equity shareholding in GGOWL to RWE Npower Renewables Limited, the UK fully owned 
subsidiary of RWE Innogy GmbH. 

The total proceeds on disposal was £308.5m, which comprised £165.6m reimbursement of 50% of the capital costs already incurred 
in developing the project and £142.9m in relation to the 50% of the equity. The gain on sale recognised was £102.7m, which has been 
disclosed separately in the income statement as an exceptional item. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 116 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

15.  ACquiSiTiONS AND DiSPOSALS (continued) 

The transactions can be summarised thus: 

Acquisition of 50% on 14 May 2008: 

Goodwill 
Development assets 
Loans 
Deferred tax 

Net assets 

Consideration paid being: 
Cash 
Loans assumed 

Book value of 
50% acquired 
£m 

Fair value 
acquired 
£m 

– 
6.6 
(6.6) 
– 

– 

9.4 
40.0 
(6.6) 
(9.4) 

33.4 

40.0 
(6.6) 

33.4 

On acquisition of the second 50%, the wholly owned GGOWL entity was fully consolidated as a subsidiary in the Group. The fair values 
previously attributed to jointly controlled entities established on acquisition of Airtricity Holdings were consequently transferred to 
development assets. The project achieved consent in the period between full consolidation and part-disposal and as a result the 
expenditure incurred at the point of Board approval was transferred from development assets to property, plant and equipment, 
including the previously mentioned fair values. Consequently, at the point of disposal, a higher project book value in relation to 
property, plant and equipment had been recorded than the proceeds reimbursed by RWE Innogy. This can be summarised thus: 

Disposal of 50% on 3 November 2008: 

Property, plant and equipment 
Goodwill 
Loans 
Deferred tax 

Net assets 

50% of value of business disposed of: 

Consideration paid for 50% being: 
Cash received by Group 
Less: contribution to loans 
Less: costs of disposal 

Net proceeds of disposal 

Gain on disposal 

Book value 
£m 

397.4 
17.4 
(331.2) 
(9.4) 

74.2 

37.1 

308.5 
(165.6) 
(3.1) 

139.8 

102.7 

(ii)  Other acquisitions 
In the previous year, the Group also acquired the following companies, all of which are involved in the construction and development 
of wind farms, with the fair value substantially relating their development potential. 

Entity acquired 

Country of incorporation 

Date of acquisition 

Aldeia Velha 
Riviera Group 
Nextwind S.R.L. 
Airtricity Marao SA 
Atlantico SA 
Limerick West Windfarm Ltd 
Griffin Wind Farm Ltd 
Slaheny Energy Ltd 

Portugal 
Portugal 
Italy 
Portugal 
Portugal 
Republic of Ireland 
Scotland 
Republic of Ireland 

14 April 2008 
26 June 2008 
26 June 2008 
21 August 2008 
14 October 2008 
17 October 2008 
13 January 2009 
20 January 2009 

Shareholding 
acquired 

Provisional 
consideration 
£m 

100 % 
60% 
60% 
90% 
90% 
100% 
89.8% 
100% 

0.5 
1.3 
3.2 
0.5 
– 
5.3 
42.4 
2.4 

55.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The provisional book values and fair values of the assets and liabilities acquired were as follows: 

Goodwill 
Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Other net current liabilities 
Deferred tax 

Net (liabilities)/assets 

Less: Non controlling interest 

Total consideration 

117 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Carrying value 
of acquired 
entities 
£m 

Fair value of 
acquired 
entities 
£m 

– 
– 
6.1 
0.1 
(6.7) 
– 

(0.5) 

12.6 
69.9 
0.1 
0.1 
(6.7) 
(12.6) 

63.4 
(7.8) 

55.6 

The non-controlling interest values were calculated by taking a proportionate share of the recognised amounts of the acquiring 
companies identifiable net assets at the respective acquisition dates. The total consideration was represented by £37.6m cash 
and £18.0m deferred consideration. 

No significant profit or loss was recognised from these acquisitions in the period to 31 March 2009. 

16.  iNvENTORiES 

Fuel and consumables 
Work in progress 
Goods for resale 
Less: provisions held 

Consolidated 

2010 
£m 

248.9 
30.7 
2.4 
(9.5) 

272.5 

2009 
£m 

345.8 
27.4 
2.5 
(9.0) 

366.7 

The Group has recognised £612.4m within cost of sales in the year (2009 – £504.9m) and have also recognised £3.0m (2009 – £8.2m) 
relating to stock write-downs and increases in provisions held. The Company does not hold any inventories. 

17.  TRADE AND OThER RECEivABLES 

Current assets
 
Retail debtors 
Wholesale trade receivables 
Other trade receivables 

Trade receivables 
Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings 
Other receivables 
Cash held as collateral 
Prepayments and accrued income 

Non-current assets 
Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings 

Consolidated 

Company 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

596.3 
1,381.6 
528.3 

2,506.2 
– 
857.5 
71.2 
1,583.9 

5,018.8 

883.1 
1,978.0 
472.2 

3,333.3 
– 
589.0 
86.9 
1,650.4 

5,659.6 

– 

– 

5,018.8 

5,659.6 

– 
– 
– 

– 
1,804.6 
623.4 
– 
– 

2,428.0 

3,456.1 

5,884.1 

–
 
–
 
–
 

– 
3,052.7 
413.0 
– 
– 

3,465.7 

2,066.9 

5,532.6 

Wholesale trade receivables includes a balance of £37.5m (2009 – £190.9m) in relation to contractual balances due from British Energy. 
Other receivables includes £141.5m (2009 – £123.0m) receivable from Marchwood Power Limited (note13) and financial assets 
totalling £640.5m (2009 – £481.7m). Cash held as collateral relates to amounts deposited on commodity trading exchanges. 

Trade receivables and other financial assets are part of the Group’s financial exposure to credit risk as explained in note 28. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 118 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

18.  CASh AND CASh EquivALENTS 

Bank balances 
Call deposits 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Consolidated 

Company 

2010 
£m 

132.7 
129.0 

261.7 

2009 
£m 

1
1

45.7 
50.2 

295.9 

2010 
£m 

3.8 
95.9 

99.7 

2009 
£m 

12.1 
123.0 

135.1 

Cash and cash equivalents (which are presented as a single class of assets in the face of the balance sheet) comprise cash at bank 
and short term highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less. 

Cash and cash equivalents (from above) 
Bank overdraft (note 22) 

Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows 

19.  TRADE AND OThER PAYABLES 

Current liabilities 
Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings 
Trade payables 
Other creditors 
Accruals and deferred income (i) 

Non-current liabilities 
Accruals and deferred income (ii) 

Consolidated 

Company 

2010 
£m 

261.7 
(9.2) 

252.5 

2009 
£m 

295.9 
(2.3) 

293.6 

2010 
£m 

99.7 
– 

99.7 

2009 
£m 

135.1 
– 

135.1 

Consolidated 

Company 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

– 
2,161.6 
1,207.3 
695.6 

4,064.5 

324.5 

4,389.0 

– 
2,603.6 
1,023.0 
738.3 

4,364.9 

426.0 

4,790.9 

2,569.0 
– 
50.3 
– 

2,619.3 

2,517.2 
– 
118.3 
– 

2,635.5 

– 

– 

2,619.3 

2,635.5 

(i)  Current accruals and deferred income includes customer contributions of £19.5m (2009 – £15.4m) and government grants of £0.6m (2009 – £0.1m). 
(ii)  Non-current accruals and deferred income includes customer contributions of £251.3m (2009 – £258.0m) and government grants of £6.3m 

(2009 – £2.0m). 

20.  CuRRENT TAx LiABiLiTiES 

Corporation tax 

Consolidated 

Company 

2010 
£m 

216.9 

2009 
£m 

254.6 

2010 
£m 

4.0 

2009 
£m 

–

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
21.  CONSTRuCTiON CONTRACTS 

Contracts in progress at balance sheet date: 
Amounts due from contract customers included in trade and other receivables (note 17) 
Amounts due to contract customers included in trade and other payables (note 19) 

Contract costs incurred plus recognised profits less recognised losses to date 
Less: Progress billings 

119 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

39.3 
(21.8) 

183.1 
(184.0) 

(0.9) 

41.4 
(24.4) 

221.9 
(231.6) 

(9.7) 

In the year to 31 March 2010, contract revenue of £460.1m (2009 – £481.9m) was recognised.
 

At 31 March 2010, retentions held by customers for contract work amounted to £1.6m (2009 – £1.6m). Advances received from 

customers for contract work amounted to £4.1m (2009 – £6.4m).
 

The Company does not hold any construction contracts.
 

22.  LOANS AND OThER BORROWiNGS 

Current 
Bank overdraft 
Other short-term loans 

Obligations under finance leases 

Non-current 
Loans including convertible debt 
Obligations under finance leases 
Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings 

(i)  Borrowings 

Consolidated 

Company 

2010 
£m 

9.2 
882.3 

891.5 
12.2 

903.7 

4,771.1 
372.2 
– 

5,143.3 

2009 
£m 

2.3 
1,057.7 

1,060.0 
0.1 

1,060.1 

4,335.7 
0.4 
– 

4,336.1 

2010 
£m 

– 
815.6 

815.6 
– 

815.6 

2009 
£m 

– 
916.4 

916.4 
– 

916.4 

3,101.2 
– 
240.2 

3,341.4 

2,628.3 
– 
240.2 

2,868.5 

Borrowing facilities 
The Group has an established €1.5bn Euro Commercial Paper programme. Paper can be issued in a range of currencies and is 
swapped back into sterling. 

During the year the Group entered into a new £900m revolving credit facility along with a £100m bilateral facility, on the same terms 
as the revolving credit facility. These facilities, which mature in June 2012, replace a £650m facility which had been due to expire in 
November 2009. The new facility will again act as a liquidity backstop to the Group’s commercial paper issuance. 

The Group has also entered into a £400m loan facility with the European Investment Bank which can be utilised over a one year 
period and can be drawn on a fixed or floating basis with a term of up to 10 years. 

In September 2009, the Group issued a new nine year, £500m sterling bond, with a coupon of 5%. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 120 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued)
 
for the year ended 31 March
 

22.  LOANS AND OThER BORROWiNGS (continued) 

Analysis of borrowings 

Loans and borrowings 

Current 
Bank overdrafts (i) 
Other short-term loans – amortising (ii) 
Other short-term loans – non-amortising (iii) 
Non-recourse funding (iv) 

Total current 

Non-current 
Bank loans – amortising (ii) 
Bank loans – non-amortising (v) 
6.125% Eurobond repayable on 29 July 2013 
5.75% Eurobond repayable 5 February 2014 
Non-recourse funding (iv) 

Between two and five years 

Bank loans – non-amortising (v) 
Non-recourse funding (iv) 
5.000% Eurobond repayable on 1 October 2018 
5.875% Eurobond repayable on 26 September 2022 
8.375% Eurobond repayable on 20 November 2028 
5.50% Eurobond repayable on 19 June 2032 
4.625% Eurobond repayable on 20 February 2037 
6.25% Eurobond repayable on 27 August 2038 
4.454% Index linked loan repayable on 27 February 2044 
1.429% Index linked bond repayable on 20 October 2056 

Over five years 

Fair value adjustment (note 28) 

Total non-current 

Total 

2010 
Weighted average 
interest rate (vii) 
% 

2010 
face value 
£m 

2010 
fair value 
£m 

0.50% 
6.62% 
1.14% 
6.22% 

6.37% 
4.14% 
6.13% 
5.75% 
6.02% 

5.79% 
5.00% 
5.88% 
8.38% 
5.50% 
4.63% 
6.25% 
4.46% 
1.57% 

2010 
Carrying 
amount 
£m 

9.2 
7.7 
840.7 
33.9 

891.5 

13.7 
596.5 
532.7 
696.3 
137.6 

9.2 
7.7 
841.5 
33.9 

892.3 

13.7 
595.2 
534.4 
700.0 
137.5 

9.2 
8.6 
843.1 
35.4 

896.3 

15.4 
638.6 
594.2 
747.4 
143.2 

1,980.8 

2,138.8 

1,976.8 

312.6 
500.0 
300.0 
500.0 
350.0 
325.0 
350.0 
100.3 
107.6 

325.6 
501.5 
313.0 
664.5 
352.4 
283.2 
382.5 
133.4 
110.2 

312.6 
495.3 
296.6 
492.2 
350.2 
323.4 
345.5 
99.6 
107.6 

2,845.5 

3,066.3 

2,823.0 

– 

– 

(28.7) 

4,826.3 

5,205.1 

4,771.1 

5,718.6 

6,101.4 

5,662.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
121 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

2009 
Weighted average 
interest rate (vii) 
% 

2009 
Face value 
£m 

2009 
Fair value 
£m 

0.50% 
8.79% 
2.67% 
3.75% 
5.51% 

6.36% 
4.93% 
6.13% 
5.75% 
6.10% 

3.09% 
5.89% 
5.88% 
8.38% 
5.50% 
4.63% 
6.25% 
2.16% 
1.52% 

2009 
Carrying 
amount 
£m 

2.3 
88.4 
900.8 
15.6 
52.9 

2.3 
88.4 
904.1 
15.9 
52.9 

2.3 
90.3 
900.9 
19.6 
55.8 

1,063.6 

1,068.9 

1,060.0 

21.4 
603.7 
555.1 
700.0 
144.8 

22.7 
641.3 
579.9 
729.0 
150.1 

21.4 
605.2 
552.9 
695.5 
144.8 

2,025.0 

2,123.0 

2,019.8 

25.0 
309.0 
300.0 
500.0 
350.0 
325.0 
350.0 
100.0 
109.0 

24.9 
326.0 
311.0 
606.1 
319.2 
247.5 
336.9 
105.4 
106.0 

25.0 
309.0 
296.3 
491.8 
350.2 
323.4 
345.3 
99.3 
109.0 

2,368.0 

2,383.0 

2,349.3 

– 

– 

(33.4) 

4,393.0 

4,506.0 

4,335.7 

5,456.6 

5,574.9 

5,395.7 

Loans and Borrowings 

Current 
Bank overdrafts (i) 
Other short-term loans – amortising (ii) 
Other short-term loans – non-amortising (iii) 
3.75% Convertible bond repayable on 29 October 2009 (vi) 
Non-recourse funding (iv) 

Total current 

Non-current 
Bank loans – amortising (ii) 
Bank loans – non-amortising (v) 
6.125% Eurobond repayable on 29 July 2013 
5.75% Eurobond repayable 5 February 2014 
Non-recourse funding (iv) 

Between two and five years 

Bank loans – non-amortising (v) 
Non-recourse funding (iv) 
5.875% Eurobond repayable on 26 September 2022 
8.375% Eurobond repayable on 20 November 2028 
5.50% Eurobond repayable on 19 June 2032 
4.625% Eurobond repayable on 20 February 2037 
6.25% Eurobond repayable on 27 August 2038 
4.454% Index linked loan repayable on 27 February 2044 
1.429% Index linked bond repayable on 20 October 2056 

Over five years 

Fair value adjustment (note 28) 

Total non-current 

Total 

(i)	  Bank overdrafts are repayable on demand. 
(ii)	  Balances under amortising loans are adjusted for capital repayments or drawings in the financial year. These are held with the European 

Investment Bank (EIB) in a combination of fixed and floating rates. 

(iii)  Balances include commercial paper, term loans and EIB debt. 
(iv)  The Tay Valley Lighting companies formed under 50:50 partnership with Royal Bank Leasing Limited to provide street-lighting services are 

categorised as subsidiaries under SIC-12 (note 14). The debt held by these companies is included on consolidation but is non-recourse to the Group. 

(v)	  The floating rate European Investment Bank advances are reset quarterly at a rate normally less than three month LIBOR. Other loans include 

a mixture of fixed and floating debt repayable between 2010 and 2014. 

(vi)  The liability component of the convertible bond is presented separately under IAS 32. 
(vii) The weighted average interest rates are as noted. The weighted average interest rates for the Group (including swaps) for the year ended 

31 March 2010 was 5.35% (2009 – 5.25%). 

Convertible bond 
The convertible bond was issued on 29 October 2004 in exchange for £300.0m in cash. The bond entitled holders to convert the bond 
into Ordinary Shares at any time up to 24 October 2009 at the applicable conversion share price. With effect from 26 September 2008, 
the effective conversion price of the bond changed from £9.00 per Ordinary Share at the date of issue to £8.88 per Ordinary Share. 
The conversion price was subject to adjustment in certain circumstances set out in the offering circular including payment of 
dividends greater than amounts set out in the circular, capital restructuring and change of control. Conversion was at the option 
of the bond holder. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 122 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

22.  LOANS AND OThER BORROWiNGS (continued) 

At 31 March, bond holders had converted the final debt element with a nominal value of £15.9m at the £8.88 per share conversion 
price. Conversion took place in the following periods: 

Year to 31 March 2007 
Year to 31 March 2008 
Year to 31 March 2009 
Year to 31 March 2010 

Total to 31 March 2010 

Nominal value of 
bond converted 
£m 

0.1 
220.6 
63.4 
15.9 

Number of 
shares 

11,111 
24,512,537 
7,081,333 
1,792,000 

300.0 

33,396,981 

The net proceeds received from the issue of the bond were split between a liability element and an equity component, the liability 
element representing the initial fair value of the debt excluding the embedded option to convert the liability into equity of the Group. 
On final conversion of the bond no liability component remained (2009 – £15.6m). 

For the purpose of diluted Earnings per Share (EPS), convertible bond interest of £nil (2009 – £1.7m) is added back to earnings 
and the weighted average number of diluted shares to be included in the total number of shares was as follows: 

Weighted average number of shares 

(ii)  finance lease liabilities 

Future finance lease commitments are as follows: 

Amounts payable: 
Within one year 
Between one and five years 
After five years 

Less: future finance charge 

Present value of lease obligations 

2010 
Number 
of shares 

2009 
Number 
of shares 

709,719 

1,728,352 

Minimum lease 
payments 

Present value of 
minimum lease payments 

2010 
£m 

52.8 
205.7 
537.7 

796.2 

(411.8) 

384.4 

2009 
£m 

0.1 
0.3 
0.4 

0.8 

(0.3) 

0.5 

2010 
£m 

12.2 
57.4 
314.8 

384.4 

2009 
£m 

0.1 
0.3 
0.1 

0.5 

A new finance lease was entered into during the year with Marchwood Power Company Ltd, of which the Group owns 50% of the 
Ordinary Share capital. The lease is for use of their main asset, a 840MW Gas powered CCGT Electricity Generating Plant. The Term 
of the lease is 15 years with the Group having the option for a further 5 years extension at the end of this period. £6.5m of contingent 
rents for Marchwood were included within cost of sales for the period. Contingent rent consists of £/MWh charges for availability 
of the plant for energy production and a £/MWh charge for actual ‘nominated’ energy produced. 

Of the remaining finance leases held by the Group, the average term of the telecom leases is 7.5 years and the term of the wind farm 
lease is 24 years. No arrangements have been entered into for contingent rental payments for these leases. 

The fair value of the Group’s lease obligations approximates their carrying amount. The Group’s obligations under finance leases 
are secured by the lessors’ rights over the leased assets. The Company does not have any obligations under finance leases. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
123 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

23.  DEfERRED TAxATiON 

The following are the deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the Group and movements thereon during the current and prior 
reporting periods: 

Accelerated 

Fair value 
capital  gains/(losses) 
allowances  on derivatives 
£m 

£m 

Convertible 
bond 
£m 

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations 
£m 

Share based 
payments 
£m 

Other (i) 
£m 

Total 
£m 

Consolidated 
At 1 April 2008 
Prior year acquisitions 
Acquisitions (note 15) 
Charge/(credit) to Income Statement 
Charge/(credit) to equity 
Exchange adjustments 

At 1 April 2009 
Acquisitions (note 15) 
Charge/(credit) to Income Statement 
Charge/(credit) to equity 
Exchange adjustments 

861.1 
– 
– 
24.7 
– 
1.7 

887.5 
– 
17.2 
– 
– 

(22.5) 
– 
– 
(352.3) 
5.2 
– 

(369.6) 
– 
113.1 
(2.1) 
– 

At 31 March 2010	 

904.7 

(258.6) 

Accelerated 

Fair value 
capital  gains/(losses) 
allowances  on derivatives 
£m 

£m 

0.6 
– 
– 
(0.2) 
– 
– 

0.4 
– 
(0.4) 
– 
– 

– 

(13.8) 
– 
– 
15.3 
(78.1) 
– 

(76.6) 
– 
17.4 
(142.5) 
– 

(201.7) 

(4.1) 
– 
– 
(0.6) 
3.2 
– 

(1.5) 
– 
– 
(0.4) 
– 

(1.9) 

Convertible 
bond 
£m 

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations 
£m 

Share based 
payments 
£m 

Company 
At 1 April 2008 
Charge/(credit) to Income Statement 
Charge/(credit) to equity 

At 1 April 2009 
Charge/(credit) to Income Statement 
Charge/(credit) to equity 

At 31 March 2010	 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

0.2 
10.5 
11.8 

22.5 
(12.6) 
(8.7) 

1.2 

0.6 
(0.2) 
– 

0.4 
(0.4) 
– 

– 

24.0 
6.3 
(30.3) 

– 
10.2 
(80.5) 

(70.3) 

0.9 
– 
– 

0.9 
– 
(0.4) 

0.5 

102.9 
(6.2) 
12.6 
(34.4) 
(39.7) 
19.2 

54.4 
(7.5) 
(2.5) 
(8.6) 
(11.4) 

24.4 

924.2 
(6.2) 
12.6 
(347.5) 
(109.4) 
20.9 

494.6
 
(7.5)
 
144.8
 
(153.6)
 
(11.4)
 

466.9 

Other (i) 
£m 

Total 
£m 

(16.1) 
(40.4) 
– 

(56.5) 
7.8 
0.4 

9.6 
(23.8) 
(18.5) 

(32.7)
 
5.0
 
(89.2)
 

(48.3) 

(116.9) 

(i)	  Includes deferred tax on fair value items recognised in business combinations in the prior year. In the previous year, deferred tax recognised 

on full acquisition of Greater Gabbard Offshore Winds was derecognised on disposal of 50% of the shareholding. 

Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset, including the asset balances analysed the tables above. The following 
is an analysis of the deferred tax balances (after offset) for financial reporting purposes: 

Deferred tax liabilities 
Deferred tax assets 

Net deferred tax liabilities/(asset)	 

Consolidated 

Company 

2010 
£m 

624.0 
(157.1) 

466.9 

2009 
£m 

594.7 
(100.1) 

494.6 

2010 
£m 

– 
(116.9) 

(116.9) 

2009 
£m 

– 
(32.7) 

(32.7) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 124 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

23.  DEfERRED TAxATiON (continued) 

The deferred tax assets disclosed relate to the Group’s pension scheme liabilities. 

At the balance sheet date, the aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with undistributed earnings of subsidiaries 
for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised was £nil (2009 – £1.7m). No liability was recognised in respect of these 
differences because the Group was in a position to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it was probable 
that such differences would not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

Temporary differences arising in connection with interests in associates and jointly controlled entities are recorded as part of 
the Group’s share of investment in those entities. The aggregate amount of these is a charge of £34.1m (2009 – £1.0m credit). 

A deferred tax asset has not been recognised on £35m of trading losses (2009 – £30m) due to uncertainty around the availability 
of future profits in the companies concerned. 

24.  PROviSiONS 

Consolidated 
At 1 April 2009 
Charged in the year 
Unwind of discount 
Released during the year 
Utilised during the year 
Acquired 

At 31 March 2010 

At 31 March 2010 
Non-current 
Current 

At 31 March 2009 
Non-current 
Current 

Onerous energy 

contracts  Decommissioning 
(ii) 
£m

(i) 
£m 

3.7 
– 
– 
(1.4) 
(0.5) 
– 

1.8 

1.8 
– 

1.8 

3.7 
– 

3.7 

36.2 
2.4 
3.3 
– 
– 
16.6 

58.5 

58.5 
– 

58.5 

36.0 
0.2 

36.2 

Other 
(iii) 
£m

34.1 
4.3 
0.2 
(5.7) 
(3.7) 
0.2 

29.4 

22.9 
6.5 

29.4 

20.5 
13.6 

34.1 

Total 
£m 

74.0 
6.7 
3.5 
(7.1) 
(4.2) 
16.8 

89.7 

83.2 
6.5 

89.7 

60.2 
13.8 

74.0 

(i)	  The onerous energy contracts provision relates to future losses on specific contracts. These contract losses will be incurred over a maximum 

period to 2019. 

(ii)	  Provision has been made for the estimated net present cost of decommissioning certain generation and gas storage assets. The estimate is based 
on a forecast of clean-up costs at the time of decommissioning discounted for the time value of money. The timing of costs provided is dependent on 
the lives of the facilities. In the year to March 2010, the Group has also increased the provision in relation to its projected decommissioning obligations 
under the EU Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) directive, which passed into law on 2 January 2007, by £0.2m to £3.8m (2009 – £3.6m). 

(iii)  Other provisions include balances held in relation to restructuring, insurance and warranty claims. In addition, the Group has an employer financed 

retirement benefit provision for pensions for certain Directors and former Directors and employees. 

The Company does not hold provisions.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25.  ShARE CAPiTAL AND RESERvES 

Company 
Allotted, called up and fully paid: 
At 1 April 2009 
Issue of shares (i) 
Conversion of convertible debt to equity (ii) 

At 31 March 2010	 

125 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Number 
(millions) 

£m 

920.4 
0.9 
1.8 

923.1 

460.2 
0.4 
0.9 

461.5 

The Company has one class of Ordinary Share which carries no right to fixed income. The holders of Ordinary Shares are entitled 
to receive dividends as declared and are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Company. 

(i)	  The Company issued 0.9 million (2009 – 1.2 million) shares during the year under the savings-related share option schemes, and discretionary 

share option schemes for a consideration of £6.8m (2009 – £8.1m). 

During the year, on behalf of the Company, the employee share trust purchased 0.9 million shares for a total consideration of £15.8m (2009 – 
1.1 million shares, consideration of £15.8m). At 31 March 2010, the trust held 4.3 million shares (2009 – 3.7 million) which had a market value 
of £47.7m (2009 – £41.4m). 

(ii)  During the year, the Company issued a total of 1.8 million shares under the terms of the convertible bond at conversion rate of £8.88 per Ordinary 

Share (2009 – 4.1 million and 3.0 million shares at £9.00 and £8.88 per Ordinary Share respectively). 

The movement in reserves is reported in the Statement of Changes in Equity which is included as part of the primary statements 
on pages 81 and 82. 

The capital redemption reserve comprises the value of shares redeemed or purchased by the Company from distributable profits. 

The hedge reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedge derivative 
instruments related to hedged transactions that have not yet occurred. 

The equity reserve comprises the equity component of the Group’s convertible bond (note 22). 

The translation reserve comprises exchange translation differences on foreign currency net investments offset by exchange 
translation differences on borrowings and derivatives classified as net investment hedges under IAS 39. 

The profit for the year attributable to shareholders dealt with in the financial statements of the Company was £575.9m (2009 – 
£852.0m). As allowed by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company has not presented its own income statement. 

26.  RETiREMENT BENEfiT OBLiGATiONS 

Defined Benefit Schemes 
The Group has two funded final salary pension schemes which provide defined benefits based on final pensionable pay. The schemes 
are subject to independent valuations at least every three years. The future benefit obligations are valued by actuarial methods on 
the basis of an appropriate assessment of the relevant parameters. The Company operates one of these schemes, being the Scottish 
Hydro Electric scheme. 

The Group also has an Employer Financed Retirement Benefit scheme and a Group Personal Pension Plan. The Group Personal 
Pension Plan operates on a Money purchase basis and has been arranged with Friends Provident. The Company matches employee 
contributions up to a specified limit, in most circumstances this is set at 6%. The Company may also provide additional contributions 
of 3% after five years’ and a further 3% after ten years’ continuous Company service. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 126 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

26.  RETiREMENT BENEfiT OBLiGATiONS (continued) 

Pension summary: 

Scottish Hydro Electric (Company) 
Southern Electric 

Scheme type 

Defined benefit 
Defined benefit 

Net actuarial gain/(loss) 
recognised in respect of the 
pension asset in the Statement 
of Comprehensive Income 

Net pension liability 

2010 
£m 

(161.6) 
(221.4) 

(383.0) 

2009 
£m 

(188.4) 
(170.6) 

(359.0) 

2010 
£m 

(251.1) 
(469.2) 

(720.3) 

2009 
£m 

– 
(273.5) 

(273.5) 

The Scottish Hydro Electric Pension Scheme net liability of £251.1 (2009 – £nil) is presented after an IFRIC 14 minimum funding 
requirement restriction of £256.3m (2009 – £130.5m). 

The individual pension scheme details based on the latest formal actuarial valuations are as follows: 

Latest formal actuarial valuation 
Valuation carried out by 

Value of assets based on valuation 
Value of liabilities based on valuation 
Valuation method adopted 

Average salary increase 
Average pension increase 
Value of fund assets/accrued benefits 

Scottish hydro Electric 

Southern Electric 

31 March 2009 

31 March 2007 
Hymans Robertson  Hewitt, Bacon & Woodrow 

£860.0m 
£1,189.3m 
Projected Unit 

£1,101.5m 
£1,361.3m 
Projected Unit 

Inflation curve plus 2.3% pa 
2.7% 
72.3% 

5.2% 
3.2% 
80.9% 

Both schemes have been updated to 31 March 2010 by qualified independent actuaries. The valuations have been prepared for 
the purposes of meeting the requirements of IAS 19. The major assumptions used by the actuaries in both schemes were: 

Rate of increase in pensionable salaries 
Rate of increase in pension payments 
Discount rate 
Inflation rate 

At 31 March 
2010 

At 31 March 
2009 

5.2% 
3.7% 
5.5% 
3.7% 

4.5% 
3.0% 
6.7% 
3.0% 

The assumptions relating to longevity underlying the pension liabilities at 31 March 2010 are based on standard actuarial mortality 
tables, and include an allowance for future improvements in longevity. The assumptions equivalent to future longevity for members 
in normal health at age 65 are as follows: 

Currently aged 65 
Currently aged 45 

At 31 March 
2010 
Male 

At 31 March 
2010 
female 

At 31 March 
2009 
Male 

At 31 March 
2009 
Female 

23 
25 

24 
27 

22 
24 

24 
27 

The impact on the schemes liabilities of changing certain of the major assumptions is as follows: 

Discount rate 
Longevity 

At 31 March 2010 

At 31 March 2009 

increase/ 
decrease in 
assumption 

0.1% 
1 year 

Effect on 
scheme 
liabilities 

+/- 1.8% 
+/- 3.0% 

Increase/ 
decrease in 
assumption 

0.1% 
1 year 

Effect on 
scheme 
liabilities 

+/- 1.6% 
+/- 3.0%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
127 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

valuation of combined Pension Schemes 

Equities 
Government bonds 
Corporate bonds 
Other investments 

Total fair value of plan assets 
IFRIC 14 liability 
Present value of defined benefit obligations 

Deficit in the schemes 
Deferred tax thereon 

Net pension liability 

Long-term 
rate of 
return 
expected at 
31 March 
2010 
% 

8.0 
4.5 
5.5 
4.1 

Consolidated 

Company 

Long-term 
rate of 
return 
expected at 
31 March 
2009 
% 

7.7 
4.2 
6.7 
3.4 

value at 
31 March 
2010 
£m 

1,063.4 
563.4 
449.0 
222.5 

2,298.3 
(256.3) 
(2,762.3) 

(720.3) 
201.7 

(518.6) 

Long-term 
rate of 
return 
expected at 
31 March 
2009 
% 

7.7 
4.2 
6.7 
4.3 

Long-term 
rate of 
return 
expected at 
31 March 
2010 
% 

8.0 
4.5 
5.5 
3.9 

Value at 
31 March 
2009 
£m 

665.8 
576.7 
244.3 
300.0 

1,786.8 
(130.5) 
(1,929.8) 

(273.5) 
76.6 

(196.9) 

value at 
31 March 
2010 
£m 

458.7 
335.6 
201.4 
123.1 

1,118.8 
(256.3) 
(1,113.6) 

(251.1) 
70.3 

(180.8) 

Value at 
31 March 
2009 
£m 

318.2 
361.2 
94.6 
86.0 

860.0 
(130.5) 
(729.5) 

– 
– 

– 

Movements in the defined benefit obligation during the year: 

At 1 April 
Movements in the year: 
Service costs 
Member contributions 
Benefits paid 
Interest on pension scheme liabilities 
Actuarial (losses)/gains 

At 31 March 

Movements in scheme assets during the year: 

At 1 April 
Movements in the year: 
Expected return on pension scheme assets 
Assets distributed on settlement 
Employer contributions 
Member contributions 
Actuarial gains/(losses) 
IFRIC 14 liability 

At 31 March 

Charges/(credits) recognised: 

Current service cost (charged to operating profit) 

Charged/(credited) to finance costs: 
Expected return on pension scheme assets 
Interest on pension scheme liabilities 

Consolidated 

Company 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

(1,929.8) 

(1,919.5) 

(729.5) 

(709.2) 

(21.4) 
(8.1) 
101.6 
(127.5) 
(777.1) 

(21.8) 
(8.1) 
96.5 
(130.1) 
53.2 

(9.8) 
(3.4) 
39.1 
(48.0) 
(362.0) 

(8.7) 
(3.3) 
38.1 
(48.0) 
1.6 

(2,762.3) 

(1,929.8) 

(1,113.6) 

(729.5) 

Consolidated 

Company 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

1,656.3 

1,870.4 

100.7 
(101.6) 
110.2 
8.1 
394.1 
(125.8) 

135.3 
(96.5) 
71.1 
8.1 
(412.2) 
80.1 

2,042.0 

1,656.3 

2010 
£m 

729.5 

49.9 
(39.1) 
44.2 
3.4 
200.4 
(125.8) 

862.5 

2009 
£m 

795.0 

64.7 
(38.1) 
14.5 
3.3 
(190.0) 
80.1 

729.5 

Consolidated 

Company 

2010 
£m 

21.4 

21.4 

(100.7) 
127.5 

26.8 

2009 
£m 

21.8 

21.8 

(135.3) 
130.1 

(5.2) 

2010 
£m 

9.8 

9.8 

(49.9) 
48.0 

(1.9) 

2009 
£m 

8.7 

8.7 

(64.7) 
48.0 

(16.7) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 128 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

26.  RETiREMENT BENEfiT OBLiGATiONS (continued) 

history of (deficit)/surplus 

Total fair value of plan assets 
IFRIC 14 liability 
Present value of defined 
benefit obligation 

(Deficit)/surplus in the scheme 

Consolidated 

Company 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

2008 
£m 

2007 
£m 

2006 
£m 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

2008 
£m 

2,298.3 
(256.3) 

1,786.8 
(130.5) 

2,081.0 
(210.6) 

2,110.4 
– 

2,017.3  1,118.8 
(256.3) 

– 

860.0 
(130.5) 

1,005.6 
(210.6) 

2007 
£m 

990.2 
– 

2006 
£m 

955.8 
– 

(2,762.3)  (1,929.8)  (1,919.5)  (2,202.3)  (2,211.1)  (1,113.6) 
(251.1) 

(720.3) 

(193.8) 

(273.5) 

(49.1) 

(91.9) 

(729.5) 

(709.2) 

(862.1) 

(865.6) 

– 

85.8 

128.1 

90.2 

Return on assets 
As required by IAS 19, the expected return on assets is based on the long-term expectation of returns for each asset class at the 
beginning of the year. The return on equities is 3.5% per annum in excess of the yield on government bonds. Historical markets 
are studied and assets with higher volatility are assumed to generate higher returns consistent with widely accepted capital market 
principles. The assumed long-term rate of return on each asset class is set out within this note. The overall expected rate of return 
on assets is then derived by aggregating the expected return for each asset class over the actual asset allocation at 31 March 2010. 

The actual return on plan assets is as follows: 

Actual return on plan assets 

history of experience gains and losses 

Consolidated 

Company 

2010 
£m 

494.8 

2009 
£m 

(276.9) 

2010 
£m 

250.3 

2009 
£m 

(125.3) 

Consolidated 

Company 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

2008 
£m 

2007 
£m 

2006 
£m 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

2008 
£m 

2007 
£m 

2006 
£m 

Total actuarial (losses) and gains 
recognised in the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income before 
adjustment for taxation 

Experience (losses)/gains 
on scheme liabilities 

Experience gains/(losses) 
on scheme assets 

(383.0) 

(359.0) 

185.0 

47.4 

(14.1) 

(161.6) 

(188.4) 

146.3 

17.6 

(29.0) 

(59.8) 

0.8 

(50.6) 

(7.7) 

138.1 

(49.7) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

394.1 

(412.2) 

(153.4) 

27.8 

11.5 

200.4 

(190.0) 

(31.2) 

(9.7) 

134.8 

The cumulative actuarial gains and losses recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income before adjustment for taxation 
since the adoption of IAS 19 is £957.8m losses (2009 – £318.5m). 

Defined contribution scheme 
The total contribution paid by the Group to defined contribution schemes was £16.5m (2009 – £13.6m). 

Employer financed retirement benefit (EfRB) pension costs 
The increase in the year in relation to the EFRB was £2.9m (2009 – £2.0m). This is included in other provisions (note 24). In addition to 
the movement in the provision, £nil (2009 – £0.2m) was utilised as a result of payments made to the Southern Electric Pension Scheme. 

Staff costs analysis 
The pension costs in note 5 can be analysed thus: 

Service costs 
Defined contribution scheme payments 

2010 
£m 

21.4 
16.5 

37.9 

2009 
£m 

21.8 
13.6 

35.4 

Expected contribution in the year to 31 March 2011 
The Group expects to make contributions of £47.8m and £61.0m to the Scottish-Hydro Electric Pension Scheme and the Southern 
Electric Pension Scheme in the year to 31 March 2011, respectively.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
129 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

27.  EMPLOYEE ShARE-BASED PAYMENTS 

The Scottish and Southern Energy Group operates a number of share schemes for the benefit of its employees. Details of these 
schemes, all of which are equity-settled, are as follows: 

(i)  Savings-related share option schemes (Sharesave) 

This scheme gives employees the option to purchase shares in the Company at a discounted market price, subject to the 
employees remaining in employment for the term of the agreement. Employees may opt to save between £5 and £250 per month 
for a period of 3 or 5 years. At the end of this period, the employees have six months to exercise their options by using the cash 
saved (including a bonus equivalent to interest). If the option is not exercised, the funds may be withdrawn by the employee and 
the option expires. 

(ii)  Share incentive Plan (SiP) 

This scheme allows employees the opportunity to purchase shares in the Company on a monthly basis. Employees may nominate 
an amount between £10 and £125 to be deducted from their gross salary. This is then used to purchase shares (partnership 
shares) in the market on the final business day of each month. These shares are then held in trust for a period of 5 years, at 
which point they are transferred at no further cost to the employee. These shares may be withdrawn at any point during the 
5 years, but tax and national insurance would then be payable on any amounts withdrawn. 

In addition to the shares purchased on behalf of the employee, the Company will also match the purchase up to a maximum 
of 6 (previously 5) shares (matching shares) per month. Again these shares are held in trust for the five years until they are 
transferred to the employee. If an employee leaves during the first three years, or removes his/her partnership shares, these 
matching shares are forfeited. 

In addition to the above, the following special awards of free shares have been made: 

Award made 
Free shares per employee 
Date at which employee must still be employed 
to receive award (in addition to 31 March) 

31 March 2005 
50 

31 March 2007 
20 

31 March 2008 
10 

20 August 2005 

30 May 2007 

1 August 2008 

These awards were made to all employees in recognition of their contribution to the success of the Company. Under the 
arrangements for the awards, the shares will be held in trust for five years, at which point they will be transferred to the 
employees at no cost to the employee. These shares may be withdrawn at any point during years four and five, but income 
tax and national insurance would then be payable on any amounts withdrawn. 

(iii)  Deferred bonus scheme 

This scheme applied to senior managers and executive Directors. Those eligible were awarded shares based on performance 
in the year. These shares were purchased shares and are held in trust on behalf of the employee for a period of three years, 
at which point the employee is entitled to exercise the award. In addition to shares purchased using the adjusted bonus award, 
additional shares will also be purchased by the Trustee using amounts received equivalent to any dividends which would have 
been received on the shares held by the trust. If the employee resigns, they lose all outstanding awards. 

This scheme has been replaced by the current Annual Bonus Scheme. Under this scheme, 25% of all eligible employees’ annual 
bonus is deferred into shares which only vest after three years, subject to continued service. The number of shares awarded is 
determined by dividing the relevant pre-tax bonus amount by the share price shortly after the announcement of the results for 
the financial year to which the bonus relates. 

(iv)  Performance Share Plan 

This scheme applies to executive Directors and senior executives. The level of these awards are subject to certain performance 
conditions over the three year performance period, which can be summarised as follows: 

Award made 
Maximum value of award as a % of base salary 

Performance conditions 
Total shareholder return (50% of award) (i)	 

26 July 2007 
150 

10 June 2008 
150 

30 June 2009 
150 

Full vesting  > 75th percentile  > 75th percentile  > 75th percentile 
median 
25% vesting 

median 

median 

Earnings per share (50% of award) (ii)	 

Full vesting 
25% vesting 

RPI + 9% 
RPI + 3% 

RPI + 9% 
RPI + 3% 

RPI + 9% 
RPI + 3% 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 130 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

27.  EMPLOYEE ShARE-BASED PAYMENTS (continued) 

These awards will vest after three years to the extent that certain performance conditions are met. 

(i)	  Total Shareholder Return (TSR) target relative to other FTSE 100 companies over the performance period. Pro rata vesting will take place between 

the median and 75th percentile, with no vesting if the minimum target is not met. 

(ii)  Under the EPS performance condition, pro rata vesting between 3% and the upper level above RPI, with no vesting if the minimum EPS growth 

target is not achieved. 

As allowed by IFRS 2, only options granted since 7 November 2002, which were unvested at 1 January 2005, have been included. 

A charge of £17.9m (2009 – £14.3m) was recognised in the Income Statement in relation to these schemes. 

Details used in the calculation of the costs of these schemes are as follows: 

(i)  Savings-related share option schemes 

The movement in savings related share option schemes in the year were as follows: 

Consolidated 

As at 31 March 2010 

Award date 

25 July 2003 
16 July 2004 
14 July 2005 
14 July 2005 
11 July 2006 
11 July 2006 
10 July 2007 
10 July 2007 
17 July 2008 
17 July 2008 
30 June 2009 
30 June 2009 

Option price  Outstanding at 
start of year 

(pence) 

Granted 

Exercised 

Lapsed 

Outstanding at 
end of year 

Date from which 
exercisable 

562 
622 
886 
886 
999 
999 
1,306 
1,306 
1,274 
1,274 
1,042 
1,042 

6,736 
536,374 
4,002 
1,094,271 
363,445 
592,440 
275,240 
536,896 
332,998 
644,748 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
576,864 
1,156,570 

(2,492) 
(533,644) 
(209) 
(8,057) 
(342,055) 
(256) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(4,244) 
(840) 
(3,793) 
(19,760) 
(5,235) 
(28,907) 
(60,747) 
(136,212) 
(80,500) 
(205,522) 
(37,765) 
(46,643) 

– 
1,890 
– 
1,066,454 
16,155 
563,277 
214,493 
400,684 
252,498 
439,226 
539,099 
1,109,927 

4,387,150 

1,733,434 

(886,713) 

(630,168) 

4,603,703 

1 October 2008 
1 October 2009 
1 October 2008 
1 October 2010 
1 October 2009 
1 October 2011 
1 October 2010 
1 October 2012 
1 October 2011 
1 October 2013 
1 October 2012 
1 October 2014 

Expiry date (i) 

31 March 2009 
31 March 2010 
31 March 2009 
31 March 2011 
31 March 2010 
31 March 2012 
31 March 2011 
31 March 2013 
31 March 2012 
31 March 2014 
31 March 2013 
31 March 2015 

(i)	  Options may remain exercisable beyond the expiry date due to individuals taking advantage of the right to a payment holiday during the term 

of the scheme. 

As at 31 March 2009 

Award date 

25 July 2003 
16 July 2004 
16 July 2004 
14 July 2005 
14 July 2005 
11 July 2006 
11 July 2006 
10 July 2007 
10 July 2007 
17 July 2008 
17 July 2008 

Option price  Outstanding at 
start of year 

(pence) 

Granted 

Exercised 

Lapsed 

Outstanding at 
end of year 

Date from which 

exercisable 

562 
622 
622 
886 
886 
999 
999 
1,306 
1,306 
1,274 
1,274 

786,541 
3,516 
547,803 
359,570 
1,127,221 
385,885 
632,609 
309,354 
594,317 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
358,938 
681,826 

(775,473) 
(3,033) 
(3,093) 
(350,829) 
(4,345) 
(3,051) 
(1,554) 
(288) 
– 
– 
– 

(4,332) 
(483) 
(8,336) 
(4,739) 
(28,605) 
(19,389) 
(38,615) 
(33,826) 
(57,421) 
(25,940) 
(37,078) 

6,736 
– 
536,374 
4,002 
1,094,271 
363,445 
592,440 
275,240 
536,896 
332,998 
644,748 

4,746,816 

1,040,764 

(1,141,666) 

(258,764) 

4,387,150 

1 October 2008 
1 October 2007 
1 October 2009 
1 October 2008 
1 October 2010 
1 October 2009 
1 October 2011 
1 October 2010 
1 October 2012 
1 October 2011 
1 October 2013 

Expiry date
 

31 March 2009 
31 March 2008 
31 March 2010 
31 March 2009 
31 March 2011 
31 March 2010 
31 March 2012 
31 March 2011 
31 March 2013 
31 March 2012 
31 March 2014 

As share options are exercised continuously throughout the period from 1 October to 31 March, the weighted average share price 
during this period of 1,126p (2009: 1,290p) is considered representative of the weighted average share price at the date of exercise. 
The weighted average share price of forfeitures is the option price to which the forfeit relates.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
131 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Company 

As at 31 March 2010 

Award date 

16 July 2004 
14 July 2005 
10 July 2007 
17 July 2008 
30 June 2009 

As at 31 March 2009 

Award date 

25 July 2003 
16 July 2004 
14 July 2005 
10 July 2007 
17 July 2008 

Option price 
(pence) 

Outstanding at 
start of year 

Granted 

Exercised 

Outstanding at 
end of year 

Date from which 
exercisable 

622 
886 
1,306 
1,274 
1,042 

1,681 
3,655 
144 
442 
– 

5,922 

– 
– 
– 
– 
1,253 

1,253 

(1,681) 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(1,681) 

– 
3,655 
144 
442 
1,253 

5,494 

1 October 2010 
1 October 2010 
1 October 2010 
1 October 2011 
1 October 2014 

Option price 
(pence) 

Outstanding at 
start of year 

Granted 

Exercised 

Outstanding at 
end of year 

Date from which 
exercisable 

562 
622 
886 
1,306 
1,274 

1,700 
1,681 
3,655 
144 
– 

7,180 

– 
– 
– 
– 
442 

442 

(1,700) 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(1,700) 

– 
1,681 
3,655 
144 
442 

5,922 

1 October 2008 
1 October 2010 
1 October 2010 
1 October 2010 
1 October 2011 

Expiry date 

31 March 2010 
31 March 2011 
31 March 2011 
31 March 2012 
31 March 2015 

Expiry date 

31 March 2010 
31 March 2010 
31 March 2011 
31 March 2011 
31 March 2012 

No options were forfeited in the year. Of the outstanding options at the end of the year, none were exercisable. 

The fair value of these share options at the measurement date, calculated using the Black-Scholes model, and the assumptions 
made in that model are as follows: 

July 2004 

July 2005 

July 2006 

July 2007 

July 2008 

June 2009 

3 Year 

5 Year 

3 Year 

5 Year 

3 Year 

5 Year 

3 Year 

5 Year 

3 Year 

5 Year 

3 Year 

5 Year 

Fair value of option 

Expected volatility 
Risk free rate 
Expected dividends 
Term of the option 
Underlying price at grant date 
Strike price 

108p 

17% 
4.7% 
4.6% 
3 yrs 
699p 
622p 

117p 

17% 
4.8% 
4.6% 
5 yrs 
699p 
622p 

126p 

15% 
4.1% 
4.2% 
3 yrs 
967p 
886p 

137p 

217p 

227p 

287p 

313p 

304p 

339p 

244p 

269p 

19% 
4.7% 
4.8% 
3 yrs 

35% 
25% 
15% 
2.9% 
5.7% 
4.2% 
4.2% 
5.2% 
4.2% 
5 yrs 
5 yrs 
5 yrs 
967p  1,180p  1,180p  1,460p  1,460p  1,397p  1,397p  1,139p  1,139p 
999p  1,306p  1,306p  1,274p  1,274p  1,042p  1,042p 
886p 

28% 
5.0% 
4.2% 
5 yrs 

25% 
5.8% 
5.3% 
3 yrs 

28% 
4.9% 
4.1% 
3 yrs 

19% 
4.7% 
4.8% 
5 yrs 

35% 
2.7% 
4.1% 
3 yrs 

999p 

Expected price volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Group’s share price over the previous 12 months. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 132 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

27.  EMPLOYEE ShARE-BASED PAYMENTS (continued) 

(ii)  Share incentive Plan 

Matching Shares 

Consolidated 

Company 

2010 

2009 

2010 

2009 

Weighted 
average price 
(pence) 

1,248 
1,137 
1,248 
1,125 

1,215 

1,289 

Shares 

1,260,376 
594,251 
(41,145) 
(68,258) 

1,745,224 

655,440 

Weighted 
average price 
(pence) 

1,170 
1,260 
887 
1,290 

1,248 

1,238 

Shares 

994,453 
397,958 
(103,503) 
(28,532) 

1,260,376 

334,530 

Weighted 
average price 
(pence) 

1,129 
1,137 
– 
– 

– 

968 

Shares 

1,300 
288 
–
–

1,588 

800 

Weighted 
average price 
(pence) 

1,071 
1,260 
887 
– 

1,129 

817 

Shares 

1,180 
260 
(140) 
–

1,300 

560 

Outstanding at start of year 
Granted during the year 
Forfeited during the year 
Exercised during the year 

Outstanding at end of year 

Exercisable at end of year 

As shares are exercised continuously throughout the year, the weighted average share price during the period of 1,125p (2009 – 1,290p) 
is considered representative of the weighted average share price at the date of exercise. 

The fair value of shares in the share incentive plan is not subject to valuation using the Black-Scholes model. However, the fair value 
of shares granted in the year is equal to the weighted average price and is based on the price paid for the shares at the grant date 
as shares are acquired out of the market as at that date to satisfy awards made under the scheme. 

free Shares 

Outstanding at start of year 
Granted during the year 
Forfeited during the year 
Exercised during the year 

Outstanding at end of year 

Exercisable at end of year 

Consolidated 

Company 

2010 

2009 

Weighted 
average price 
(pence) 

1,205 
– 
1,205 
1,125 

1,210 

965 

Shares 

725,729 
– 
(9,778) 
(41,952) 

673,999 

326,058 

Weighted 
average price 
(pence) 

1,161 
1,417 
1,161 
1,290 

1,205 

965 

Shares 

648,230 
151,440 
(23,360) 
(50,581) 

725,729 

362,567 

2010 

Weighted 
average price 
(pence) 

Shares 

2009 

Weighted 
average price 
(pence) 

Shares 

320 
– 
– 
– 

320 

200 

1,151 
– 
– 
– 

1,151 

965 

280 
40 
– 
– 

320 

200 

1,113 
1,417 
– 
– 

1,151 

965 

As shares are exercised continuously throughout the year, the weighted average share price during the period of 1,125p (2009 – 1,290p) 
is considered representative of the weighted average share price at the date of exercise. 

The fair value of these shares is not subject to valuation using the Black-Scholes model. However, the fair value of shares granted in 
the year is equal to the weighted average price and is based on the price paid for the shares at the grant date as shares are acquired 
out of the market as at that date to satisfy awards made under the scheme. 

(iii)  Deferred bonus scheme 

Outstanding at start of year 
Granted during the year 
Forfeited during the year 
Exercised during the year 

Outstanding at end of year 

Exercisable at end of year 

Consolidated 

Company 

2010 

2009 

2010 

2009 

Weighted 
average price 
(pence) 

1,324 
1,174 
– 
1,121 

1,367 

1,265 

Shares 

612,475 
153,353 
– 
(442,923) 

322,905 

1,750 

Weighted 
average price 
(pence) 

1,273 
1,545 
1,273 
1,386 

1,324 

789 

Shares 

574,484 
167,802 
(3,715) 
(126,096) 

612,475 

205,434 

Weighted 
average price 
(pence) 

961 
1,174 
– 
1,120 

1,349 

– 

Shares 

291,608 
31,115 
– 
(263,856) 

58,867 

–

Weighted 
average price 
(pence) 

984 
1,545 
– 
1,401 

961 

789 

Shares 

316,349 
27,752 
– 
(52,493) 

291,608 

104,041 

The fair value of the deferred bonus shares is not subject to valuation using the Black-Scholes model. However, the fair value of 
shares granted in the year is equal to the weighted average price and is based on the price paid for the shares at the grant date 
as shares are acquired out of the market as at that date to satisfy awards made under the scheme.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
133 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

(iv)  Performance Share Plan 

Outstanding at start of year 
Granted during the year 
Exercised during the year 

Outstanding at end of year 

Consolidated 

Company 

2010 

2009 

2010 

2009 

Weighted 
average price 
(pence) 

1,435 
1,174 
1,174 

1,353 

Weighted 
average price 
(pence) 

1,347 
1,545 
– 

1,435 

Shares 

630,567 
504,456 
– 

1,135,023 

Weighted 
average price 
(pence) 

1,421 
1,174 
1,174 

1,360 

Shares 

593,122 
311,174 
(151,351) 

752,945 

Shares 

1,135,023 
714,010 
(256,554) 

1,592,479 

Weighted 
average price 
(pence) 

1,345 
1,545 
– 

1,421 

Shares 

367,877 
225,245 
– 

593,122 

Of the outstanding options at the end of the year, none were exercisable. 

The fair value of the performance share plan shares is not subject to valuation using the Black-Scholes model. The fair value 
of shares granted in the year is equal to closing market price on the date of grant. 

28.  fiNANCiAL iNSTRuMENTS AND RiSK 

This note presents information about the fair value of the Group’s financial instruments, the Group’s exposure to the risks associated 
with those instruments, the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for measuring and managing risk, and the Group’s management 
of capital. Further qualitative disclosures are included throughout these consolidated financial statements. 

The Group has exposure to the following risks from its use of financial instruments: 

k  Credit risk 
k  Liquidity risk 
k  Commodity risk 
k  Currency risk 
k 

Interest rate risk 

The Board has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk management framework. The Board 
established the Risk Committee, a standing committee of the Board comprising three executive Directors and senior managers 
from the Generation and Supply and Finance functions, to oversee the control of these activities. This committee is discussed further 
in the Directors Report. 

The Group’s policies for risk management are established to identify the risks faced by the Group, to set appropriate risk limits 
and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. These policies, and the systems used to monitor activities, are reviewed 
regularly by the Risk Committee. 

Exposure to the commodity, currency and interest rate risks noted arise in the normal course of the Group’s business and derivative 
financial instruments are entered into to hedge exposure to these risks. The objectives and policies for holding or issuing financial 
instruments and similar contracts, and the strategies for achieving those objectives that have been followed during the year are 
explained below. 

The Company is required to disclose information on its financial instruments and has adopted policies identical to that of the Group, 
where applicable. Separate disclosure is provided where necessary. 

Before detailing the relevant qualitative and quantitative disclosures in relation to the potential risks faced by the Group, details 
on the different categories of financial instrument and the carrying and fair values of each of those categories is provided below. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 134 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

28.  fiNANCiAL iNSTRuMENTS AND RiSK (continued) 

A.  CATEGORiES Of fiNANCiAL iNSTRuMENTS AND fAiR vALuES Of ThOSE ASSETS AND LiABiLiTiES 

The fair values of the primary financial assets and liabilities of the Group together with their carrying values are as follows: 

2010 
Amortised cost 
or other (i) 
£m 

2010 

2010 
Classified as  Total carrying 
value 
£m 

trading (ii) 
£m 

2010 
2009 
fair  Amortised cost 
or other (i) 
£m 

value 
£m 

2009 
Classified as 
trading (ii) 
£m 

2009 
Total carrying 
value 
£m 

2009 
Fair 
value 
£m 

financial Assets 
Current 
Trade receivables 
Other receivables 
Cash collateral 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Derivative financial assets 

Non-current 
Derivative financial assets 

financial Liabilities
 
Current
 
Trade payables 
Bank loans and overdrafts (iii) 
Finance lease liabilities 
Derivative financial liabilities 

Non-current 
Loans and borrowings (iii) 
Finance lease liabilities 
Derivative financial liabilities 

2,506.2 
640.5 
71.2 
261.7 
– 

3,479.6 

– 
– 
– 
– 
1,468.3 

1,468.3 

2,506.2 
640.5 
71.2 
261.7 
1,468.3 

4,947.9 

2,506.2 
640.5 
71.2 
261.7 
1,468.3 

4,947.9 

– 

– 

466.3 

466.3 

466.3 

466.3 

466.3 

466.3 

3,333.3 
481.7 
86.9 
295.9 
– 

4,197.8 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
1,537.7 

1,537.7 

449.2 

449.2 

3,333.3 
481.7 
86.9 
295.9 
1,537.7 

5,735.5 

449.2 

449.2 

3,333.3 
481.7 
86.9 
295.9 
1,537.7 

5,735.5 

449.2 

449.2 

3,479.6 

1,934.6 

5,414.2 

5,414.2 

4,197.8 

1,986.9 

6,184.7 

6,184.7 

(2,161.6) 
(891.5) 
(12.2) 
– 

– 
– 
– 
(2,020.7) 

(2,161.6) 
(891.5) 
(12.2) 
(2,020.7) 

(2,161.6) 
(896.3) 
(12.2) 
(2,020.7) 

(2,603.6) 
(1,060.0) 
(0.1) 
– 

– 
– 
– 
(2,451.0) 

(2,603.6) 
(1,060.0) 
(0.1) 
(2,451.0) 

(2,603.6)
 
(1,068.9)
 
(0.1)
 
(2,451.0)
 

(3,065.3) 

(2,020.7) 

(5,086.0) 

(5,090.8) 

(3,663.7) 

(2,451.0) 

(6,114.7) 

(6,123.6) 

(4,799.8) 
(372.2) 
– 

(5,172.0) 

28.7 
– 
(899.0) 

(4,771.1) 
(372.2) 
(899.0) 

(5,205.1) 
(372.2) 
(899.0) 

(870.3) 

(6,042.3) 

(6,476.3) 

(4,369.1) 
(0.4) 
– 

(4,369.5) 

33.4 
– 
(959.5) 

(926.1) 

(4,335.7) 
(0.4) 
(959.5) 

(4,472.6) 
(0.4) 
(959.5) 

(5,295.6) 

(5,432.5) 

(8,237.3) 

(2,891.0) 

(11,128.3) 

(11,567.1) 

(8,033.2) 

(3,377.1) 

(11,410.3) 

(11,556.1) 

Net financial liabilities 

(4,757.7) 

(956.4) 

(5,714.1) 

(6,152.9) 

(3,835.4) 

(1,390.2) 

(5,225.6) 

(5,371.4) 

(i)  Recorded at amortised cost or loans and receivables. 
(ii)  IAS 39 financial instruments. 
(iii)  Includes non-recourse borrowings.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
135 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

The fair values of the primary financial assets and liabilities of the Company together with their carrying values are as follows: 

2010 
Amortised cost 
or other (i) 
£m 

2010 

2010 
Classified as  Total carrying 
value 
£m 

trading (ii) 
£m 

2010 
2009 
2009 
fair  Amortised cost  Designated at 
fair value (ii) 
£m 

or other (i) 
£m 

value 
£m 

2009 
Total carrying 
value 
£m 

2009 
Fair 
value 
£m 

financial Assets 
Current 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Amounts owed by subsidiary 
undertakings 
Derivative financial assets 

Non-current 
Amounts owed by subsidiary 
undertakings 
Derivative financial assets 

financial Liabilities 
Current 
Bank loans and overdrafts 
Convertible bond 
Amounts owed to subsidiary 
undertakings 

Derivative financial liabilities 

Non-current
 
Eurobonds 
Bank loans 
Amounts owed to subsidiary
 
undertakings 

Derivative financial liabilities 

99.7 

– 

99.7 

99.7 

135.1 

– 

135.1 

135.1 

1,804.6 
– 

1,904.3 

3,456.1 
– 

3,456.1 

5,360.4 

(815.6) 
– 

(2,569.0) 
– 

(3,384.6) 

(2,858.6) 
(271.3) 

(240.2) 
– 

(3,370.1) 

(6,754.7) 

– 
56.6 

56.6 

– 
47.5 

47.5 

1,804.6 
56.6 

1,804.6 
56.6 

1,960.9 

1,960.9 

3,052.7 
– 

3,187.8 

3,456.1 
47.5 

3,456.1 
47.5 

3,503.6 

3,503.6 

104.1 

5,464.5 

5,464.5 

2,066.9 
–

2,066.9 

5,254.7 

– 
178.1 

178.1 

– 
–

– 

178.1 

3,052.7 
178.1 

3,365.9 

3,052.7 
178.1 

3,365.9 

2,066.9 
–

2,066.9 

5,432.8 

2,066.9 
– 

2,066.9 

5,432.8 

– 
– 

(815.6) 

–

(817.3) 
– 

(900.8) 
(15.6) 

– 
– 

(900.8) 
(15.6) 

(900.8) 
(19.6) 

– 
(45.2) 

(2,569.0) 
(45.2) 

(2,569.0) 
(45.2) 

(45.2) 

(3,429.8) 

(3,431.5) 

(2,517.2) 
– 

(3,433.6) 

– 
(130.8) 

(130.8) 

(2,517.2) 
(130.8) 

(2,517.2) 
(130.8) 

(3,564.4) 

(3,568.4) 

– 
28.7 

(2,858.6) 
(242.6) 

(3,203.1) 
(270.2) 

(2,381.7) 
(280.0) 

– 
33.4 

(2,381.7) 
(246.6) 

(2,562.9)
 
(278.6)
 

– 
(82.8) 

(240.2) 
(82.8) 

(240.2) 
(82.8) 

(54.1) 

(3,424.2) 

(3,796.3) 

(99.3) 

(6,854.0) 

(7,227.8) 

(240.2) 

–

(2,901.9) 

(6,335.5) 

– 
–

(240.2) 

–

(240.2) 
– 

33.4 

(2,868.5) 

(3,081.7) 

(97.4) 

(6,432.9) 

(6,650.1) 

Net financial (liabilities)/asset 

(1,394.3) 

4.8 

(1,389.5) 

(1,763.3) 

(1,080.8) 

80.7 

(1,000.1) 

(1,217.3) 

(i)  Recorded at amortised cost, available for sale, or loans and receivables. 
(ii)  IAS 39 financial instruments. 

Basis of determining fair value 
Certain assets and liabilities designated and carried at amortised cost are loans and receivables. For certain current assets 
and liabilities their carrying value is equivalent to fair value due to short term maturity. 

Assets and liabilities designated at fair value and the fair value of other financial assets and liabilities have been determined 
by reference to closing rate market values. This basis has been used in valuing interest rate instruments, foreign currency hedge 
contracts and denominated long-term fixed rate debt. Commodity contracts fair values are based on published price quotations. 

The fair values are stated at a specific date and may be different from the amounts which will actually be paid or received 
on settlement of the instruments. The fair value of items such as property, plant and equipment, internally generated brands 
or the Group’s customer base are not included as these are not financial instruments. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 136 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

28.  fiNANCiAL iNSTRuMENTS AND RiSK (continued) 

B.  RiSKS fROM uSE Of fiNANCiAL iNSTRuMENTS 

(i)	  Credit risk 
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty fails to meet its contractual obligations. 

Credit risk arising from the Group’s normal commercial operations is controlled by individual business units operating in accordance 
with Group policies and procedures. Generally, for significant contracts, individual business units enter into contracts or agreements 
with counterparties having investment grade credit ratings only, or where suitable collateral or other security has been provided. 
Counterparty credit validation is undertaken prior to contractual commitment. 

Credit risk management for the Group’s regulated businesses is performed in accordance with industry standards as set out by the 
Regulator and is controlled by the individual business units. The Group’s greatest credit risks lie with the non-regulated operations 
of the Generation and Supply business and the activities carried out by the Group’s Treasury function, for which specific credit risk 
controls that match the risk profile of those activities are applied. 

Exposure to credit risk in the supply of electricity and gas arises from the potential of a customer defaulting on their invoiced 
payables. The financial strength and creditworthiness of business customers is assessed prior to commencing, and for the duration 
of, their contract of supply. Domestic customers’ creditworthiness is reviewed from a variety of internal and external information. 

Exposure to credit risk in the procurement of wholesale energy and fuel is managed by reference to agreed transaction credit limits 
which are determined by whether the counterparty: 

(i)	  holds an investment grade credit rating; or 

(ii)	  can be assessed as adequately creditworthy in accordance with internal credit rules using information from other external credit 

agencies; or 

(iii)	 can provide a guarantee from an investment grade rated entity or post suitable collateral or provide other acceptable assurances 

in accordance with Group procedures where they have failed to meet the above conditions; or 

(iv)	  can be allocated a non-standard credit limit approved by the Risk Committee within its authorised limits as delegated by the 

Group Board. 

Credit support clauses or side agreements are typically included or entered into to protect the Group against counterparty failure 
or non-delivery. Within the Generation and Supply business, increasing volumes of commodity derivative products are now traded 
through cleared exchanges to further mitigate credit risk. Such exchanges are subject to strict regulation by the UK Financial 
Services Authority (FSA) and participants in these exchanges are obliged to meet rigorous capital adequacy requirements. 

Individual counterparty credit exposures are monitored by category of credit risk and are subject to approved limits. At 31 March 2010, 
the Group’s Generation and Supply business had pledged £169.9m (2009 – £221.4m) of cash collateral and letters of credit and had 
received £28.6m (2009 – £28.0m) of cash collateral and letters of credit principally to reduce exposures on credit risk. 

Bank credit exposures, which are monitored and reported on daily, are calculated on a mark-to-market basis and adjusted for 
future volatility and probability of default. Any issues relating to these credit exposures are presented for discussion and review 
by the Risk Committee. 

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and deposits which are readily convertible to cash. These are subject to insignificant 
risk of change in value or credit risk. Derivative financial instruments are entered into to cover the Group’s market risks – commodity 
risk, interest rate risk, currency risk – and are consequently covered elsewhere in this note. 

Trade receivables represent the most significant exposure to credit risk and are stated net of collateral held or other credit enhancements. 
The trade receivables total includes an allowance for impairment.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Concentrations of risk 
Trade receivables recorded by reported segment held at the 31 March were: 

Power Systems 
Scotland 
England 

Generation and Supply 
Retail customers 
Wholesale receivables 
Other 
Other businesses 

137 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

2010 
£m 

21.2 
21.7 

42.9 

596.3 
1,381.6 
355.6 
129.8 

2,506.2 

2009 
£m 

20.0 
35.6 

55.6 

883.1 
1,978.0 
225.0 
191.6 

3,333.3 

The Generation and Supply segment accounts for 93.2% (2009 – 92.6%) of the Group’s trade receivables. Trade receivables associated 
with the Group’s 9.35 million electricity and gas customers are recorded in this segment. The Group also has significant receivables 
associated with its wholesale activities which are generally settled within 2 to 4 weeks from invoicing. The Group’s exposure to credit risk 
is therefore subject to diversification with no exposure to individual customers totalling >10% of trade receivables. The biggest customer 
balance, due from a wholesale electricity customer (also a wholesale supplier), is less than 9% (2009: 6%) of the total trade receivables. 

The ageing of trade receivables at the reporting date was: 

Not past due 
Past due but not individually impaired: 
0 – 30 days 
31 – 90 days 
Over 90 days 

Less: allowance for impairment 

Net Trade receivables 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

2,258.5 

3,008.1 

153.6 
57.9 
185.1 

2,655.1 
(148.9) 

2,506.2 

192.6 
96.0 
163.3 

3,460.0 
(126.7) 

3,333.3 

The Group has past due debt which has not had an impairment allowance set aside to cover potential credit losses. The Group has 
certain procedures to pursue customers in significant arrears and believes its impairment policy in relation to such balances is 
appropriate. Those debts which are neither past due nor impaired are considered to be good and are expected to be recoverable. 

The Group has other receivables which are financial assets totalling £640.5m (2009 – £481.7m). The Company does not have 
trade receivables. 

The movement in the allowance for impairment of trade receivables was: 

Balance at 1 April 
Increase in allowance for impairment 
Impairment losses recognised 
Recovery of impairment loss previously recognised 
Acquired allowance 

Balance at 31 March 

2010 
£m 

126.7 
81.7 
(70.2) 
9.5 
1.2 

148.9 

2009 
£m 

115.7 
35.2 
(39.9) 
15.7 
– 

126.7 

At the end of each reporting period a review of the provision for bad and doubtful debts is performed. It is an assessment of the 
potential amount of trade receivables which will not be paid by customers after the balance sheet date. This amount is calculated 
by reference to the age, status and risk of each receivable. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 138 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

28.  fiNANCiAL iNSTRuMENTS AND RiSK (continued) 

B.  RiSKS fROM uSE Of fiNANCiAL iNSTRuMENTS (continued) 

(ii)  Liquidity risk and Going Concern 
Liquidity risk, the risk that the Group will have insufficient funds to meet its liabilities, is managed by the Group’s Treasury function. 
The Group can have significant movements in its liquidity position due to movement in commodity price, working capital requirements, 
the seasonal nature of the business and phasing of its capital reduction programme. 

Treasury is responsible for managing the banking and liquidity requirements of the Group, risk management relating to interest rate 
and foreign exchange exposures, and for managing the credit risk relating to the banking counterparties with which it transacts. 
Short term liquidity is reviewed daily by Treasury while the longer term liquidity position is reviewed on a regular basis by the Board. 
The department’s operations are governed by policies determined by the Board and any breaches of these policies are reported to 
the Risk Committee and Audit Committee. 

In relation to the Group’s liquidity risk, the Group’s policy is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity 
to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage 
to the Company’s reputation. 

The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to seek to ensure that the Group has available committed borrowings and facilities 
equal to at least 105% of forecast borrowings over a rolling 12 month period. This test was relaxed during the year to March 2009 
as a result of the deteriorating conditions in the capital and banking markets in the latter half of 2008. However as a result of £4.8bn 
of funds and facilities raised since July 2008 this test is back in place and being adhered to. 

The Group uses a cash flow forecast to monitor its ongoing borrowing requirements. Typically, the Group will fund any short term 
borrowing positions by issuing commercial paper or borrowing from uncommitted bank lines and will invest in money market funds 
when it has a cash surplus. In addition to the borrowing facilities listed at note 22, the Group has £20m of uncommitted bank lines 
and a £20m overdraft facility. 

During the year, the Group entered into a new £900m revolving credit facility which will mature in June 2012 along with a £100m 
bilateral facility (on the same terms as the revolving credit facility) which also matures in June 2012. The Group also entered into 
a £400m loan facility with the European Investment Bank which can be utilised over a one year period and can be drawn on a fixed 
or floating basis with a term of up to 10 years. At the time of signing the accounts, these facilities were all undrawn. 

Under the going concern principle, the Group expects to issue medium to long term debt during the year ended 31 March 2011. 
In addition, liquidity in the commercial paper market and the availability of undrawn committed bank facilities has enabled the Directors 
to conclude that the Group has sufficient headroom to continue as a going concern. In coming to this conclusion the Directors have 
taken into account the successful issuance of £2.9bn of medium to long term debt since July 2008, the Group’s credit rating, the 
successful renewal and increase of committed bank facilities and current market conditions. The statement of going concern is 
included in the Directors’ Corporate Governance report on page 75. 

Treasury also manage the Group’s interaction with its relationship banks (defined as those banks that support the Company’s 
financing activities through their ongoing participation in the committed lending facilities that are maintained by the Group). 
These are each allocated financial limits, subject to the maintenance of a minimum credit rating of ‘A’ or equivalent allocated by 
a recognised major ratings group. In respect of short-term cash management, counterparties are subject to review and approval 
according to defined criteria. 

The movement in commodity prices during the year has resulted in a small decrease in the cash amount being posted in respect 
of mark-to-market related margin calls on exchange traded positions. As at 31 March 2010, the value of outstanding cash collateral 
posted totalled £71.2m (2009 – £86.9m), representing a net cash inflow during the year of £15.7m. 

The contractual cash flows shown in the following tables are the contractual undiscounted cashflows under the relevant financial 
instruments. Where the contractual cashflows are variable based on a price, foreign exchange rate or index in the future, the 
contractual cashflows in the following tables have been determined with reference to the relevant price, foreign exchange rate, 
interest rate or index as at the balance sheet date. In determining the interest element of contractual cashflows in cases where the 
Group has a choice as to the length of interest calculation periods and the interest rate that applies varies with the period selected, 
the contractual cashflows have been calculated assuming the Group selects the shortest available interest calculation periods. 
Where the holder of an instrument has a choice of when to redeem, the amounts in the following tables are on the assumption 
the holder redeems at the earliest opportunity. 

The numbers in the following tables have been included in the Group’s cashflow forecasts for the purposes of considering Liquidity 
Risk as noted above.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
139 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

The following are the undiscounted contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including interest and excluding the impact 
of netting agreements: 

Liquidity risk 

financial liabilities 
Loans and borrowings 
Bank overdrafts 
Commercial paper and 

2010 

2010 
Carrying  Contractual 
value  cash flows 
£m 

£m 

2010 
0-12 
months 
£m

2010 
1-2 
years 
£m

2010 
2-5 
years 
£m

2010 

2009 

2009 
> 5  Carrying  Contractual 

2009 
0-12 
value  cash flows  months 
£m

£m 

£m

years 
£m 

2009 
1-2 
years 
£m

2009 
2-5 
years 
£m 

2009 
> 5 
years 
£m 

9.2 

(9.2) 

(9.2) 

– 

– 

– 

2.3 

(2.3) 

(2.3) 

– 

– 

– 

cash advances 

745.6 
281.6 
530.9 

(745.6) 
(296.0) 
Bank loans – floating 
(851.5) 
Bank loans – fixed 
Unsecured bonds – fixed  3,639.9  (6,956.7) 
– 
Convertible bond 
(648.9) 
Non-recourse funding 
– 
Fair value adjustment 

– 
484.1 
(28.7) 

– 

(745.6) 
(72.4) 
(62.0) 

– 
(2.8)  (220.8) 

– 
900.8 
– 
220.0 
(60.2)  (407.7)  (321.6) 
520.0 
(215.2)  (215.2) (1,807.4) (4,718.9)  3,263.7 
15.6 
506.7 
(33.4) 
(329.2) (2,581.6) (5,439.1)  5,395.7 

– 
(51.0)  (145.7)  (398.6) 
– 

(53.6) 

–

–

–

–

–

–

(904.2) 
(238.1) 
(622.9) 
(6,780.4) 
(16.5) 
(689.8) 

–

(904.2) 
(5.9) 
(117.8) 
(195.8) 
(16.5) 
(74.5) 

–

– 
(74.3) 
(57.4) 

– 
– 
(132.7) 
(25.2) 
– 
(447.7) 
(195.9) (1,843.7) (4,545.0) 
– 
(405.1) 
– 

– 
(154.2) 
– 

– 
(56.0) 

–

(9,254.2) (1,317.0) 

(383.6) (2,578.3)  (4,975.3) 

5,662.6  (9,507.9)  (1,158.0) 

Finance lease 
obligations 

384.4 

(796.2) 

(52.8) 

6,047.0  (10,304.1)  (1,210.8) 

(52.0)  (153.7)  (537.7) 

0.5 
(381.2) (2,735.3) (5,976.8)  5,396.2 

(0.8) 

(0.1) 

(0.1) 

(0.3) 

(0.3) 

(9,255.0) (1,317.1) 

(383.7) (2,578.6)  (4,975.6) 

74.2 

Derivative financial liabilities 
Operating derivatives 
designated at fair value  2,738.1  (11,514.2)  (8,421.2) (1,870.1) (1,174.8) 
Interest rate swaps 
used for hedging 
Interest rate swaps 
designated at fair value 
Forward exchange 
contracts held 
for hedging 
Forward exchange 
contracts designated 
at fair value 

(179.4) 

(198.0) 

(101.6) 

(14.8) 

(58.2) 

(15.9) 

(74.3) 

101.6 

(26.2) 

(11.9) 

(6.1) 

(2.0) 

(1.2) 

(8.0) 

(3.3) 

(0.1) 

39.6 

1.1 

4.7 

(48.1)  3,218.4 

(2,892.4) (2,497.0) 

(158.3) 

(226.0) 

(11.1) 

(17.4) 

79.3 

(79.3) 

(16.1) 

(13.1) 

(31.1) 

(19.0) 

(75.6) 

112.3 

(112.3) 

(5.3) 

(5.3) 

(14.3) 

(87.4) 

– 

0.3 

(21.9) 

(20.6) 

(0.6) 

(0.7) 

– 

– 

0.2 
2,919.7  (11,891.4)  (8,626.5) (1,950.4) (1,173.4)  (141.1)  3,410.5 

– 

(16.5) 

(16.5) 

– 

– 

(3,122.4) (2,555.5) 

(177.3) 

(272.1) 

(117.5) 

Other financial liabilities 
Trade payables 

2,161.6 

(2,161.6)  (2,161.6) 

2,161.6 

(2,161.6)  (2,161.6) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–  2,603.6 
–  2,603.6 

(2,603.6) (2,603.6) 

(2,603.6) (2,603.6) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Total 

11,128.3  (24,357.1)(11,998.9) (2,331.6) (3,908.7) (6,117.9) 11,410.3  (14,981.0) (6,476.2) 

(561.0) (2,850.7)  (5,093.1) 

Derivative financial assets 
Financing derivatives 
Operating derivatives 
designated at fair value  (1,827.8)  8,200.6  6,930.1  1,175.5 
894.9 

(1,934.6)  6,734.2  5,780.3 

(106.8)  (1,466.4)  (1,149.8) 

(280.6) 

(18.5) 

(17.5) 

(178.1) 

(550.6) 

(447.3) 

(24.4) 

(45.6) 

(33.3) 

119.2 

100.7 

(24.2)  (1,808.8) 
(41.7)  (1,986.9) 

(1,394.0) 

(371.8) 

(833.9) 

(181.8) 

(6.5) 

(1,944.6) 

(819.1) 

(858.3) 

(227.4) 

(39.8) 

Net total (i) 

9,193.7  (17,622.9)  (6,218.6) (1,436.7) (3,808.0) (6,159.6)  9,423.4  (16,925.6) (7,295.3) (1,419.3) (3,078.1)  (5,132.9) 

(i)	  The Group believes the liquidity risk associated with out-of-the-money operating derivative contracts needs to be considered in conjunction with 
the profile of payments or receipts arising from derivative financial assets. It should be noted that cash flows associated with future energy sales 
and commodity contracts which are not IAS 39 financial instruments are not included in this analysis, which is prepared in accordance with IFRS 7. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 140 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

28.  fiNANCiAL iNSTRuMENTS AND RiSK (continued) 

B.  RiSKS fROM uSE Of fiNANCiAL iNSTRuMENTS (continued) 

The Company has the following liquidity maturity profile: 

Liquidity risk 

2010 

2010 
Carrying  Contractual 

2010 
0-12 
value  cash flows  months 
£m

£m 

£m

2010 
1-2 
years 
£m

2010 
2-5 
years 
£m

2010 

2009 

2009 
> 5  Carrying  Contractual 

2009 
0-12 
value  cash flows  months 
£m

£m 

£m

years 
£m 

2009 
1-2 
years 
£m

2009 
2-5 
years 
£m

2009 
> 5 
years 
£m 

financial liabilities 
Loans and borrowings 
Commercial paper and 
cash advances 

745.6 
131.5 
209.8 

900.8 
70.0 
Bank loans – floating 
Bank loans – fixed 
210.0 
Unsecured bonds – fixed 2,858.6  (5,060.6)  (179.4)  (179.4) (1,699.5) (3,002.3)  2,381.7 
15.6 
Convertible bond 
(33.4) 
Fair value adjustment 
3,916.8  (6,201.1) (1,008.7)  (193.6) (1,996.5) (3,002.3)  3,544.7 

(745.6)  (745.6) 
(71.2) 
(142.5) 
(12.5) 
(252.4) 

– 
(69.6) 
(12.5)  (227.4) 

– 
(28.7) 

– 
(1.7) 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

(904.2) 
(72.3) 
(264.8) 
(4,516.8) 
(16.5) 

–

(904.2) 
(1.9) 
(12.5) 
(155.6) 
(16.5) 

–

– 
(70.4) 
(12.5) 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(239.8) 
(155.6) (1,722.0) (2,483.6) 
– 
– 

– 
–

– 
–

(5,774.6) (1,090.7) 

(238.5) (1,961.8) (2,483.6) 

Derivative financial liabilities 
Interest rate swaps 
used for hedging 
Interest rate swaps 
designated at fair value 

89.9 

32.3 

(32.3) 

(9.2) 

(9.2) 

(13.9) 

– 

33.4 

(33.4) 

(7.4) 

(7.4) 

(18.6) 

– 

(89.9) 

(6.5) 

(4.6) 

(10.7) 

(68.1) 

96.8 

(96.8) 

(4.1) 

(4.1) 

(12.2) 

(76.4) 

Forward exchange 
contracts held 
for hedging 

Forward exchange 
contracts designated 
at fair value 

1.1 

(3.3) 

(2.0) 

(1.2) 

(0.1) 

4.7 

(198.0)  (179.4) 

(58.2) 

128.0 

(323.5)  (197.1) 

(73.2) 

39.6 

14.9 

– 

– 

0.3 

(21.9) 

(20.6) 

(0.6) 

(0.7) 

0.3 

(16.5) 

(16.5) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(68.1) 

130.8 

(168.6) 

(48.6) 

(12.1) 

(31.5) 

(76.4) 

Other financial liabilities 
Amounts due to 
subsidiary 
undertakings 

2,569.0 

(2,569.0) (2,569.0) 

2,569.0 

(2,569.0) (2,569.0) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–  2,517.2 
–  2,517.2 

(2,517.2) (2,517.2) 

(2,517.2) (2,517.2) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Total 

6,613.8  (9,093.6) (3,774.8)  (266.8) (1,981.6) (3,070.4)  6,192.7 

(8,460.4) (3,656.5) 

(250.6) (1,993.3) (2,560.0) 

Derivative financial assets 
Financing derivatives 

Net total 

(104.1)  (1,466.5) (1,149.8)  (280.6) 

(178.1) 
6,509.7  (10,560.1) (4,924.6)  (547.4) (2,000.1) (3,088.0)  6,014.6 

(17.6) 

(18.5) 

(550.6) 

(447.3) 

(24.4) 

(45.6) 

(33.3) 

(9,011.0) (4,103.8) 

(275.0) (2,038.9) (2,593.3) 

(iii)  Commodity risk 
The Group’s Generation and Supply business faces exposure to energy commodity price movements and also to physical commodity 
volume requirements as part of its normal course of business. This arises from the Group’s requirement to source gas or electricity 
to supply customers, or to procure fuel to produce electricity from its generation assets. 

The Group’s strategy is to manage all exposures to commodity risk through volumetric limits and to measure the exposure by use of a 
Value at Risk (VaR) model. The exposure is subject to financial limits established by the Board and managed by the Risk Committee and 
is reported to the Committee on a monthly basis and to the Board when certain trigger levels are exceeded. Within this approach, only 
certain of the Group’s energy commodity contracts are deemed to constitute financial instruments under IAS 39. As a result, while the 
Group manages the commodity price risk associated with both financial and non-financial commodity contracts, it is only the fair value 
of IAS 39 financial instruments which represents the exposure of the Group’s commodity price risk under IFRS 7. This is a consequence 
of the accounting policy which requires that commodity contracts which are designated as financial instruments under IAS 39 should 
be accounted for on a fair value basis with changes in fair value reflected in profit or equity. Conversely, commodity contracts that 
are not financial instruments under IAS 39 are accounted for as ‘own use’ contracts. As fair value changes in own use contracts are 
not reflected through profit or equity, these do not represent the IFRS 7 commodity price risk. Therefore, as the overall Group VaR 
associated with the Generation and Supply business is monitored for internal risk management purposes and is outside the scope 
of IAS 39, these measures are not required to comply with IFRS 7.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
141 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Operationally, the economic risks associated with this exposure are managed through a selection of longer and shorter term 
contracts for commodities such as gas, electricity, coal and oil, and also the flexibility of the Group’s fleet of generation assets. 

Short-term exposures arise from the requirement to match volumes of procured gas, electricity and power station fuel with demand 
for gas and electricity by its customers, which can vary from expectations and result in a requirement to close the resulting positions 
at unfavourable prices. This aspect of commodity risk is managed through the ability to increase or decrease energy production 
either in the form of flexible purchase contracts or assets such as pumped storage generating plant, flexible hydro generating plant, 
standby oil plant and gas storage. 

Longer-term exposures are managed through the Group’s generation plant and longer-term contracts (including forwards, futures 
contracts and other financial instruments). These, in turn, are used to reduce short-term market exposures. 

Certain commodity contracts are entered into primarily for own use purposes to supply to existing customers or to fuel existing 
power stations. However, as noted, a number of these contracts do not qualify for own use treatment under IAS 39 and are subject 
to fair value measurement through the income statement. In addition to this, the Group enters into certain contracts to manage 
commodity price and volume risk. These are also subject to fair value measurement through the income statement. Finally, certain 
other physical contracts are treated as the hedging instrument in documented cash flow hedging relationships where the hedged 
item is the forecast future purchase requirement to meet production or customer demand. The accounting policies associated with 
such items are explained in note 1. 

The consequential commodity risk which derives from these activities is quantified by the use of a Value at Risk (VaR) model which 
considers exposures in all commodities and provides an estimate of the potential change to the Groups forecast profits over a given 
period and to a given confidence level. The calculated financial risk is controlled through the imposition of a number of risk limits 
approved by the Board and monitored and managed by the Risk Committee. The Group’s exposure to Commodity risk is reported 
to and monitored by the Risk Committee and to the Board by exception. 

The Group’s exposure to commodity price risk according to IFRS 7 is measured by reference to the Group’s IAS 39 commodity 
contracts. IFRS 7 requires disclosure of a sensitivity analysis for market risks that is intended to illustrate the sensitivity of the 
Group’s financial position and performance to changes in market variables impacting upon the fair value or cash flows associated 
with the Group’s financial instruments. 

Therefore, the sensitivity analysis provided discloses the effect on profit or loss and equity at the balance sheet date assuming that 
a reasonably possible change in the relevant commodity price had occurred, and been applied to the risk exposures in existence at 
that date. The reasonably possible changes in commodity prices used in the sensitivity analysis were determined based on calculated 
or implied volatilities where available, or historical data. 

The sensitivity analysis has been calculated on the basis that the proportion of commodity contracts that are IAS 39 financial 
instruments remains consistent with those at that point. Excluded from this analysis are all commodity contracts that are not 
financial instruments under IAS 39. 

2010 

2009 

Commodity prices 
UK gas (p/therm) 
UK power (£/MWh) 
UK coal (US$/tonne) 
UK emissions (€/tonne) 
UK oil (US$/bbl) 

Reasonably 
possible 
increase/ 
decrease in 
variable 

+/- 6 
+/- 6 
+/- 11 
+/- 2 
+/- 10 

Base price (i) 

59 
49 
83 
13 
62 

Reasonably 
possible 
increase/ 
decrease in 
variable 

+/-12 
+/-10 
+/-18 
+/-4 
+/-15 

Base price (i) 

44 
43 
97 
14 
86 

(i)  The base price represents the average forward market price over the duration of the active market curve used to calculate the sensitivity analysis. 

The impacts of reasonably possible changes in commodity prices on profit after taxation based on the rationale described are as follows: 

incremental profit/(loss) 
Commodity prices combined – increase 
Commodity prices combined – decrease 

2010 

2009 

impact on 
profit 
£m 

impact on 
equity 
£m 

Impact on 
profit 
£m 

Impact on 
equity 
£m 

196.0 
(196.0) 

Nil 
Nil 

417.4 
(417.4) 

Nil 
Nil 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 142 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

28.  fiNANCiAL iNSTRuMENTS AND RiSK (continued) 

B.  RiSKS fROM uSE Of fiNANCiAL iNSTRuMENTS (continued) 

The sensitivity analysis provided is hypothetical and is based on the Group’s commodity contracts under IAS 39. This analysis 
should be used with caution as the impacts disclosed are not necessarily indicative of the actual impacts that would be experienced. 
It should also be noted that these sensitivities are based on calculations which do not consider all interrelationships, consequences 
and effects of such a change in those prices. 

(iv)  Currency risk 
The Group publishes its consolidated financial statements in sterling but also conducts business in foreign currencies. As a result, it 
is subject to foreign currency exchange risk arising from exchange rate movements which will be reflected in the Group’s transaction 
costs or in the underlying foreign currency assets of its foreign operations. 

The Group’s policy is to use forward contracts, swaps and options to manage its exposures to foreign exchange risk. All such 
exposures are transactional in nature, and relate primarily to procurement contracts, commodity purchasing and related freight 
requirements, commodity hedging, long-term plant servicing and maintenance agreements, and the purchase and sale of carbon 
emission certificates. The policy is to seek to hedge 100% of its currency requirements arising under all committed contracts 
excepting commodity hedge transactions, the requirements for which are significantly less predictable. The policy for these latter 
transactions is to assess the Group’s requirements on a rolling basis and to enter into cover contracts as appropriate. 

The Group has foreign subsidiary operations with significant euro-denominated net assets. The Group’s policy is to hedge its net 
investment in its foreign operations by ensuring the net assets whose functional currency cash flows are denominated in euros are 
matched by borrowings in euros. For the acquired net assets whose functional cash flows are in sterling, the Group will ensure 
sterling denominated borrowings are in place to minimise currency risk. 

Significant exposures are reported to, and discussed by, the Risk and Trading Committee on an ongoing basis and additionally form 
part of the bi-annual Treasury report to the Audit Committee. 

At the balance sheet date, the total nominal value of outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts that the Group has committed to is: 

Forward foreign exchange contracts 

The Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk was as follows: 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

1,864.8 

1,286.1 

Loans and borrowings 
Purchase and commodity contract 
commitments 

Gross exposure 

2010 

2009 

¥m 

DKKm 

€m 

uS$m 

¥m 

DKKm 

€m 

US$m 

28,000.0 

– 

1,370.0 

210.0  28,000.0 

– 

1,092.0 

97.5 

253.4 

843.1 

627.5 

2,818.4 

28,253.4 

843.1 

1,997.5 

3,028.4 

– 

– 

181.3 

181.3 

673.6 

1,906.3 

1,765.6 

2,003.8 

Forward exchange/swap contracts 

28,253.4 

843.1 

843.2 

1,538.9  28,000.0 

181.3 

333.9 

967.5 

Net exposure (in currency) 

Net exposure (in £m) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1,154.3 

1,489.5 

1,028.1 

980.5 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1,431.7 

1,036.3 

1,324.7 

724.7 

This represents the net exposure to foreign currencies, reported in pounds sterling, and arising from all Group activities. All 
sensitivity analysis has been prepared on the basis of the relative proportions of instruments in foreign currencies being consistent 
as at the balance sheet date. This includes only monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than sterling and 
excludes the translation of the net assets of foreign operations but not the corresponding impact of the net investment hedge. 

The sensitivity analysis is indicative only and it should be noted that the Group’s exposure to such market rate changes is continually 
changing. The calculations are based on linear extrapolations of rate changes which may not reflect the actual result which would 
impact upon the Group.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
143 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

A 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates would have had the following impact on profit after taxation, based on the 
assumptions presented above: 

US Dollars 
Euro 
Danish Krone 
Yen 

Equity 

Income Statement 

At 31 March 
2010 
£m 

At 31 March 
2009 
£m 

At 31 March 
2010 
£m 

At 31 March 
2009 
£m 

– 
58.4 
– 
– 

58.4 

– 
51.9 
– 
– 

51.9 

78.4 
23.9 
– 
– 

102.3 

58.0 
54.1 
– 
– 

112.1 

The impact of a decrease in rates would be an identical reduction in the annual charge. 

(v)  interest rate risk 
Interest rate risk derives from the Group’s exposure to changes in the value of an asset or liability or future cash flows through 
changes in interest rates. 

The Group’s policy is to manage this risk by stipulating that a minimum of 50% of Group borrowings be subject to fixed rates 
of interest, either directly through the debt instruments themselves or through the use of derivative financial instruments. Such 
instruments include interest rate swaps and options, forward rate agreements and, in the case of debt raised in currencies other 
than sterling, cross currency swaps. These practices serve to reduce the volatility of the Group’s financial performance. 

Although interest rate derivatives are primarily used to hedge risk relating to current borrowings, under certain circumstances they 
may also be used to hedge future borrowings. Any such pre-hedging is unwound at the time of pricing the underlying debt, either 
through cash settlement on a net present value basis or by transacting offsetting trades. The floating rate borrowings mainly comprise 
commercial paper issued at interest of LIBOR plus a variable margin and cash advances from the European Investment Bank (EIB). 

The impact of a change in interest rates is dependent on the specific details of the financial asset or liability in question. Changes in 
fixed rate financial assets and liabilities, which account for the majority of cash, loans and borrowings, are not measured at fair value 
through the income statement. In addition to this, changes to fixed-to-floating hedging instruments which are recorded under cash 
flow hedge accounting also do not impact the income statement. Changes in variable rate instruments and hedging instruments and 
hedged items recorded under fair value hedge accounting are recorded through the income statement. The exposure measured is 
therefore based on variable rate debt and instruments. 

The net exposure to interest rates at the balance sheet date can be summarised thus: 

Interest (bearing)/earning assets and liabilities: 
– Fixed 
– Floating 

Represented by: 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Derivative financial liabilities 
Loans and borrowings 
Finance lease obligations 

2010 
Carrying 
amount 
£m 

(4,833.6) 
(1,090.7) 

(5,924.3) 

261.7 
(110.5) 
(5,691.1) 
(384.4) 

(5,924.3) 

2009 
Carrying 
amount 
£m 

(4,735.9) 
(553.5) 

(5,289.4) 

295.9 
(155.7) 
(5,429.1) 
(0.5) 

(5,289.4) 

Following from this, the table below represents the expected impact of a change in 100 basis points in short-term interest rates 
at the reporting date in relation to equity and income statement. The analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign 
currency rates, remain constant. An increase in exchange rates would be a change to either the income statement or equity. The 
assessment is based on a revision of the fair value assumptions included in the calculated exposures in the previous table. 

All sensitivity analysis has been prepared on the basis of the proportion of fixed to floating instruments being consistent as at the 
balance sheet date and is stated after the effect of taxation. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 144 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

28.  fiNANCiAL iNSTRuMENTS AND RiSK (continued) 

B.  RiSKS fROM uSE Of fiNANCiAL iNSTRuMENTS (continued) 

The sensitivity analysis is indicative only and it should be noted that the Group’s exposure to such market rate changes is continually 
hanging. The calculations are based on linear extrapolations of rate changes which may not reflect the actual result which would 
impact upon the Group. 

Income statement 

2010 
£m 

9.9 

9.9 

2009 
£m 

6.1 

6.1 

The impact of a decrease in rates would be an identical reduction in the annual charge. There is no impact on equity as the analysis 
relates to the Group’s net exposure at the balance sheet date. Contracts qualifying for hedge accounting are, by definition, part of the 
Group’s covered position. 

(vi)  Primary statement disclosures 
For financial reporting purposes, the Group has classified derivative financial instruments into two categories, operating derivatives 
and financing derivatives. Operating derivatives include all qualifying commodity contracts including those for electricity, gas, oil, coal 
and carbon. Financing derivatives include all fair value and cash flow interest rate hedges, non-hedge accounted (mark-to-market) 
interest rate derivatives, cash flow foreign exchange hedges and non-hedge accounted foreign exchange contracts. Non-hedge 
accounted contracts are treated as held for trading. 

The net movement reflected in the Income Statement can be summarised thus: 

Operating derivatives 
Total result on operating derivatives (i) 
Less: Amounts settled (ii) 

Movement in unrealised derivatives 

financing derivatives (and hedged items) 
Total result on financing derivatives (i) 
Less: Amounts settled (ii) 

Movement in unrealised derivatives 

Net income statement impact 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

(3,449.6) 
3,881.8 

432.2 

(3,964.8) 
2,673.1 

(1,291.7) 

456.8 
(493.3) 

(36.5) 

70.5 
(44.7) 

25.8 

395.7 

(1,265.9) 

(i)	  Total result on derivatives in the income statement represents the total amounts (charged) or credited to the income statement in respect 

of operating and financial derivatives. 

(ii)	  Amounts settled in the year represent the result on derivatives transacted which have matured or been delivered and have been included 

within the total result on derivatives. 

The net derivative financial assets and (liabilities) are represented as follows: 

Derivative financial assets 
Non-current 
Current 

Derivative liabilities 
Non-current 
Current 

Total derivative liabilities 

Net liability 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

466.3 
1,468.3 

1,934.6 

(899.0) 
(2,020.7) 

(2,919.7) 

(985.1) 

449.2 
1,537.7 

1,986.9 

(959.5) 
(2,451.0) 

(3,410.5) 

(1,423.6)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
145 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

fair value hierarchy 
The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, 
grouped into Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable. 

k  Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from unadjusted quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities. 
k  Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are 

observable for the asset or liability, either directly (ie as prices) or indirectly (ie derived from prices). 

k  Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability 

that are not based on observable market data. 

financial assets 
Energy derivatives 
Interest rate derivatives 
Foreign exchange derivatives 

financial liabilities
 
Energy derivatives 
Interest rate derivatives 
Foreign exchange derivatives 
Loans and borrowings 

Level 1 
£m 

148.3 
– 
– 

148.3 

(191.5) 
– 
– 
– 

(191.5) 

Level 2 
£m 

Level 3 
£m 

Total 
£m 

1,681.4 
30.4 
74.6 

1,786.4 

(2,546.6) 
(175.9) 
(5.8) 
28.7 

(2,699.6) 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

1,829.7 
30.4 
74.6 

1,934.7 

(2,738.1)
 
(175.9)
 
(5.8)
 
28.7
 

(2,891.1) 

There were no transfers out of level 1 into level 2 and out of level 2 into level 1 during the year ended 31 March 2010. 

(vii) Cash flow hedges 
The Group designates contracts which qualify as hedges for accounting purposes either as cash flow hedges or fair value hedges. 
Cash flow hedges are contracts entered into to hedge a forecast transaction or cash flow risk generally arising from a change 
in interest rates or foreign currency exchange rates and which meet the effectiveness criteria prescribed by IAS 39. The Group’s 
accounting policy on cash flow hedges is explained in note 1. 

The following table indicates the contractual maturities of the expected transactions and the qualifying cash flow hedges associated: 

Cash flow hedges 

interest rate swaps: 
Liabilities 

forward exchange 
contracts: 
Assets 
Liabilities 

2010 
Carrying 
amount 
£m 

2010 
Expected 
cash flows 
£m 

2010 
0-12 
months 
£m 

2010 
1-2 
years 
£m 

2010 
2-5 
years 
£m 

2010 
> 5 
years 
£m 

2009 
Carrying 
amount 
£m 

2009 
Expected 
cash flows 
£m 

2009 
0-12 
months 
£m 

2009 
1-2 
years 
£m 

2009 
2-5 
years 
£m 

2009 
> 5 
years 
£m 

(7.1) 

(7.1) 

(3.2) 

(2.1) 

(1.8) 

– 

(10.0) 

(10.0) 

(4.2) 

(2.6) 

(3.2) 

Nil 

22.0 
(1.1) 

(543.5)  (485.5) 
(2.0) 

(3.3) 

(11.8) 
(1.2) 

(19.4) 
(0.1) 

(26.8) 
– 

52.2 
(0.3) 

(556.3) 
(21.9) 

(489.1) 
(20.6) 

(10.9) 
(0.6) 

(23.0) 
(0.7) 

(33.3) 
Nil 

20.9 

(546.8)  (487.5) 

(13.0) 

(19.5) 

(26.8) 

51.9 

(578.2) 

(509.7) 

(11.5) 

(23.7) 

(33.3) 

Net investment hedge 
The Group’s net investment hedge consists of debt issued in the same currency (€) as the net investment in Airtricity. The hedge 
compares the element of the net assets of Airtricity whose functional cash flows are denominated in € to the matching portion 
of the € borrowings held by the Group. This therefore provides protection against movements in foreign exchange rates. 

Gains and losses in the hedge are recognised in equity and will be transferred to the income statement on disposal of the foreign 
operation (2010 – £47.2m, 2009 – £142.9m). Gains and losses on the ineffective portion of the hedge are recognised immediately 
in the income statement (2010 – £nil, 2009 – £nil). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 146 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

28.  fiNANCiAL iNSTRuMENTS AND RiSK (continued) 

B.  RiSKS fROM uSE Of fiNANCiAL iNSTRuMENTS (continued) 

(viii) Capital Management 
The Board’s policy is to maintain a strong balance sheet and credit rating so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence 
and to sustain future development of the business. Details of the capital management objectives, policies and procedures are 
included in the Financial Management section of the Business Statement of this report. 

From time to time the Group purchases its own shares on the market; the timing of these purchases depends on market prices. 
The use of share buy-backs is the Group’s benchmark for investment decisions and is utilised at times when management believe 
the Group’s shares are undervalued. No share buy-back was made during the year. 

On 7 January 2009, the Group conducted a book-built, non-pre-emptive placing of 42.0 million new Ordinary Shares. The shares 
were placed at a price of £11.40 each which was within 1% of the average closing price of the shares in the preceding four weeks. 
Based on the price, the gross proceeds of the placing were £479.0m, representing approximately 4.8% of the Group’s share capital. 
The shares carried the right to the interim dividend paid on 27 March 2009 and carry the right to subsequent dividend. 

The placing of shares was one of a series of steps taken which reflects the Group’s flexible and prudent approach to financing 
investment. It also enhanced the Group’s future options by providing additional sources of funding for appropriate investment 
and acquisition opportunities. 

In summary, the Group’s intent is to balance returns to shareholders between correct returns through dividends and long-term 
capital investment for growth. In doing so, the Group will maintain its capital discipline and will continue to operate within the correct 
economic environment prudently. 

29.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTiONS 

The immediate parent and ultimate controlling party of the Group is Scottish and Southern Energy plc (incorporated in Scotland). 

Balances and transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties of the Company, have been eliminated on 
consolidation and are not disclosed in this note. Details of transactions between the Group and other related parties are disclosed below. 

(i)  Trading transactions 
The following transactions took place during the year between the Group and entities which are related to the Group but which are not 
members of the Group. Related parties are defined as those in which the Group has control, joint control or significant influence over. 

Jointly controlled entities:
 
Seabank Power Limited 
PriDE (South East Regional Prime) Limited 
Scotia Gas Networks Limited 
Marchwood Power Limited 
Greater Gabbard Offshore Winds Ltd 

Associates:
 
Barking Power Limited 
Derwent Co-generation Limited 
Logan Energy Ltd 
Green Highland Renewables Ltd 
Vital Holdings Limited 
Onzo Limited 

Sale of goods 
and services 
2010 
£m 

Purchase of 
goods and 
services 
2010 
£m 

Other 
transactions 
2010 
£m 

Sale of goods 
and services 
2009 
£m

Purchase of 
goods and 
services 
2009 
£m 

Other 
transactions 
2009 
£m 

3.0 
40.5 
54.9 
31.5 
3.9 

2.5 
30.6 
0.8 
0.3 
1.1 
– 

(107.1) 
– 
(145.0) 
(65.7) 
– 

(135.5) 
(96.6) 
– 
– 
(0.6) 
(1.0) 

7.1 
– 
– 
– 
– 

15.2 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(4.9) 

5.2 
54.3 
59.0 
– 
1.0 

0.7 
37.4 
0.7 
0.2 
–
–

(82.4) 
– 
(134.7) 
– 
– 

(177.5) 
(94.6) 
– 
– 
–
–

20.7
 
–
 
35.0
 
104.6
 
–
 

(0.1)
 
–
 
–
 
–
 
–
 
–
 

The transactions with Marchwood Power Limited, Seabank Power Limited, Barking Power Limited and Derwent Co-generation Limited 
relate to the contracts for the provision of energy or the tolling of energy under power purchase arrangements. PriDE (South East 
Regional Prime) Limited operates a long-term contract with Defence Estates for management of MoD facilities in the South East of 
England. All operational activities are sub-contracted to the ventures partners including Southern Electric Contracting Limited. Scotia 
Gas Networks Limited has operated the gas distribution networks in Scotland and the South of England from 1 June 2005. The Group’s 
gas supply activity incurs gas distribution charges while the Group also provides services to Scotia Gas Networks in the form of a 
management service agreement for corporate services, stock procurement services and the provision of the capital expenditure on 
the development of front office management information systems. Sales of goods to related parties were made at an arms length price.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
147 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Amounts owed by 
related parties 

Amounts owed to 
related parties 

2010 
£m 

0.3 
7.0 
– 
16.4 
– 

16.4 
2.0 
– 
– 

2009 
£m 

4.6 
6.6 
0.2 
27.4 
0.4 

0.1 
8.3 
– 
– 

2010 
£m 

26.0 
– 
– 
1.3 
7.0 

9.3 
9.4 
0.1 
1.2 

2009 
£m 

23.1 
Nil 
Nil 
0.3 
Nil 

17.7 
9.5 
0.1 
– 

The balances outstanding with related parties at 31 March were as follows: 

Consolidated 

Jointly controlled entities: 
Seabank Power Limited 
PriDE (South East Regional Prime) Limited 
Greater Gabbard Offshore Winds Limited 
Scotia Gas Networks Limited 
Marchwood Power Limited 

Associates: 
Barking Power Limited 
Derwent Co-generation Limited 
Logan Energy Ltd 
Onzo Limited 

The amounts outstanding are trading balances, are unsecured and will be settled in cash. No guarantees have been given or received. 
No provisions have been made for doubtful debts in respect of the amounts owed by related parties. 

(ii)  Loans to related parties 

Loans to associates: 
At 1 April 
Loans advanced during the year 
Loan repayments received 
Interest charged 
Interest received 

At 31 March 

Loans to jointly controlled entities: 
At 1 April 
Loans advanced during the year 
Loan repayments received 
Interest charged 
Interest received 

At 31 March 

Loans to subsidiaries: 
At 1 April 
Loans advanced during the year 
Loan repayments received 
Interest charged 
Interest received 

At 31 March 

2010 
£m 

25.0 
7.7 
(1.1) 
0.7 
(0.7) 

31.6 

685.9 
289.1 
(27.4) 
53.2 
(51.2) 

949.6 

2009 
£m 

10.4 
14.6 
– 
1.1 
(1.1) 

25.0 

425.3 
286.9 
(25.8) 
52.8 
(53.3) 

685.9 

1,388.1 
1,558.6 
– 
135.8 
(135.8) 

2,946.7 

1,083.1 
330.0 
(25.0) 
143.8 
(143.8) 

1,388.1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 148 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Notes on the financial statements (continued) 
for the year ended 31 March 

29.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTiONS (continued) 

Remuneration of key management personnel 
The remuneration of the executive Directors, who are the key management personnel of the Group, is set out below in aggregate. 

Short-term employment benefits 

2010 
£m 

3.6 

2009 
£m 

3.5 

In addition, the key management personnel receive share based remuneration, details of which are found at note 27. Further 
information about the remuneration of individual Directors is provided in the audited part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report. 
The key management personnel are employed by the Company. 

Information regarding transactions with post-retirement benefit plans is included in note 26. 

30.  COMMiTMENTS AND CONTiNGENCiES 

(i)  Capital commitments 

Capital expenditure: 
Contracted for but not provided 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

994.5 

986.1 

Contracted for but not provided capital commitments includes the fixed contracted costs of the Group’s major capital projects. 
In practice, contractual variations may arise on the final settlement of these contractual costs. The stated capital commitments 
relate to the Group’s own contractual obligations and do not include those of related parties. 

(ii)  Operating lease commitments 

(a)  Leases as lessee: 

Amount included in the income statement relating to the current year leasing arrangements 
Minimum lease payments – power purchase agreement 
Other lease payments 

2010	 
£m 

229.6 
41.6 

271.2 

2009 
£m 

198.9 
21.7 

220.6 

At the balance sheet date, the Group had outstanding commitments for future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable 
operating leases, which fall due as follows: 

Power purchase agreements 
Within one year 
In second to fifth years inclusive 
After five years 

Other leases 
Within one year 
In second to fifth years inclusive 
After five years 

Total 
Within one year 
In second to fifth years inclusive 
After five years 

2010 
£m 

178.1 
374.9 
217.7 

770.7 

41.0 
63.0 
94.3 

198.3 

219.1 
437.9 
312.0 

969.0 

2009 
£m 

221.0 
483.5 
278.2 

982.7 

23.1 
32.3 
87.0 

142.4 

244.1 
515.8 
365.2 

1,125.1 

The average power purchase agreement lease term is 7 years. 

The obligations under power purchase agreements with various power generating companies are not deemed to qualify as finance 
leases under IAS 17. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
149 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

(b) Leases as lessor: 
The Group previously leased out two combined heat and power plants under finance leases. During the year the Group disposed 
of these plants to the lessee resulting in a gain of £0.3m recorded in the Income Statement. Therefore, the future minimum lease 
payments are as follows: 

Within one year 
In second to fifth years inclusive 
After five years 

2010 
£m 

– 
– 
– 

– 

2009 
£m 

0.3 
1.0 
0.5 

1.8 

During the year ended 31 March 2010 £0.1m was recognised as rental income in the income statement (2009 – £0.3m). Lease payments 
are straight line over the term of the lease. 

The Company has no operating lease commitments as either a lessee or a lessor. 

(iii)  Guarantees and indemnities 
The Company and various subsidiaries have provided guarantees on behalf of subsidiary, joint venture and associated undertakings as 
follows: 

Bank borrowing 
Performance of contracts 
Purchase of gas 

2010 
£m 

– 
2,042.1 
60.5 

2009 
£m 

18.3 
2,309.0 
70.5 

Following the acquisition from Fluor International Limited of their 50% stake in Greater Gabbard Offshore Winds Limited in April 
2008, the Company entered into guarantees in respect of 100% of the major contracts for this project which is reflected in the above 
guarantees. Following the sale of 50% to npower renewables Limited in November 2008, the Company is now indemnified for 50% 
of these guarantees. 

In addition, unlimited guarantees have been provided on behalf of subsidiary undertakings in relation to five contracts in respect of 
performance of work and any liabilities arising. Southern Electric Power Distribution plc and the Company have provided guarantees 
to the Southern Group of the ESPS in respect of the funding required by the scheme. Scottish Hydro Electric Power Distribution plc 
and the Company have provided guarantees to the Scottish Hydro Electric Pension Scheme in respect of the funding required by 
the scheme. 

Where the Company enters into financial guarantee contracts to guarantee the indebtedness of other companies within its group, 
the Company considers these to be insurance arrangements, and accounts for them as such. In this respect, the Company treats 
the guarantee contract as a contingent liability until such time as it becomes probable that the Company will be required to make 
a payment under the guarantee. 

31.  POST BALANCE ShEET EvENTS 

On 31 March 2010, the Group through its wholly-owned subsidiary, SSE E&P UK Limited, has entered into an agreement with Hess 
Limited to acquire its natural gas and infrastructure assets in the three regions of the North Sea. 

On successful completion the Group expects to pay a total cash consideration of up to US$423m. The transaction is subject to the 
receipt of all necessary partner and regulatory approvals, as such the potential acquisition has not been included in the financial 
results for the year ended 31 March 2010. The transaction is expected to be concluded during the next financial year. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 150 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Shareholder information
 

eCommunications programme 
To sign up to our eCommunications 
Programme visit www.sse.com/ecomms. 
As a thank you we will donate £2 on your 
behalf to the World Wildlife Fund’s (WWF) 
International Forest Programme. 

Keep us informed 
Keep us informed of changes to your email 
address by visiting www.sse.com/ecomms 
and follow the instructions under ‘update 
your email address’. 

Scrip Dividend Scheme/ 
Dividend Reinvestment Plan 
The Company is proposing the 
introduction of a Scrip Dividend Scheme 
at the AGM 2010. If this Plan is introduced 
the Dividend Reinvestment Plan will be 
terminated. Full details available from our 
website or on request from the Registrar. 

Copy reports 
Copies of the Annual Report and Accounts 
2010 can be obtained, free of charge, 
from the Company Secretary, Scottish 
and Southern Energy plc, Inveralmond 
House, 200 Dunkeld Road, Perth PH1 3AQ 
or by accessing the Company’s website 
at www.sse.com.

Shareholder enquiries 
Share Registrar: 
Capita Registrars, Northern House, 
Woodsome Park, Fenay Bridge, 
Huddersfield HD8 0GA 

Telephone: 0845 143 4005 
Email: sse@capitaregistars.com 

financial calendar 
Annual General Meeting 
22 July 2010 

Ex dividend date 
28 July 2010 

Record date 
30 July 2010 

Final dividend payable 
24 September 2010 

Half year results announcement* 
10 November 2010 

Website – www.sse.com 
The Company’s website contains a wide 
range of information including a dedicated 
Investor Centre section where you can find 
further information about shareholder 
services including: 

k  share price information; 
k  downloadable shareholder forms; 
k  view share price, dividend history and 

trading graphs; 

k  elect for eCommunications; and 
k  telephone and internet share dealing. 

* Provisional date. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Glossary 

151 

Introduction to SSE 

Directors’ report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

BOfA 
Boosted Over Fire Air: a technology used 
in some modern coal-fired power stations 
which reduces the amount of nitrogen 
oxides produced by forcing air into the 
boiler at a higher rate and a higher 
position than usual, causing the coal 
to burn at a lower temperature than 
in traditional plants. 

Carbon dioxide (CO2) 
One of the so-called ‘greenhouse gasses’ 
believed to contribute to global warming. 

Carbon Disclosure Leadership index 
An assessment, undertaken by the Carbon 
Disclosure Project which considers the 
quality of organisations’ disclosure on 
climate change-related issues. Participating 
companies complete a detailed survey 
which requires information on the 
organisation’s climate change-related 
strategy and targets and data on emissions. 

Carbon Disclosure Project 
A not-for-profit organisation representing 
top institutional investors which provides 
a database of corporate climate change-
related information to support their 
investment decisions. 

CCGT 
Combined Cycle Gas Turbines: turbines 
which utilise a more efficient process in 
the production of electricity. Waste heat 
from the gas-firing process which drives 
the first energy-generating turbine is used 
to heat water to steam which then drives 
a second turbine. 

CCS 
Carbon Capture and Storage: a means 
of mitigating the contribution of fossil 
fuel emissions to climate change which 
involves capturing carbon dioxide 
produced at large sources of emissions, 
such as power stations, and storing it 
away from the atmosphere. The carbon 
dioxide can be extracted either before 
or after the fuel is burnt. 

CERT 
Carbon Emissions Reduction Target: an 
obligation placed by the government on 
large energy suppliers which requires them 
to reduce the amount of CO2 produced as a 
result of the energy used by householders in 
Great Britain. The aim of the current CERT 
program, which is due to run from April 
2008 to March 2011, is to deliver measures 
that will provide overall lifetime CO2 
savings of 154 million tonnes. Under CERT, 
suppliers must focus 40 per cent of their 
activity on a priority group of vulnerable 
and low-income households. These include 
those in receipt of certain income and or 

disability benefits and pensioners over the 
age of 70. There are currently proposals in 
place to increase the amount of savings to 
185MT of CO2 and extend the time period 
of the program to December 2012. 

CESP 
Community Energy Saving Programme: 
part of the government’s Home Energy 
Saving Programme. It requires larger gas 
and electricity suppliers and electricity 
generators to deliver energy saving 
measures to domestic consumers in 
specific low income areas of Great Britain. 
The Department for Energy and Climate 
Change (DECC) is responsible for setting 
the overall CESP target and the policy 
framework and Ofgem is responsible 
for administering the programme. 

Clean-tech 
Products, services, and processes 
that harness renewable materials and 
energy sources, reduce the use of natural 
resources, and cut or eliminate emissions 
and wastes. 

Consumer Direct 
A government-funded telephone and 
online service offering information 
and advice on consumer issues. 

Consumer focus 
An organisation set up by the government in 
2008 formed by the merger of energywatch, 
Postwatch and the National Consumer 
Council to represent the interests of 
consumers in the UK. 

Distribution Price Control Review 
A five-yearly review undertaken by industry 
regulator Ofgem in conjunction with 
licensed electricity distribution operators 
to ensure that the operators can earn a 
fair return after their efficient capital and 
operating costs are taken into account. 
The most recent review relates to the Price 
Control which applies from 1 April 2010. 

Emission Limit values 
Limits set by the Large Combustion Plant 
Directive relating to the concentrations 
of oxides of sulphur and nitrogen and 
of particulates emitted by installations 
including large fossil-fuelled power 
stations. These emissions are measured 
real-time actual levels of emissions. 

Eu ETS 
European Union Emissions Trading 
System: an annual scheme which 
allocates and facilitates the trading of 
greenhouse gas emissions allowances 
throughout the EU. Operators of 
installations covered by the scheme are 
allocated certificates annually by their 

government. Operators must ensure that 
they have sufficient certificates to cover 
their installation’s emissions and have 
the option to buy additional certificates 
from other operators or to sell surplus 
certificates. EU ETS is one of the most 
important aspects in Europe’s policies for 
meeting its Kyoto Protocol commitments. 

Eu Renewable Energy Directive 
European legislation which places a legally-
binding commitment on member States 
to increase the total proportion of energy 
derived from renewable sources 20% by 
2020. Each Member State has its own 
target which reflects its current renewable 
energy provision; the UK’s target is 15%. 
All forms of energy usage are covered 
by this target, including transport. 

fGD 
Flue Gas Desulphurisation: the process 
of removing sulphur dioxide from the 
exhaust flue gases in fossil-fuelled 
(primarily coal) power stations. FGD can 
remove between 90 and 94% of sulphur 
dioxide from flue gases. 

Gas storage 
The storage of natural gas, usually in 
under ground chambers, for release into 
the gas network at times of high demand, 
or when market prices are high. 

Gigawatt (GW) 
1,000 megawatts (1,000,000,000 watts). 

Gigawatt/hour (GWh) 
1,000 megawatt/hours. 

integrated Pollution Control (iPC) 
and integrated Pollution Prevention 
and Control (iPPC) 
Systems to control pollution from 
industry, enforced by the Environment 
Agency and Scottish Environmental 
Protection Agency. 

Kilovolt (kv) 
1,000 volts. 

Kilowatt (kW) 
1,000 watts. 

Kilowatt/hour (kWh) 
One unit of electricity. 

Large Combustion Plant Directive 
European legislation introduced in 2001 to 
control emissions of oxides of sulphur and 
nitrogen and of particulates from sources 
of large quantities of emissions, including 
power stations. All newer installations 
(licensed from 1987 onwards) must 
comply with Emission Limit Values (ELVs), 
while older installations can choose either 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 152 

Scottish and Southern Energy 
Annual Report 2010 

Glossary (continued)


Run-of-river 
Hydro electric generation schemes 
which utilise the energy from flowing 
watercourses, as opposed to water that 
has been collected and stored. 

SCR 
Selective Catalytic Reduction: a method 
of converting oxides of nitrogen, which 
are associated with acid rain, into inert 
nitrogen and water. SCR can be installed 
in new build power stations or retro-fitted 
to existing facilities. 

Security of supply 
In the context of electricity supply in 
the UK, the degree to which the energy 
infrastructure can be relied upon to 
generate, transmit and distribute 
electricity such that the needs of all 
system users are met. 

SOfA 
Separated Over Fire Air: a technology used 
in some modern coal-fired power stations 
which reduces the amount of nitrogen 
oxides produced by introducing air into the 
boiler at a higher point in the combustion 
process, causing the coal to burn at a lower 
temperature than in traditional plants. 

Sulphur dioxide (SO2) 
Toxic gasses produced by the combustion 
of carbon-based primary fuels by transport 
and in power stations (see also NOx). 

TRiR 
Total Recordable Injury Rate: a recognised 
measure of the total number of injuries 
per 100,000 hours worked. Injuries in 
this context are defined as those which: 
are reportable to the Health and Safety 
Executive; result in absence from work; or 
which require invasive medical treatment 
such as stitches. 

uK industry Task force on Peak Oil 
A group of British companies, including 
SSE, whose interests span a wide range 
of business sectors. The Task Force aims 
to highlight the importance of being 
prepared for an oil crunch when the era 
of relatively cheap oil extraction ends. 

to: comply with ELVs; take part in the 
National Emissions Reduction Plan; or 
opt out, which requires that installations 
operate only for limited hours and close 
down by the end of 2015. 

Megawatt (MW) 
1,000 kilowatts (1,000,000 watts). 

Megawatt/hour (MWh) 
1,000 units of electricity. 

Nitrogen oxides (NOx) 
Toxic gasses produced by the combustion 
of carbon-based primary fuels by transport 
and in power stations (see also SO2). 

Offshore Wind Accelerator (OWA) 
A research and development initiative 
co-funded by the Carbon Trust and five 
energy companies, including SSE, which 
aims to speed up the rate at which offshore 
wind technology develops. This includes 
developing new turbine foundations and 
installation techniques, improving access 
for maintenance, identifying the best way to 
lay out offshore wind farms and researching 
how to minimise the amount of energy 
lost in transmitting energy back to shore. 

Ofgem 
Office of Gas and Electricity Markets: the 
government regulator for the electricity 
and downstream natural gas markets in 
Great Britain. Its role is to promote choice 
and value for current and future gas and 
electricity customers. Funding is from 
annual licence fees recovered from 
licensed network companies. 

Peak oil 
The point in time at which maximum 
global oil production is achieved, prior 
to a decline in production. 

Pumped storage 
A form of electricity generation which 
uses the energy stored in water pumped 
from a lower level to an elevated reservoir 
to generate power. Whilst the process 
is a net user of energy, pumped storage 
is valuable as it can utilise low cost energy 
at times of low demand to raise water to 
the upper reservoir and can generate 
electricity at very short notice, helping 
balance supply and demand. 

RAv 
Regulated Asset Value, a key building 
block of a price control review. It is a 
financial construct for providing funds 
over a prolonged period and represents 
the value upon which companies earn 
a regulated return. At the most recent 
Distribution Price Control Review (DPCR5) 
Ofgem undertook a fundamental review 

of which costs are included in the RAV. 
From 1 April 2010, 85% of all network 
related expenditure will be funded as 
‘slow’ money over 20 years through the 
RAV. The remaining 15% of network costs 
and all business support costs will be 
funded as ‘fast’ money, expensed and 
funded in the year of expenditure. 

REfiT 
Renewable Energy Feed In Tariff: a 
scheme applicable in the Republic of 
Ireland that financially supports suppliers 
who purchase renewable energy and 
thereby encourages provision of a 
guaranteed price to generators. 

Regulated businesses 
Parts of SSE’s operations which are 
subject to regulation by Ofgem or other 
industry regulators such as Ofcom. 

Renewables Obligation (RO) 
The main support scheme for renewable 
electricity projects in the UK. Under 
the RO electricity suppliers in the UK 
are required to source an increasing 
proportion of the energy they supply to 
customers from renewable sources. The 
renewable energy is certified through the 
issue of Renewable Obligation Certificates 
(ROCs). Suppliers fulfil their obligation 
through the presentation of ROCs. If a 
supplier has a shortfall in its provision 
of renewable electricity, it must pay into 
a fund, the proceeds of which are paid 
back out to suppliers in proportion to the 
ROCs they present. Only certain forms of 
renewable energy qualify for this scheme. 

Retro-fitting 
In the context of sustainable electricity 
generation, installing new technologies to 
existing plant in order that the plant can 
operate more effectively under modern 
market conditions. May include equipment 
to reduce emissions of oxides of nitrogen 
and of sulphur, or to increase the thermal 
efficiency of plant, or to capture and store 
carbon emissions. 

ROCs 
Renewables Obligation Certificates: 
certificates issued by Ofgem for the 
energy generated by eligible renewable 
generators in accordance with the 
Renewables Obligation. 

RPi-x 
The basis of Ofgem’s price control 
mechanisms in place since 1989, which 
ties revenue and expenditure growth to 
the retail price index (RPI) minus (or plus) 
X percentage points. Currently the subject 
of a review by Ofgem which is due to 
conclude in late summer 2010. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Introduction to SSE
01
What SSE does
02
How SSE provides energy

Directors’ report
04
05
06

Key performance indicators
Principal assets
Chairman and Chief Executive
Questions and answers
Strategic overview
Financial overview
Performance indicators
Business overview
Corporate governance
Chairman’s introduction
The SSE team
Risk management
How the Board works
Audit Committee
Risk and Trading Committee
Nomination Committee
Safety, Health and Environment 
Advisory Committee
Remuneration Report – Introduction
Remuneration Report – At a glance
Remuneration Report – Remuneration 
explained
Remuneration Report – Remuneration 
in detail
Other statutory information

08
11
16
20
47
47
48
52
56
60
62
63
64

65
66
67

72

75

Financial statements
77
78
79
80
81
83
85
85
94
97
98

Independent auditors’ report
Consolidated income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Balance sheets
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statements
Notes on the financial statements
1. Significant accounting policies
2. Segmental information
3. Other operating income and expense
4. Exceptional items and certain

remeasurements

99
100
101
102
103
104
108
109
110
113
115
117
117
118
118
118
119
119
123
124
125
125
129
133
146
148
149

5. Directors and employees
6. Finance income and costs
7. Taxation
8. Dividends
9. Earnings per share
10. Intangible assets
11. Property, plant and equipment
12. Biological assets
13. Investments
14. Subsidiary undertakings
15. Acquisitions and disposals
16. Inventories
17. Trade and other receivables
18. Cash and cash equivalents
19. Trade and other payables
20. Current tax liabilities
21. Construction contracts
22. Loans and other borrowings
23. Deferred taxation
24. Provisions
25. Share capital and reserves
26. Retirement benefit obligations
27. Employee share-based payments
28. Financial instruments and risk
29. Related party transactions
30. Commitments and contingencies
31. Post balance sheet events

Shareholder information
150
151

Shareholder information
Glossary

* Unless otherwise stated, this Annual Report describes adjusted operating profit before exceptional 
items, the impact of IAS 32 and IAS 39 and after the removal of taxation and interest on profits from 
jointly-controlled entities and associates. In addition, it describes adjusted profit before tax before 
exceptional items, the impact of IAS 32 and IAS 39 and after the removal of taxation on profits from 
jointly-controlled entities and associates. It also describes adjusted earnings and earnings per 
share before exceptional items, the impact of IAS 32 and IAS 39 and deferred tax.

Designed and produced by Tayburn Corporate 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S
c
o
t
t
i
s
h
a
n
d
S
o
u
t
h
e
r
n
E
n
e
r
g
y
p
l
c

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
1
0

P
R
O
V
I

D

I

N
G

T
H
E

E
N
E
R
G
Y

P
E
O
P
L
E

N
E
E
D

I

N

A

R
E
L
I

A
B
L
E

A
N
D

S
U
S
T
A

I

N
A
B
L
E
W
A
Y

For further information 
about SSE, please contact: 

Scottish and Southern Energy plc 
Corporate Affairs 
Inveralmond House 
200 Dunkeld Road 
Perth PH1 3AQ 
UK 

T: +44 (0)1738 456000 
E: info@sse.com 
www.sse.com 

Follow the latest news 
from SSE on Twitter at: 
www.twitter.com/sseplc 

Registered in Scotland No. 117119 

STOCK CODE 008234 

In producing this report we have chosen production methods which 
aim to minimise the impact on our environment. The papers chosen – 
Revive 50:50 Silk and Revive 100 Uncoated – contain 50% and 
100% recovered waste respectively and conform to government 
requirements for recycled paper. They are also certified as FSC 
mixed sources grade. Both the paper mill and printer involved 
in this production are environmentally accredited with ISO 14001. 
The printer is also registered as a Carbon Neutral company. 

Scottish and Southern Energy plc
Annual Report 2010